This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
IBM System x® Configuration and Options Guide
Overview( February 15, 2011) Version 125.0
The IBM System x Configuration and Options Guide (COG) is now available in Hypertext Markup Language (HTML). The Configuration and Options Guide contains general configuration information about IBM products and supported options, such as, IBM System x®; BladeCenter; Blade Servers and other servers.
New informationVersions of this document released on or after August 8th, 2006, will contain references to feature codes. Attention:A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. For more details about feature codes, contact your IBM representative.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Information sources
Table 1. Information Sources
Audience Link Additional information IBM eServer Configuration and Options Guide (COG)Customers http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?
brandind=5000008&lndocid=SCOD-3ZVQ5WPDF & HTML versions
http://www.ibm.com/systems/xbc/cog/index.html HTML version
Business Partners
http://www.ibm.com/partnerworld/pwhome.nsf/weblook/index.html User ID and password required.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3200 M3 (7327, 7328)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Table 1. System x3200 M3 (7327, 7328) at-a-glance
Part number1
Withdrawal date5 CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) -cache
Number of processors (std/ max)
Memory (std/max)
Form factor Power supply quantity (std/max) (Line cord)3
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7327-C1Y is 7327-C1U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country- specific designator.
2. Express model.3. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord.
Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen.4. Mini-baseboard management controller / IPMI 2.0 5. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3200 M3 (7327, 7328)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3200 M3 (7327, 7328)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option number Feature codes Memory description Memory DIMMs
Associated Memory Options46M4989 41Y8278 1776 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware ESXi 47
59Y8349 - 3033 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware ESXi 4.1
Notes:
1. Support 1 GB, 2 GB, or 4 GB UDIMMS and 1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB and 8 GB RDIMMS2. Total 4UDIMMS or 6RDIMMS. Limitation:8GB (quad rank) RDIMM support up to 4DIMMS.3. No mix of UDIMM and RDIMM.4. Dual Core processors support UDIMM only. 5. Up to 16GB UDIMM support with 4x4GB system memory.6. Up to 32GB RDIMM support with 4x8GB system memory. 7. Only for 7327
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3200 M3 (7327, 7328)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Height Bays supported Max quantity Diskette
- - - - - - - SATA Simple-Swap HDDs1
39M4509 39M4508 5292 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 439M4515 39M4514 5288 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 4
- 43W7572* - 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II - - -43W7623 - 5559 IBM Server 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5" Simple Swap HDD SL 4,5,6,7 442D0789 42D0787 5416 IBM 2TB 7200 NL SATA 3.5" SS HDD SL 4,5,6,7 443W7751 - A0WU IBM 250GB SATA 3.5" SS HDD SL 4,5,6,7 4
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs1 39M4527 39M4526 5151 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 439M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 4,5,6,7 4
- 43W7576* - 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II - - -43W7627 43W7626 5560 IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5" HS HDD SL 4,5,6,7 442D0784 42D0782 5415 IBM 2TB 7200 NL SATA 3.5" HS HDD SL 4,5,6,7 4
- 42D0747 - IBM 160GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD - - -43W7755 - A0WV IBM 250GB SATA 3.5" HS HDD SL 4,5,6,7 4
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs1 - 40K1044* - 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS - - -
44W2236 44W2234 5311 IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 4,5,6,7 444W2241 44W2239 5312 IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 4,5,6,7 444W2246 44W2244 5313 IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 4,5,6,7 442D0634 42D0632 5537 IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11 842D0639 42D0637 5599 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11 842D0674 42D0672 5522 IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11 842D0679 42D0677 5536 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11 844W2266 44W2264 5413 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED SFF 4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11 844W2296 44W2294 5412 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED SFF 4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11 842D0709 - 5409 IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11 842D0769 42D0767 5417 IBM 2TB 7.2K 6Gbps NL SAS 3.5" HS HDD SL 4,5,6,7 442D0779 42D0777 5418 IBM 1TB 7.2K 6Gbps NL SAS 3.5" HS HDD SL 4,5,6,7 449Y2005 49Y2003 5433 IBM 600GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11 8
Bay Form Factor Height Front access Usage 3.5" Drive Bay Configuration4 1 133mm (5.25 in.) HH Y Std. Optical2 133mm (5.25 in.) HH Y Optical / Tape / Special HD3 89mm (3.5 in.) SL Y Floppy4 89mm (3.5 in.) SL Y 3.5 " HDD 5 89mm (3.5 in.) SL Y 3.5 " HDD 6 89mm (3.5 in.) SL Y 3.5 " HDD 7 89mm (3.5 in.) SL Y 3.5 " HDD
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. For 3.5" HDDs are installed in the order of Bay 4 as standard then Bay 5,6,7.
2. x3200 M3 GAV models support four simple-swap or hot-swap SATA drives, or four hot-swap SAS drives in the server. For more information about using additional HDDs bays, contact your local IBM Sales Representative.
3. Mixing SATA and SAS HDDs are not supported.4. For 3.5" HDD max quantity is 4.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3200 M3 (7327, 7328)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
- 172632X* - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller Model
- - - - -
Networking 39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by
Intel- PCI-E
x41,2,3 N 3
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
- PCI-E x4
1,2,3 N 3
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
- PCI-E x4
1,2,3 N 3
42C1803 42C1800 5751 QLogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System x - PCI-E x8
1,2 N 2
49Y4233 49Y4230 5767 Intel Ethernet Dual Port Server Adapter I340-T2 for IBM System x
Half PCIE x4 1,2,3 N 3
49Y4243 49Y4240 5768 Intel Ethernet Quad Port Server Adapter I340-T4 for IBM System x
Half PCIE x4 1,2 N 2
49Y4253 49Y4250 5749 Emulex 10GbE Virtual Fabric Adapter for IBM System x
- PCI-E x8 1,2 N 2
42C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter
- PCI-E x4 1,2,3 N 3
49Y4223 49Y4220 5766 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Quad Port Ethernet Adapter
- PCI-E x4 1,2,3 N 3
Systems Management 43V6991 46C7527 5891 IBM Virtual Media Key For Entry Systems - - - - -
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. Supported on Hot Swap models only2. Battery NOT included3. Battery Included
Figure 1. System x3200 M3 PCI slots
Click image to enlarge
Table 1. Slots
Slot Type Bus Voltage (V) Frequency MHz Data path Active PCI Slot lengthPCI Slot 1 PCI-E x8 - 3.3 5.0GB/s x8 N HalfPCI Slot 2 PCI-E x8 - 3.3 5.0GB/s x8 N HalfPCI Slot 3 PCI-E x4 - 3.3 2.5GB/s x4 N FullPCI Slot 4 PCI - 5 33MHz - N Full PCI Slot 5 PCI - 5 33MHz - N Full
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3200 M3 (7327, 7328)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option number Feature code
Description
Power
46M6619 - 6946 Base Hardware with Fixed Power Supply46M6620 - 6945 Base Hardware with High Efficiency Power Supply
Power Distribution Units- 39M2817 - iDPx Three-phase 60A/208V Enterprise C13 PDU+- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 60A/208V/3ph- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3ph- 46M4002 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4003 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4004 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4005 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4125 - IBM 0U 24 C13 30A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4128 - IBM 0U 24 C13 30A PDU- 46M4140 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4116 - IBM 0U 24 C13 Switched and Monitored 30A PDU- 46M4134 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 Switched and Monitored 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4167 - 1U Switched and Monitored PDU 9 C19 / 3 C13 3 phased 30A fixed 4.3m L21-30P
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)- 24195KX - IBM UPS5000 HV- 53953AX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (100V/120V)- 53953JX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956AX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956KX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (230V)- 53961AX - IBM 1000VA LCD Tower UPS (120V)- 53962AX - IBM 1500VA LCD Tower UPS (120V)- 53959KX - IBM 11000VA LCD 5U Rack UPS (200V/208V/230V)
Associated Options- - - -
SBB number
Part number
Feature code
Description
Rack/Tower Conversion Kits
49Y8393 - 1777 5U Tower to Rack Conversion Kit- 46M5382 - IBM Serial Conversion Option (SCO)- 46M5383 - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option Gen2 (VCO2)
Racks- 93072RX - IBM 25U S2 standard rack- 93072PX - IBM S2 25U Static Base Cabinet- 93074RX - NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet- 93074XX - IBM 42U S2 expansion rack- 14102RX - IBM 25RU standard rack- 14104RX - IBM 42U S2 standard rack- 93084PX - IBM 42U Enterprise Rack- 93084EX - IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack- 99564RX - "IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet- 99564XX - "IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet- 93604PX - 42U Deep Dynamic Primary Cabinet- 93604EX - 42U Deep Dynamic Expansion Cabinet- 93614PX - 42U Deep Static Primary Cabinet
- 93614EX - 42U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet- 93624PX - 47U Deep Static Primary Cabinet- 93624EX - 47U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet
Console Connectivity- 172317X - 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit - 172319X - 19" 1U Flat Panel Console Kit - 1754D1X - IBM Global 2X2X16 Console Manager- 1754D2X - IBM Global 4X2X32 Console Manager- 17353LX* - IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch- 17354LX* - IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch
Monitors- - - -
Keyboard and Mouse40K9490 40K9584 8750 IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P40K9491 40K9200 8912 IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB40K9492 - 8913 IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
Note:
1. Tower to rack kit only support 4x3.5 "configuration".
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3200 M3 (7327, 7328)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option number Feature codes tape options Bays supported Storage interface
Form factor Ext tape enclosures
Tape drives
43W8487 43W8480 5392 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive 2 SATA 89mm (5.25in) HH
-
43W8490 43W8478 5393 IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive 2 SAS 89mm (5.25in) HH
-
43W8492 39M5636 5395 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive 2 USB 89mm (5.25in) HH
-
46C5369 - 5710 IBM RDX Internal USB Dock 2 USB 89mm (5.25in) HH
-
46C5374 - 5707 IBM RDX 160GB Cartridge Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges.
- - -
46C5376 - 5708 IBM RDX 320GB Cartridge Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges.
- - -
46C5378 - 5709 IBM RDX 500GB Cartridge Must be inserted in system package as individual cartridges.
- - -
49Y9880 46C5399 5711 IBM DDS Generation 5 USB Tape Drive 2 USB 89mm (5.25in) HH
-
- 46C5364 - IBM RDX160 Internal USB Bundle 2 USB - -- 46C5387 - IBM RDX320 Internal USB Bundle 2 USB - -- 46C5388 - IBM RDX500 Internal USB Bundle 2 USB - -
44E8897 44E8895 5397 IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive 2 SAS 89mm (5.25in) HH
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3250 M3 (4251, 4252)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Table 1. System x3250 M3 (4251, 4252) at-a-glance
Part number1 Withdrawal date5 CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) -cache
Number of processors (std/max)
Memory (std/max)Form factor Power supply quantity (std/max) (Line cord)3
Table 1. System x3250 M3 (4251, 4252) at-a-glance (continued)
Part number1 Withdrawal date5 Integrated ethernet
Storage controllerInternal HDD interface2
Internal HDD storage (std/max)
Optical drive Bays (total/ avail)
Slots (total/ avail)
4251-C2Y - Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 4TB
- 3/3 2/2
4251-22Y - Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 4TB
- 3/3 2/2
4251-32Y - Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 4TB
- 3/3 2/2
4251-42Y - Dual 1Gb SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/ 4TB
- 3/3 2/2
4251-52Y - Dual 1Gb SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/ 4TB
- 3/3 2/2
4251-62Y - Dual 1Gb SAS SFF Hot-Swap 0GB/ 2TB
- 5/5 2/2
4251-A2Y - Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 4TB
- 3/3 2/2
4251-B2Y - Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 4TB
- 3/3 2/2
4252-C2Y - Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 4TB
- 3/3 2/2
4252-22Y - Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 4TB
- 3/3 2/2
4252-32Y - Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 4TB
- 3/3 2/2
4252-42Y - Dual 1Gb SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/ 4TB
- 3/3 2/2
4252-52Y - Dual 1Gb SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/ 4TB
- 3/3 2/2
4252-62Y - Dual 1Gb SAS SFF Hot-Swap 0GB/ 2TB
- 5/5 2/2
4252-E1Y - Dual 1Gb SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/ 4TB
- 3/3 2/2
4252-E3Y6 - Dual 1Gb SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/ 4TB
SATA Combo 3/3 2/2
4252-E4Y6 Jul 31 2010
Dual 1Gb SAS/SATA Hot-Swap 0GB/ 4TB
SATA Combo 3/3 2/2
4252-A2Y - Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 4TB
- 3/3 2/2
4252-B2Y - Dual 1Gb SATA Simple-Swap 0GB/ 4TB
- 3/3 2/2
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 4251-C2Y is 4251-C2U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country- specific designator.
2. Simple-Swap models do not have RAID capability. RAID support for simple-swap models can be obtained through option ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA controller kit (part no. 49Y4731)
3. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen.
4. Mini-baseboard management controller / IPMI 2.0 5. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business
Partner Inventory may be available.6. Express model.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3250 M3 (4251, 4252)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3250 M3 (4251, 4252)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option number Feature codes Memory description
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3250 M3 (4251, 4252)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Height Bays supported Max quantity Diskette
- - - - - - - SATA Simple-Swap HDDs1
39M4509 39M4508 5292 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 239M4515 39M4514 5288 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
- 43W7572* - 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II - - -43W7623 - 5559 IBM Server 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5" Simple Swap HDD SL 0...1 242D0789 42D0787 5416 IBM 2TB 7200 NL SATA 3.5" SS HDD SL 0...1 243W7751 43W7750 A0WU IBM 250GB SATA 3.5" SS HDD SL 0...1 2
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs1 39M4527 39M4526 5151 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 239M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 0...1 2
- 43W7576* - 750GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II - - -43W7627 43W7626 5560 IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5" HS HDD SL 0...1 242D0784 42D0782 5415 IBM 2TB 7200 NL SATA 3.5" HS HDD SL 0...1 243W7755 43W7754 A0WV IBM 250GB SATA 3.5" HS HDD SL 0...1 2
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs1 - 40K1044* - 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS - - -
42D0634 42D0632 5537 IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0...3 442D0639 42D0637 5599 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0...3 442D0674 42D0672 5522 IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0...3 442D0679 42D0677 5536 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0...3 4
- 43W7535* - IBM 73 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD - - -44W2236 44W2234 5311 IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 0...1 244W2241 44W2239 5312 IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 0...1 244W2246 44W2244 5313 IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 0...1 244W2266 44W2264 5413 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED SFF 0...3 444W2296 44W2294 5412 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED SFF 0...3 442D0709 - 5409 IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0...3 442D0769 42D0767 5417 IBM 2TB 7.2K 6Gbps NL SAS 3.5" HS HDD SL 0...1 242D0779 42D0777 5418 IBM 1TB 7.2K 6Gbps NL SAS 3.5" HS HDD SL 0...1 249Y2005 49Y2003 5433 IBM 600GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0...3 4
Optical Devices 44W3252 - 4162 UltraSlim Enhanced SATA CD-RW / DVD-ROM Combo US 4 or 2 144W3253 46M0902 4163 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner US 4 or 2 144W3251 46M0901 4161 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM US 4 or 2 1
External Storage Expansion Unit Form Factor - 172701X - IBM System Storage EXP3000 -
Bay Form Factor Height Front access Usage 3.5" Drive Bay Configuration 01 89mm (3.5in) SL Y HDD1 89mm (3.5in) SL Y HDD2 133mm (5.25in) SFF Y Std. Optical2.5" Drive Bay Configuration 01 63.5mm (2.5in) SL Y HDD1 63.5mm (2.5in) SL Y HDD2 63.5mm (2.5in) SL Y HDD3 63.5mm (2.5in) SL Y HDD4 133mm (5.25in) SFF Y Std. Optical
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3250 M3 (4251, 4252)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-Plug capable
Max quantity
Storage controllers
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x8 1, 2 N 2
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x8 1, 2 N 2
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x8 1, 2 N 2
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x8 1,2 N 2
43W4298 43W4296 3571 ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller Half PCI-E x8 2 N 144E8702 44E8700 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 Half PCI-E x8 1,2 N 2
46M0932 46M0930 5106 ServeRAID M5000 Series Advance Feature Key
- - - - -
46M0862 46M0831 0095 ServeRAID M1015 SAS/SATA Controller Half PCI-E x8 2 N 168Y7355 46M0907 5982 IBM 6Gb SAS HBA Half PCI-E x8 1,2 N 246M0853 46M0830 0094 ServeRAID M5025 SAS/SATA Controller Full PCI-E x8 2 N 1
- 44E8825 - ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller with Remote Battery Kit
- - - - -
81Y4428 81Y4426 A10C ServeRAID M5000 Series Performance Accelerator Key
- - - - -
Networking 39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet
Adapter- PCIeHalf PCI-E x1 1,2 Y 2
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel Half PCI-E x4 1,2 Y 239Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half PCI-E x4 1, 2 N 239Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM
System xHalf PCI-E x4 1, 2 N 2
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter Half PCI-E x4 1,2 N 242C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM
System xHalf PCI-E x4 1,2 N 2
42C1803 42C1800 5751 QLogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System x Half PCI-E x8 1,2 N 249Y4233 49Y4230 5767 Intel Ethernet Dual Port Server Adapter I340-
T2 for IBM System xHalf PCI-E x4 1,2 N 2
49Y4243 49Y4240 5768 Intel Ethernet Quad Port Server Adapter I340-T4 for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 1,2 N 2
49Y4253 49Y4250 5749 Emulex 10GbE Virtual Fabric Adapter for IBM System x
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3250 M3 (4251, 4252)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option number Feature code Description Power Distribution Units
49Y4610 - 5699 Base Hardware with Fixed Power Supply49Y4611 - 5698 Base Hardware with High Efficiency Power Supply
- 46M4002 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4003 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4004 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4005 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4125 - IBM 0U 24 C13 30A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4128 - IBM 0U 24 C13 30A PDU- 46M4140 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4116 - IBM 0U 24 C13 Switched and Monitored 30A PDU- 46M4134 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 Switched and Monitored 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4167 - 1U Switched and Monitored PDU 9 C19 / 3 C13 3 phased 30A fixed 4.3m L21-30P
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)- 53953AX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (100V/120V)- 53953JX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956AX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956KX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (230V)- 53959KX - IBM 11000VA LCD 5U Rack UPS (200V/208V/230V)
SBB number Option number Feature code Description Racks
- 93604PX - 42U Deep Dynamic Primary Cabinet- 93604EX - 42U Deep Dynamic Expansion Cabinet- 93614PX - 42U Deep Static Primary Cabinet- 93614EX - 42U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet- 93624PX - 47U Deep Static Primary Cabinet- 93624EX - 47U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet
Rack / Tower Conversion Kits- 46M5382 - IBM Serial Conversion Option (SCO)- 46M5383 - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option Gen2 (VCO2)
Console Connectivity- 1754D1X - IBM Global 2X2X16 Console Manager- 1754D2X - IBM Global 4X2X32 Console Manager- 1754A1X - IBM Local 1X8 Console Manager- 1754A2X - IBM Local 2X16 Console Manager
Monitors- - - -
Keyboard and Mouse- - - -
Associated Options39Y8072 - 3757 IBM Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO)
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3250 M3 (4251, 4252)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option number Feature codes Tape options1 Bays supported Storage interface
Form factor Ext tape enclosures
Tape drives
- 39M5636 - IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive - - - -- 43W8478 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive - - - -- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive - - - -- 46C5399 - IBM DDS Generation 5 USB Tape Drive - - - -
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 M3 (7379)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Table 1. System x3400 M3 (7379) at-a-glance
Part number1 Withdrawal date2 CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) -cache
Number of processors (std/max)
Memory (std/max)Form factor Power supply quantity (std/max) (Line cord)3
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7379-22Y is 7379-22U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen.
4. To achieve maximum storage capacity, "2.5" Hot Swap SAS/SATA 8 Pack HDD Upgrade Kit (expander included)" is required for 2.5" models; "3.5" Hot Swap SAS/SATA 4 Pack HDD Upgrade Kit" is required for 3.5" H/S models.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 M3 (7379)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 M3 (7379)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option number Feature codes Memory description Memory cards
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 M3 (7379)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Height Bays supported Maximum quantity Diskette drives
- - - - - - - SATA Simple-Swap HDDs1,2
39M4509 39M4508 5292 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 4...7 439M4515 39M4514 5288 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SL 4...7 442D0789 42D0787 5416 IBM 2TB 7200 NL SATA 3.5" SS HDD SL 4...7 443W7751 43W7750 A0WU IBM 250GB SATA 3.5" SS HDD SL 4...7 4
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs1,2 39M4527 39M4526 5151 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 4...11 839M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SL 4...11 842D0784 42D0782 5415 IBM 2TB 7200 NL SATA 3.5" HS HDD SL 4...11 843W7627 43W7626 5560 IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5" HS HDD SL 4...11 842D0749 42D0747 5405 IBM 160GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 4...19 1642D0754 42D0752 5407 IBM 500GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 4...19 1643W7755 43W7754 A0WV IBM 250GB SATA 3.5" HS HDD SL 4...11 8
SAS Hot-Swap 3.5" HDDs1,2 - 40K1043* - 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 4...11 8
42D0521 42D0519* 5586 IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD SL 4...11 840K1076 40K1044* 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SL 4...11 844W2236 44W2234 5311 IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 4...11 844W2241 44W2239 5312 IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 4...11 844W2246 44W2244 5313 IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 4...11 842D0769 42D0767 5417 IBM 2TB 7.2K 6Gbps NL SAS 3.5" HS HDD SL 4...11 842D0779 42D0777 5418 IBM 1TB 7.2K 6Gbps NL SAS 3.5" HS HDD SL 4...11 8
SAS Hot-Swap 2.5" HDDs1,2 42D0634 42D0632 5537 IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 4...19 1642D0639 42D0637 5599 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 4...19 1642D0674 42D0672 5522 IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 4...19 1642D0679 42D0677 5536 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 4...19 1642D0709 42D0707 5409 IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 4...19 1644W2266 44W2264 5413 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED SFF 4...19 1644W2296 44W2294 5412 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED SFF 4...19 1649Y2005 49Y2003 5433 IBM 600GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 4...19 16
Optical devices 43W8264 - 4154 Half-High SATA DVD-ROM HH 1...2 243W8265 - 4155 Half-High SATA Multi-Burner HH 1...2 244W3251 46M0901 4161 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM SL 1 144W3253 46M0902 4163 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner SL 1 1
to expand 3.5" HDD bays from 4 to 8(offered in CTO only).Please note that the selection of 3.5" HDD Upgrade kit will require SBB 69Y0952/FC7645 "920W Redundant Pwr Base", slim type optical drive instead of standard half height optical drive, and no tape drives supported.
2. For any 2.5" model supporting 16 HDDs(Offered as CTO models only), SBB 69Y0952/FC7645 "920W Redundant Pwr Base"and "2.5" Hot Swap SAS/SATA 8 Pack HDD Upgrade Kit (expander included)" are the prerequisite.
Bay Form factor Height Front access Usage3.5" HDD 1 133 mm (5.25in) - Y Std. Optical 2 133 mm (5.25in) - Y -3 133 mm (5.25in) - Y -4 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD5 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD6 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD7 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD8 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD9 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD10 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD11 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD2.5" HDD 1 133 mm (5.25in) - Y Std. Optical 2 133 mm (5.25in) - Y -3 133 mm (5.25in) - Y -4 63.5mm (2.5in) - Y HDD5 63.5mm (2.5in) - Y HDD6 63.5mm (2.5in) - Y HDD7 63.5mm (2.5in) - Y HDD8 63.5mm (2.5in) - Y HDD9 63.5mm (2.5in) - Y HDD10 63.5mm (2.5in) - Y HDD11 63.5mm (2.5in) - Y HDD12 63.5mm (2.5in) - Y HDD13 63.5mm (2.5in) - Y HDD14 63.5mm (2.5in) - Y HDD15 63.5mm (2.5in) - Y HDD16 63.5mm (2.5in) - Y HDD17 63.5mm (2.5in) - Y HDD18 63.5mm (2.5in) - Y HDD19 63.5mm (2.5in) - Y HDD
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 M3 (7379)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-plug capable
Maximum quantity
Storage controllers
59Y1988 59Y1987 3885 Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x8 1,5,2 N 3
59Y1994 59Y1993 3886 Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x8 1,5,2 N 3
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
43W4298 43W4296 3571 ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller Half PCI-E x8 5 N 143W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half PCI-E x8 5,1,2 N 243W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for
IBM System xHalf PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1,
5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
44E8692 44E8689 3577 ServeRAID-BR10i SAS/SATA Controller Half PCI-E x8 5 N 144E8702 44E8700 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 Half PCI-E x8 1,5,2 N 3
81Y4428 81Y4426 A10C ServeRAID M5000 Series Performance Accelerator Key
- - - - -
68Y7355 46M0907 5982 IBM 6Gb SAS HBA Half PCI-E x8 1,5,2 N 346M0932 46M0930 5106 ServeRAID M5000 Series Advance Feature
Key- - - - -
External Disk Systems and Options - 17429xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4500 Midrange Disk
System (all models)- - - - -
- 17226xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4300 Midrange Disk Systems (all models)
- - - - -
- 18147Vx - IBM System Storage DS4200 Midrange Disk System (all models)
- - - - -
- 18147xx - IBM System Storage DS4700 Midrange Disk System (all models)
- - - - -
- 18158xx - IBM System Storage DS4800 Midrange Disk System (all models)
- - - - -
- 181851x - IBM System Storage DS5100 Midrange Disk System (all models)
- - - - -
- 181853x - IBM System Storage DS5300 Midrange Disk System (all models)
- - - - -
- 2107-xxx - IBM TotalStorage DS8100 2107 (all models) - - - - -- 2145 - IBM SAN Volume Controller version 5.1.x - - - - -- 2858-A10 - IBM System Storage N6040 model A10/A20
and Gateway feature- - - - -
- 2858-A20 - IBM System Storage N6040 model A10/A20 and Gateway feature
- - - - -
- 2858-A11 - IBM System Storage N6070 model A11/A21 and Gateway feature
- - - - -
- 2858-A21 - IBM System Storage N6070 model A11/A21 and Gateway feature
- - - - -
- 2858-A12 - IBM System Storage N6060 model A12/A22 and Gateway feature
- - - - -
- 2858-A22 - IBM System Storage N6060 model A12/A22 and Gateway feature
- - - - -
- 2859-A10 - IBM System Storage N3300 model A10/A20 - - - - -- 2859-A20 - IBM System Storage N3300 model A10/A20 - - - - -- 2862-A10 - IBM System Storage N3600 model A10/A20 - - - - -- 2862-A20 - IBM System Storage N3600 model A10/A20 - - - - -- 2863-A10 - IBM System Storage N3700 model A10, A20 - - - - -- 2863-A20 - IBM System Storage N3700 model A10, A20 - - - - -- 2864-A10 - IBM System Storage N5200 model A10, A20,
G10, G20- - - - -
- 2864-A20 - IBM System Storage N5200 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2864-G10 - IBM System Storage N5200 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2864-G20 - IBM System Storage N5200 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2865-A10 - IBM System Storage N5500 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2865-A20 - IBM System Storage N5500 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2865-G10 - IBM System Storage N5500 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2865-G20 - IBM System Storage N5500 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2866-A10 - IBM System Storage N7600 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2866-A20 - IBM System Storage N7600 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2866-G10 - IBM System Storage N7600 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2866-G20 - IBM System Storage N7600 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2866-A11 - IBM System Storage N7700 model A11, A21, G11, G21
- - - - -
- 2866-A21 - IBM System Storage N7700 model A11, A21, G11, G21
- - - - -
- 2866-G11 - IBM System Storage N7700 model A11, A21, G11, G21
- - - - -
- 2866-G21 - IBM System Storage N7700 model A11, A21, G11, G21
- - - - -
- 2867-A10 - IBM System Storage N7800 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2867-A20 - IBM System Storage N7800 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2867-G10 - IBM System Storage N7800 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2867-G20 - IBM System Storage N7800 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2867-A11 - IBM System Storage N7900 model A11, A21, G11, G21
- - - - -
- 2867-A21 - IBM System Storage N7900 model A11, A21, G11, G21
- 2867-G11 - IBM System Storage N7900 model A11, A21, G11, G21
- - - - -
- 2867-G21 - IBM System Storage N7900 model A11, A21, G11, G21
- - - - -
- 2868-A10 - IBM System Storage N5600 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2868-A20 - IBM System Storage N5600 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2868-G10 - IBM System Storage N5600 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2868-G20 - IBM System Storage N5600 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2869-A10 - IBM System Storage N5300 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2869-A20 - IBM System Storage N5300 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2869-G10 - IBM System Storage N5300 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 2869-G20 - IBM System Storage N5300 model A10, A20, G10, G20
- - - - -
- 3573-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3100/TS3200 Tape Library (all models)
- - - - -
- 3576-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3310 Modular Tape Library (all models)
- - - - -
- 3580-S3E - IBM System Storage TS2230 Tape Drive Express Model
- - - - -
- 3580-S4E - IBM System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Model S4E
- - - - -
- 3584-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library (all models)
- - - - -
Networking 39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet
Adapter- PCIeHalf PCI-E x1 3,4 first, then 1,
5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
Y 6
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel
Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
39Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
42C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter
Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
42C1793 42C1790 5451 NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter
Half PCI-E x8 1,5,2 N 3
42C1803 42C1800 5751 QLogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System x Half PCI-E x8 1,5,2 N 342C1823 42C1820 1637 Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x Half PCI-E x8 1,5,2 N 349Y4223 49Y4220 5766 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Quad Port
Ethernet AdapterHalf PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1,
5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
49Y4233 49Y4230 5767 Intel Ethernet Dual Port Server Adapter I340-T2 for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
49Y4243 49Y4240 5768 Intel Ethernet Quad Port Server Adapter I340-T4 for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
49Y4253 49Y4250 5749 Emulex 10GbE Virtual Fabric Adapter for IBM System x
1. If RAID controller with RAID battery (FC3571) or (FC0093) or (FC3877) is selected, slot 2 is not available for any other CA, STA, VA to prevent thermal issue. If the adapter's slots supported is 1,5,2, then change to 1,5,3.If the adapter's slots supported is "3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71 " , then change to "3, 4 first, then 1, 5, then "Extender A" slot 7".If the adapter's slots supported is 1,5, or 1, no change is required.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 M3 (7379)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option number Feature code
Description
Power
69Y3748 69Y3749 4190 Redundant power supply for x3400 M369Y0952 - 7645 Redundant Pwr Base Mechanical(1x920W),
Tower Refresh Entry Models Power Distribution Units
- 46M4004 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4005 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4125 - IBM 0U 24 C13 30A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4128 - IBM 0U 24 C13 30A PDU- 46M4140 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4116 - IBM 0U 24 C13 Switched and Monitored 30A PDU- 46M4134 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 Switched and Monitored 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4167 - 1U Switched and Monitored PDU 9 C19 / 3 C13 3 phased 30A fixed 4.3m L21-30P
39Y5531 39Y7937 6201 1.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y5533 - 6311 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y5646 39Y7931 6207 Line cord - 4.3M, 10A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US)39Y5651 - 6313 2.8m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord39Y7979 39Y7932 6263 4.3m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)- 53953AX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (100V/120V)- 53953JX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956AX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956KX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (230V)- 53962AX - IBM 1500VA LCD Tower UPS (120V)
SBB number
Option number Feature code
Description
Racks and NetBay
- 93604PX - 42U Deep Dynamic Primary Cabinet- 93604EX - 42U Deep Dynamic Expansion Cabinet- 93614PX - 42U Deep Static Primary Cabinet- 93614EX - 42U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet- 93624PX - 47U Deep Static Primary Cabinet- 93624EX - 47U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet
Console Connectivity39Y7957 39M2894* 3758 Virtual Media Conversion Option39Y7960 39M2895 3756 IBM USB Conversion Option Pack
Monitors- - - -
Keyboard and Mouse40K9463 - 8753 IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - Chinese/US 46740K9488 - 8778 IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US Euro 103P40K9490 40K9584 8750 IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P40K9491 40K9200 8912 IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB40K9492 40K9201 8913 IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3400 M3 (7379)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option number Feature codes Tape drive Bays supported Storage interface
Form factor Ext tape enclosures
43W8487 43W8480 5392 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive 1,2,3 SATA 89mm (5.25in) HH
-
43W8490 43W8478 5393 IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive 3 SAS 89mm (5.25in) HH -43W8492 39M5636 5395 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive 1,2,3 USB 89mm (5.25in) HH -44E8897 44E8895 5397 IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive 3 SAS 89mm (5.25in) HH -46C5369 - 5710 IBM RDX Internal USB Dock 1,2,3 USB 89mm (5.25in) HH -46C5374 - 5707 IBM RDX 160GB Cartridge - - - -46C5376 - 5708 IBM RDX 320GB Cartridge - - - -46C5378 - 5709 IBM RDX 500GB Cartridge - - - -
- 46C5399 - IBM DDS Generation 5 USB Tape Drive 1,2,3 USB 89mm (5.25in) HH - External tape enclosures1
- - - - - - - - Tape autoloaders1
- - - - - - - - Tape libraries
- 3573-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3100/TS3200 Tape Library (all models)
- - - -
- 3580-S4E - IBM System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Model S4E
- - - -
- 3576-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3310 Modular Tape Library (all models)
- - - -
- 3580-S3E - IBM System Storage TS2230 Tape Drive Express Model
- - - -
- 3584-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library (all models)
- - - -
Associated Options - - - - - - - -
Note:
1. A 19in rack mount shelf (option 96P1565) is available for placing in a rack.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3500 M3 (7380)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Table 1. System x3500 M3 (7380) at-a-glance
Part number1
Withdrawal date2 CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) - cache
Number of processors (std/max)
Memory(std/max) Form factor Power supply quantity(std/max) (Line cord)3
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7380-32Y is 7380-32U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen.
4. To achieve maximum storage capacity, two "2.5" Hot Swap SAS/SATA 8 Pack HDD Upgrade Kit (expander included)" are required for 2.5" models; "3.5" Hot Swap SAS/SATA 4 Pack HDD Upgrade Kit" is required for 3.5" H/S models.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3500 M3 (7380)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3500 M3 (7380)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3500 M3 (7380)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option number
Feature code Description Type Height Bays supported Maximum quantity
Diskette drives - - - - - - - -
SATA Simple-Swap HDDs 39M4515 39M4514 5288 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SATA SL 4…7 439M4509 39M4508 5292 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II SATA SL 4…7 442D0789 42D0787 5416 IBM 2TB 7200 NL SATA 3.5" SS HDD SATA SL 4…7 443W7751 - A0WU IBM 250GB SATA 3.5" SS HDD SATA SL 4…7 4
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs 42D0749 42D0747 5405 IBM 160GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SATA SFF 4…27 2442D0754 42D0752 5407 IBM 500GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SATA SFF 4…27 2439M4527 39M4526 5151 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SATA SL 4…11 839M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II SATA SL 4…11 843W7627 43W7626 5560 IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5" HS HDD SATA SL 4…11 842D0784 42D0782 5415 IBM 2TB 7200 NL SATA 3.5" HS HDD SATA SL 4…11 843W7755 - A0WV IBM 250GB SATA 3.5" HS HDD SATA SL 4…11 8
SAS Hot-Swap 2.5" HDDs 42D0634 42D0632 5537 IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SAS SFF 4…27 2442D0639 42D0637 5599 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SAS SFF 4…27 2442D0674 42D0672 5522 IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SAS SFF 4…27 2442D0679 42D0677 5536 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SAS SFF 4…27 2442D0709 42D0707 5409 IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS
HDDSAS SFF 4…27 24
44W2266 44W2264 5413 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED SAS SFF 4…27 2444W2296 44W2294 5412 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED SAS SFF 4…27 2449Y2005 49Y2003 5433 IBM 600GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SAS SFF 4…27 24
SAS Hot-Swap 3.5" HDDs - 40K1043* - 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SAS SL 4…11 8
40K1076 40K1044* 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS SAS SL 4…11 844W2236 44W2234 5311 IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SAS SL 4…11 844W2241 44W2239 5312 IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SAS SL 4…11 844W2246 44W2244 5313 IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SAS SL 4…11 842D0521 42D0519* 5586 IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD SAS SL 4…11 842D0769 42D0767 5417 IBM 2TB 7.2K 6Gbps NL SAS 3.5" HS HDD SAS SL 4…11 842D0779 42D0777 5418 IBM 1TB 7.2K 6Gbps NL SAS 3.5" HS HDD SAS SL 4…11 8
Optical devices 43W8264 - 4154 Half-High SATA DVD-ROM - HH 1..2 243W8265 - 4155 Half-High SATA Multi-Burner - HH 1..2 244W3253 46M0902 4163 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner - SL 1 144W3251 46M0901 4161 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM - SL 1 1
External Storage Expansion Units Form factor - 18128xx - IBM System Storage EXP810 Storage Expansion Unit (all models) - - -- 17226xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4300 Midrange Disk Systems (all models) - - -- 17429xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4500 Midrange Disk System (all models) - - -- 2107-92E/9AE - IBM TotalStorage DS8000 Expansion Unit 2107 model 92E/9AE - - -- 18147Vx - IBM System Storage DS4200 Midrange Disk System (all models) - - -- 18147xx - IBM System Storage DS4700 Midrange Disk System (all models) - - -- 18149xx - IBM System Storage DS3950 Express - - -- 18158xx - IBM System Storage DS4800 Midrange Disk System (all models) - - -- 181851x - IBM System Storage DS5100 Midrange Disk System (all models) - - -
- 181853x - IBM System Storage DS5300 Midrange Disk System (all models) - - -- 2107-xxx - IBM TotalStorage DS8100 2107 (all models) 3U - -
- 2145 v5.1.x - IBM SAN Volume Controller version 5.1.x - - -- 2858-A10 - IBM System Storage N6040 model A10 and Gateway feature - - -- 2858-A20 - IBM System Storage N6040 model A20 and Gateway feature - - -- 2858-A11 - IBM System Storage N6070 model A11 and Gateway feature - - -- 2858-A21 - IBM System Storage N6070 model A21 and Gateway feature - - -- 2858-A12 - IBM System Storage N6060 model A12 and Gateway feature - - -- 2858-A22 - IBM System Storage N6060 model A22 and Gateway feature - - -- 2859-A10 - IBM System Storage N3300 model A10 - - -- 2859-A20 - IBM System Storage N3300 model A20 - - -- 2862-A10 - IBM System Storage N3600 model A10 - - -- 2862-A20 - IBM System Storage N3600 model A20 - - -- 2863-A10 - IBM System Storage N3700 model A10 - - -- 2863-A20 - IBM System Storage N3700 model A20 - - -- 2864-A10 - IBM System Storage N5200 model A10 - - -- 2864-A20 - IBM System Storage N5200 model A20 - - -- 2864-G10 - IBM System Storage N5200 model G10 - - -- 2864-G20 - IBM System Storage N5200 model G20 - - -- 2865-A10 - IBM System Storage N5500 model A10 - - -- 2865-A20 - IBM System Storage N5500 model A20 - - -- 2865-G10 - IBM System Storage N5500 model G10 - - -- 2865-G20 - IBM System Storage N5500 model G20 - - -- 2866-A10 - IBM System Storage N7600 model A10 - - -- 2866-A20 - IBM System Storage N7600 model A20 - - -- 2866-G10 - IBM System Storage N7600 model G10 - - -- 2866-G20 - IBM System Storage N7600 model G20 - - -- 2866-A11 - IBM System Storage N7700 model A11 - - -- 2866-A21 - IBM System Storage N7700 model A21 - - -- 2866-G11 - IBM System Storage N7700 model G11 - - -- 2866-G21 - IBM System Storage N7700 model G21 - - -- 2867-A10 - IBM System Storage N7800 model A10 - - -- 2867-A20 - IBM System Storage N7800 model A20 - - -- 2867-G10 - IBM System Storage N7800 model G10 - - -- 2867-G20 - IBM System Storage N7800 model G20 - - -- 2867-A11 - IBM System Storage N7900 model A11 - - -- 2867-A21 - IBM System Storage N7900 model A21 - - -- 2867-G11 - IBM System Storage N7900 model G11 - - -- 2867-G21 - IBM System Storage N7900 model G21 - - -- 2868-A10 - IBM System Storage N5600 model A10 - - -- 2868-A20 - IBM System Storage N5600 model A20 - - -- 2868-G10 - IBM System Storage N5600 model G10 - - -- 2868-G20 - IBM System Storage N5600 model G20 - - -- 2869-A10 - IBM System Storage N5300 model A10 - - -- 2869-A20 - IBM System Storage N5300 model A20 - - -- 2869-G10 - IBM System Storage N5300 model G10 - - -- 2869-G20 - IBM System Storage N5300 model G20 - - -
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. For any 2.5" HDD model supporting 16 or 24 HDDs, "2.5" Hot Swap SAS/SATA 8 Pack HDD Upgrade Kit(expander included)" is the prerequisite.
2. For 3.5" H/S HDD models, select "3.5" Hot Swap SAS/SATA 4 Pack HDD "Upgrade Kit" to expand 3.5" HDD bays from 4 to 8.Please note that the selection of 3.5" HDD Upgrade kit will require slim type optical drive instead of half height optical drive, and no tape drives supported.
Bay Form factor Height Front access Usage3.5" HDD 1 133 mm (5.25in) - Y Std. Optical2 133 mm (5.25in) - Y -3 133 mm (5.25in) - Y -4 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD5 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD6 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD7 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD8 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD9 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD10 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD11 89mm (3.5in) - Y HDD2.5" HDD 1 133 mm (5.25in) - Y Std. Optical2 133 mm (5.25in) - Y -3 133 mm (5.25in) - Y -4 63.5mm (2.5in) - Y HDD5 63.5mm (2.5in) - Y HDD
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3500 M3 (7380)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Part number Feature codes
Description Adapter length
PCI support Slots supported Hot-Plug capable
Max supported
Storage controllers
43W4298 43W4296 3571 ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller Half PCI-E x8 5 N 1 43W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half PCI-E x8 5,1,2 N 2 43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM
System x Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1,
5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
44E8692 44E8689 3577 ServeRAID-BR10i SAS/SATA Controller Half PCI-E x8 5 N 1 44E8702 44E8700 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 Half PCI-E x8 1,5,2 N 3
68Y7355 46M0907 5982 IBM 6Gb SAS HBA Half PCI-E x8 1,5,2 N 346M0932 46M0930 5106 ServeRAID M5000 Series Advance Feature Key - - - - -
External Disk Systems and Options - - - - - - - - -
Networking 39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter-
PCIe Half PCI-E x1 3,4 first, then 1,
5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
Y 6
39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
39Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
42C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
42C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter
Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
42C1793 42C1790 5451 NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter Half PCI-E x8 1,5,2 N 3 49Y4223 49Y4220 5766 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Quad Port Ethernet
Adapter Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1,
5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
49Y4233 49Y4230 5767 Intel Ethernet Dual Port Server Adapter I340-T2 for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
49Y4243 49Y4240 5768 Intel Ethernet Quad Port Server Adapter I340-T4 for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
42C1803 42C1800 5751 QLogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System x Half PCI-E x8 1,5,2 N 3 42C1823 42C1820 1637 Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x Half PCI-E x8 1,5,2 N 3 39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM
System x Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1,
5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x4 3,4 first, then 1, 5 ,2 , then "Extender A" slot 71
N 6
49Y4253 49Y4250 5749 Emulex 10GbE Virtual Fabric Adapter for IBM System x
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3500 M3 (7380)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Power
44X0347 44X0381 5056 Redundant Cooling and Power Power Distribution Units
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+ 39Y8905 DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord 39Y8941 IBM Enterprise C13 PDU 39Y8951 DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P- 46M4004 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4005 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4125 - IBM 0U 24 C13 30A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4128 - IBM 0U 24 C13 30A PDU- 46M4140 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4116 - IBM 0U 24 C13 Switched and Monitored 30A PDU- 46M4134 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 Switched and Monitored 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4167 - 1U Switched and Monitored PDU 9 C19 / 3 C13 3 phased 30A fixed 4.3m L21-30P
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)- 21301RX* - IBM UPS3000 LV 21302RX* IBM UPS3000 HV 2130R3X IBM UPS1000TLV 2130R4X IBM UPS1000THV 2130R5X IBM UPS1500TLV 2130R6X IBM UPS1500THV 2130R8X IBM UPS1000TJV 2130R9X IBM UPS1500TJV 24195KX IBM UPS5000 HV 40K9620* IBM UPS3000 EBM - 53956AX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956KX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (230V)- 53953AX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (100V/120V)- 53953JX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53962AX - IBM 1500VA LCD Tower UPS (120V)
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Rack and NetBAY
- 93061RX* - NetBAY11 Standard Rack- - Rack/Tower Conversion Kits
69Y0812 69Y0893 1775 Tower to Rack Conversion Kit - M3- - Rack and Rack Options
- 14102RX - IBM 25RU standard rack 14104RX IBM 42U S2 standard rack 17235RX* IBM Rack Keyboard Tray
- 93072PX - IBM S2 25U Static Base Cabinet- 93072RX - IBM 25U S2 standard rack- 93074RX - NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet- 93074XX - IBM 42U S2 expansion rack- 93084EX - IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack- 93084PX - IBM 42U Enterprise Rack
- 93604PX - 42U Deep Dynamic Primary Cabinet- 93604EX - 42U Deep Dynamic Expansion Cabinet- 93614PX - 42U Deep Static Primary Cabinet
- 93614EX - 42U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet- 93624PX - 47U Deep Static Primary Cabinet- 93624EX - 47U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet- 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet
- - Console Connectivity- 17351GX* - IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2)- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)- 17353LX* - IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3500 M3 (7380)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Part number Feature codes Description Bays supported Storage interface
Form factor Ext tape enclosure
Tape drives 43W8492 39M5636 5395 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive 1, 2, 3 USB 89mm (5.25in)
HH -
46C5369 - 5710 IBM RDX Internal USB Dock 1, 2, 3 USB 89mm (5.25in) HH
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3550 M3 (7944)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Table 1. System x3550 M3 (7944) at-a-glance
Part number1 Withdrawal date2 CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) -cache
Number of processors (std/max)
Memory (std/max)Form factor Power supply quantity (std/max) (Line cord)3
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7944-B2Y is 7944-B2U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. 2.5" SAS form factor4. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord.
Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen.5. IBM Integrated Management Module (IMM) on planar 6. For 7944 A2Y, B2Y, C2Y, D2Y, F2Y, G2Y, H2Y, J2Y, M2Y, N2Y,
to upgrade maximum number of hard disk drive to 8, option 59Y3951 should be selected. When option 59Y3951 is selected, you cannot have an internal optical drive.
7. For 7944 A2Y, B2Y, C2Y, D2Y, F2Y, G2Y, H2Y, J2Y, M2Y, N2Y, if optical drive is needed, option 59Y3952 should be selected.
8. For 7944 E1Y, E2Y, E3Y, to upgrade maximum of hard disk drive to 8, option 59Y3992 should be selected
9. Quad rank RDIMMs 192GB (12 x 16GB)10. If you select the 7944 E1U, E2U, E3U and try to remove the installed optical drive
and add 8 HDD, you can only select the pn 59Y3992, selecting 59Y3951 which is incorrect to install 8 HDD.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3550 M3 (7944)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3550 M3 (7944)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Figure 5. System x3550 M3 (7944) UDIMM Mirrored Mode
Click image to enlarge
Notes:
1. DIMM slot location across Channel 0 and Channel 1 must be populated the same set (same size, same type, same Rank and same organization).
2. RDIMM Mirroring Mode Configuration For Single (1) CPU systems ; First set of 2 DIMMs, Slots (3,6) Second set of 2 DIMMs, Slots (2,5) Third set of 2 DIMMS, Slots (1,4) For Two (2) CPU systems ; First set of 2 DIMMs, Slots (3,6) Second set of 2 DIMMs, Slots (15,12) Third set of 2 DIMMs, Slots (2,5) Fourth set of 2 DIMMs, Slots (14,11) Fifth set of 2 DIMMs, Slots (1,4) Sixth set of 2 DIMMs, Slots (13,10)
3. UDIMM Mirroring Mode Configuration For Single (1) CPU systems ; First set of 2 DIMMs, Slots (3,6) Second set of 2 DIMMs, Slots (2,5) For Two (2) CPU systems ; First set of 2 DIMMs, Slots (3,6) Second set of 2 DIMMs, Slots (15,12) Third set of 2 DIMMs, Slots (2,5) Fourth set of 2 DIMMs, Slots (14,11)
4. DIMM slots 7, 8, 9,16,17 and 18 are not used for memory mirroring.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3550 M3 (7944)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option number
Feature code Description Type Height Bays supported Maximum quantity
Diskette Drive
- - - - - - - - SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
43W7715 43W7714 3745 IBM 50GB SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS High IOPS SSD SATA SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6, 7, 8
8
42D0749 42D0747 5405 IBM 160GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SATA SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6, 7, 8
8
42D0754 42D0752 5407 IBM 500GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SATA SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6, 7, 8
8
SATA Simple-Swap HDDs 43W7731 - 5197 50 GB Simple Swap SATA SSD SATA SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 4
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs 42D0709 42D0707 5409 IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SAS SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6, 7,
88
42D0634 42D0632 5537 IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SAS SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6, 7, 8
8
42D0639 42D0637 5599 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SAS SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6, 7, 8
8
42D0674 42D0672 5522 IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SAS SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6, 7, 8
8
42D0679 42D0677 5536 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SAS SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6, 7, 8
8
49Y2005 49Y2003 5433 IBM 600GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SAS SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6, 7, 8
8
44W2266 44W2264 5413 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED SAS SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6, 7, 8
8
44W2296 44W2294 5412 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED SAS SFF 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5 , 6, 7, 8
8
Optical Devices 44W3251 46M0901 4161 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM - Ultra-Slim 9 -44W3253 46M0902 4163 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner - Ultra-Slim 9 1
Associated HDD Options 59Y3972 59Y3951 1792 IBM System x3550 M3 R2 plus 4 HDD Kit - - - -
- 59Y3952 - IBM System x3550 M3 R2 ODD Kit - - - -- 59Y3992 - IBM System x3550 M3 R2 plus 4 HDD Kit w/8 HDD Bezel - - - -
External storage expansion units Form factor
17401xx IBM TotalStorage DS4000 EXP700 Expansion Unit (all models) 17407xx IBM TotalStorage DS4000 EXP710 Storage Expansion Unit (all models) 18128xx IBM System Storage EXP810 Storage Expansion Unit (all models) 2107-
92E/9AE IBM TotalStorage DS8000 Expansion Unit 2107 model 92E/9AE
18147Vx IBM System Storage DS4200 Midrange Disk System (all models) 18147xx IBM System Storage DS4700 Midrange Disk System (all models) 18149xx IBM System Storage DS3950 Express 18158xx IBM System Storage DS4800 Midrange Disk System (all models) 181851x IBM System Storage DS5100 Midrange Disk System (all models) 181853x IBM System Storage DS5300 Midrange Disk System (all models) 2107-xxx IBM TotalStorage DS8100 2107 (all models) 2145 v5.1.x IBM SAN Volume Controller version 5.1.x 2858-A10 IBM System Storage N6040 model A10 and Gateway feature 2858-A20 IBM System Storage N6040 model A20 and Gateway feature 2858-A11 IBM System Storage N6070 model A11 and Gateway feature
2858-A21 IBM System Storage N6070 model A21 and Gateway feature 2858-A12 IBM System Storage N6060 model A12 and Gateway feature 2858-A22 IBM System Storage N6060 model A22 and Gateway feature 2859-A10 IBM System Storage N3300 model A10 2859-A20 IBM System Storage N3300 model A20 2862-A10 IBM System Storage N3600 model A10 2862-A20 IBM System Storage N3600 model A20 2863-A10 IBM System Storage N3700 model A10 2863-A20 IBM System Storage N3700 model A20 2864-A10 IBM System Storage N5200 model A10 2864-A20 IBM System Storage N5200 model A20 2864-G10 IBM System Storage N5200 model G10 2864-G20 IBM System Storage N5200 model G20 2865-A10 IBM System Storage N5500 model A10 2865-A20 IBM System Storage N5500 model A20 2865-G10 IBM System Storage N5500 model G10 2865-G20 IBM System Storage N5500 model G20 2866-A10 IBM System Storage N7600 model A10 2866-A20 IBM System Storage N7600 model A20 2866-G10 IBM System Storage N7600 model G10 2866-G20 IBM System Storage N7600 model G20 2866-A11 IBM System Storage N7700 model A11 2866-A21 IBM System Storage N7700 model A21 2866-G11 IBM System Storage N7700 model G11 2866-G21 IBM System Storage N7700 model G21 2867-A10 IBM System Storage N7800 model A10 2867-A20 IBM System Storage N7800 model A20 2867-G10 IBM System Storage N7800 model G10 2867-G20 IBM System Storage N7800 model G20 2867-A11 IBM System Storage N7900 model A11 2867-A21 IBM System Storage N7900 model A21 2867-G11 IBM System Storage N7900 model G11 2867-G21 IBM System Storage N7900 model G21 2868-A10 IBM System Storage N5600 model A10 2868-A20 IBM System Storage N5600 model A20 2868-G10 IBM System Storage N5600 model G10 2868-G20 IBM System Storage N5600 model G20 2869-A10 IBM System Storage N5300 model A10 2869-A20 IBM System Storage N5300 model A20 2869-G10 IBM System Storage N5300 model G10 2869-G20 IBM System Storage N5300 model G20
Bay Form factor Height Front access Usage1 2.5" SAS/SATA HDD Bay SFF Y HDD2 2.5in SAS/SATA HDD Bay SFF Y HDD3 2.5in SAS/SATA HDD Bay SFF Y HDD4 2.5in SAS/SATA HDD Bay SFF Y HDD5 2.5in SAS/SATA HDD Bay SFF Y HDD6 2.5in SAS/SATA HDD Bay SFF Y HDD7 2.5in SAS/SATA HDD Bay SFF Y HDD8 2.5in SAS/SATA HDD Bay SFF Y HDD9 DVD-ROM or CD-ROM US Y CD
Notes:
1. HDDs with HDDs: SATA HDDs and SAS HDDs cannot be intermixed on the same backplane or in the same RAID array. Hot-swap HDDs cannot be intermixed with simple-swap HDDs on the same backplane.
2. SSDs with HDDs: Both hot-swap SATA HDDs and hot-swap SAS HDDs can be intermixed with SSDs on the same backplane. Neither SAS nor SATA HDDs can be configured with SSDs within the same RAID array.
3. If optical drive is selected, option part number 59Y3952 must be selected .
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3550 M3 (7944)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number
Part number Feature codes
Description Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-Plug capable
Max quantity
Storage controllers
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Half x8 PCI-E 1, 2 N 243W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x Half x8 PCI-E 1, 2 N 242C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half x8 PCI-E 1, 2 N 242C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half x8 PCI-E 1, 2 N 244E8692 44E8689 3577 ServeRAID-BR10i SAS/SATA Controller n/a n/a Dedicated
connectorN 1
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x Half x8 PCI-E 1, 2 N 242D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Half x8 PCI-E 1,2 N 2
46M6051 46M6049 3589 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Half x8 PCI-E 1,2 N 246M6052 46M6050 3591 Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x Half x8 PCI-E 1,2 N 242D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Half x8 PCI-E 1,2 N 242D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x Half x8 PCI-E 1,2 N 244E8702 44E8700 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 Half x8 PCI-E 1,2 N 268Y7355 46M0907 5982 IBM 6Gb SAS HBA Half x8 PCI-E 1,2 N 2
- 44E8825 - ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller with Remote Battery Kit - - - - -46M0900 46M0898 1649 IBM 320GB High IOPS MS Class SSD PCIe Adapter Half x4 PCI-E 1,2 N 246M0889 46M0878 0097 IBM 320GB High IOPS SD Class SSD PCIe Adapter Half x8 PCI-E 2 N 181Y4428 81Y4426 A10C ServeRAID M5000 Series Performance Accelerator Key - - - - -68Y7383 - 5985 640GB High IOPS MLC Duo Adapter for IBM System x Half x8 PCI-E 2 N 146M0932 46M0930 5106 ServeRAID M5000 Series Advance Feature Key - - - - -46M0888 46M0877 0096 IBM 160GB High IOPS SS Class SSD PCIe Adapter Half x4 PCI-E 1,2 N 2
Networking 39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe Half PCI E 1X 1, 2 Y 239Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel Half PCI-E 4x 1,2 N 239Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half PCI-E 4x 1, 2 N 242C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter Half PCI-E 4x 1, 2 N 239Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half PCI-E 4x 1, 2 N 242C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half PCI-E 4x 1, 2 N 242C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter - PCI-E 4x 1, 2 N 242C1793 42C1790 5451 NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter Half PCI-E 8x 1, 2 N 249Y4200 - 1648 Emulex 10Gb Dual-port Ethernet Adapter for IBM System x Half PCI-E 8x 2 N 142C1823 42C1820 1637 Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x Half PCI-E 8x 1,2 N 242C1803 42C1800 5751 QLogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System x Half PCI-E 8x 1,2 N 259Y1887 - 5763 QLogic QLE7340 single-port
49Y4223 49Y4220 5766 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Quad Port Ethernet Adapter Half PCI-E 4x 1,2 N 249Y4233 49Y4230 5767 Intel Ethernet Dual Port Server
Adapter I340-T2 for IBM System xHalf PCI-E 4x 1,2 N 2
49Y4243 49Y4240 5768 Intel Ethernet Quad Port Server Adapter I340-T4 for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 4x 1,2 N 2
49Y4253 49Y4250 5749 Emulex 10GbE Virtual Fabric Adapter for IBM System x Half PCI-E 8x 1,2 N 244X0137 46M1076 3585 Dual port 1Gb Ethernet Daughter Card - - Dedicated
connectorN 1
Systems Management 43V6923 46C7526 5080 IBM Virtual Media Key - - - - -
Video Adapters 43V5766 - 1822 NVIDIA Quadro FX 1700 3D Graphics Card Half
Length (6.6")
PCIe x16 2 N 1
43V5891 - 1899 NVIDIA Quadro FX 580 3/4 Length (6.875")
1. The PCI card type will dependent on the kind of PCI riser card installed in the system. Slot 1 Support low profile card (either PCIe Gen 1 or Gen2 x16 lanes slot with PCIe riser LP or PCI-X 1/0a 64-bit 133 MHz slot with PCI-X riser LP). Slot 2 Support full height half length card (either PCIe Gen 1 or Gen 2 x16 lanes slot with PCIe riser or PCI-X 1.0a 64-bit 133MHz slot with PCI-X riser.
2. There is no full length, full height PCI-X card support on 7944 3. FC 3585 does not occupy the same slot as the SAS/SATA Raid card slot. 4. Battery NOT included5. Battery Included
Table 1. Slots
Slot Type Bus Voltage (V)
Frequency MHZ
Data path
Active PCI
Slot length
PCI Slot 1 Support low profile card (either PCIe x16 w/PCIe riser or PCI-X w/PCI-X riser)
x8 or 133 MHz (64) HL / LP
PCI Slot 2 Support full height half length card (either PCIe x16 w/PCIe riser or PCI-X w/PCI-X riser).
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3550 M3 (7944)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Power
44X0147 46M1075 2100 IBM 675W Redundant Power Supply59Y4054 69Y1510 4780 IBM -48V DC Input 675W Redundant Power Supply
Power Distribution Units39Y5547 39Y7938 6204 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+- 39M2819* - IBM DPI Three-phase 60A/208V C19/C13 Enterprise PDU+ (US)- 39Y8905 - DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord- 39Y8923 - IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a)- 39Y8938 - DPI 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P- 39Y8939 - DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P- 39Y8940 - DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd connector- 39Y8941 - IBM Enterprise C13 PDU- 39Y8948 - IBM Enterprise C19 PDU- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P- 40K9614 - IBM DPI 30a Cord (NEMA L6-30P)- 40K9615 - IBM DPI 60a Cord (IEC 309 2P+G)- 40K9772 - C19 4.3 meter Line Cord - NEMA L6-20P- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 60A/208V/3ph- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3ph- 73P5847* - DPI 60A/208v 3-Phase High Density C19 PDU w/IEC309 3P+Gnd Connector- 46M4002 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4003 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4004 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4005 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4125 - IBM 0U 24 C13 30A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4128 - IBM 0U 24 C13 30A PDU- 46M4140 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4116 - IBM 0U 24 C13 Switched and Monitored 30A PDU- 46M4134 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 Switched and Monitored 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4167 - 1U Switched and Monitored PDU 9 C19 / 3 C13 3 phased 30A fixed 4.3m L21-30P
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)- 53953AX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (100V/120V)- 53953JX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956AX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956KX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (230V)- 53959KX - IBM 11000VA LCD 5U Rack UPS (200V/208V/230V)
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Rack and NetBAY- 93074RX - NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet
- - Rack and rack Options- 14102RX - IBM 25RU standard rack- 14104RX - IBM 42U S2 standard rack- 17235RX* - IBM Rack Keyboard Tray- 93061RX* - NetBAY11 Standard Rack- 93072RX - IBM 25U S2 standard rack- 93074XX - IBM 42U S2 expansion rack- 93084EX - IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack
Keyboard and mouse- 40K5372 - IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB - US English 103P- 40K9584 - IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P
Associated Options- 2018 - IBM 11U Office Enablement Kit
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3550 M3 (7944)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option number Feature code Description Bays supported Storage interface
Form factor Ext tape enclosures
Tape drives - 3580-S3x - IBM System Storage TS2230 Tape Drive
Express Model- - - -
- 3580-S4x - IBM System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Model S4E
- - - -
Tape autoloader - 3572-Sxx - IBM System Storage TS2900 Tape Autoloader - - - -
External Tape libraries - 3573-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3100/TS3200 Tape
Library (all models)- - - -
- 3576-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3310 Modular Tape Library (all models)
- - - -
- 3584-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library (all models)
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3620 M3 (7376)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Table 1. System x3620 M3 (7376) at-a-glance
Part number1 Withdrawal date2 CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) -cache
Number of processors (std/max)
Memory (std/max)Form factor Power supply quantity (std/max) (Line cord)3
Table 1. System x3620 M3 (7376) at-a-glance (continued)
Part number1
Withdrawal date2
Integrated ethernet
Storage controller
Internal HDD interface
Internal HDD storage (std/ max)
Optical drive
Bays (total/ avail)
Slots (total/ avail)
7376-22Y4 - Dual 1GbE SATA Simple Swap 3.5" SATA
0GB/ 8TB
Open 4/4 2/2
7376-32Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 16TB
Open 8/8 2/1
7376-42Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 16TB
Open 8/8 2/1
7376-44Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 16TB
Open 8/8 2/1
7376-52Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 16TB
Open 8/8 2/1
7376-62Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 16TB
Open 8/8 2/1
7376-64Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 16TB
Open 8/8 2/1
7376-A2Y - Dual 1GbE SATA Simple Swap 3.5" SATA
0GB/ 8TB
Open 4/4 2/2
7376-B2Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 16TB
Open 8/8 2/1
7376-D2Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 16TB
Open 8/8 2/1
7376-E1Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 16TB
Open 8/8 2/1
7376-E2Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 16TB
Open 8/8 2/1
7376-E3Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 16TB
Open 8/8 2/1
7376-E4Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 16TB
SATA Multi-Burner 8/8 2/1
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7376-22Y is 7376-22U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen.
4. 7376-22Y is a Simple-swap SATA model support Intel SW RAID 0, 1 using Windows 2008 R2.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3620 M3 (7376)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option number Feature codes Processor options Model support Standard processor1
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3620 M3 (7376)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Associated Memory Options 59Y8349 41Y8287 3033 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware ESXi 4.1
Note:
1. When mirroring is selected, only half of the installed memory is available to the OS. And Channel 2 will be useless . Maximum addressable memory is reduced to one third of total installed DIMMs of Channel 0 and Channel 1.
1. Channel 2 (Slot 7,8 and 15, 16) is not usable in this mode
Table 2. DIMM Population Sequence (Mirrored Mode - Pair DIMMs)
CPU SlotCPU1 Slot 3,6 > 2,5CPU1 and CPU2 Slot 3,6 > 11,14 > 2,5 >10,13
Note:
1. When Memory Mirroring is used, use the following installation sequence for 1-CPU and 2-CPU configurations: Mirroring installation sequence with one CPU: First two DIMMs: slots 3,6; Second two DIMMs: slots 2,5 Mirroring installation sequence with two CPUs: First set of two DIMMs: slots 3,6; Second set of two DIMMs: slots 14,11; Third set of two DIMMs: slots 2,5; Fourth set of two DIMMs: slots 13,10;
Table 3. DIMM Population Sequence (Normal Mode - Single DIMM)
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3620 M3 (7376)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option number
Feature code Description Height Bays supported Maximum quantity
Diskette Drive
- - - - - - - SATA Simple-Swap HDDs
39M4509 39M4508 5292 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 3.5" SATA 0..3 439M4515 39M4514 5288 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 3.5" SATA 0..3 442D0789 42D0787 5416 IBM 2TB 7200 NL SATA 3.5" SS HDD 3.5" SATA 0..3 443W7623 - 5559 IBM Server 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5" Simple Swap HDD 3.5" SATA 0..3 443W7751 43W7750 A0WU IBM 250GB SATA 3.5" SS HDD 3.5" SATA 0..3 4
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs 39M4527 39M4526 5151 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 3.5" SATA 0..7 839M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 3.5" SATA 0..7 842D0784 42D0782 5415 IBM 2TB 7200 NL SATA 3.5" HS HDD 3.5" SATA 0..7 843W7627 43W7626 5560 IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5" HS HDD 3.5" SATA 0..7 843W7755 43W7754 A0WV IBM 250GB SATA 3.5" HS HDD 3.5" SATA 0..7 8
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs 42D0769 42D0767 5417 IBM 2TB 7.2K 6Gbps NL SAS 3.5" HS HDD 3.5" SAS 0..7 842D0779 42D0777 5418 IBM 1TB 7.2K 6Gbps NL SAS 3.5" HS HDD 3.5" SAS 0..7 8 44W2236 44W2234 5311 IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD 3.5" SAS 0..7 844W2241 44W2239 5312 IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD 3.5" SAS 0..7 844W2246 44W2244 5313 IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD 3.5" SAS 0..7 8
Optical Devices 44W3253 46M0902 4163 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner - - -44W3251 - 4161 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM - - -
Associated HDD Options - - - - - - -
External storage expansion units Form factor - - - - - - -
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3620 M3 (7376)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-Plug capable
Max quantity
Storage controllers
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x1
Half PCI-E 4, 3 N 2
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x1
Half PCI-E 4, 3 N 2
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x1
Half PCI-E 4, 3 N 2
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x1
Half PCI-E 4, 3 N 2
46M08502 46M08293 0093 ServeRAID M5015 SAS/ SATA Controller
46M09222 46M09162 3877 ServeRAID M5014 SAS/ SATA Controller
Half PCI-E x8
4, 3 N 1
46M6051 46M6049 3589 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x1
Half PCI-E 4, 3 N 2
46M6052 46M6050 3591 Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x1
Half PCI-E 4, 3 N 2
59Y3932 - 3888 ServeRAID-BR10il SAS/SATA Controller v2 with bracket
Half PCI-E x4
2 N 1
44E8702 44E8700 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2
Half PCI-E x8
4, 3 N 2
46M0865 - 9749 ServeRAID M1000 Series Advance Feature Key
- - - - -
46M0932 46M0930 5106 ServeRAID M5000 Series Advance Feature Key
- - - - -
69Y0706 69Y1360 6417 IBM x3620 M3 Software RAID to Hardware RAID Mechanical Kit
- - - - -
46M0853 46M0830 0094 ServeRAID M5025 SAS/SATA Controller Full PCI-E x8 4, 3 N 144E8837 - 5862 Remote Battery Cable - - - - -68Y7355 46M0907 5982 IBM 6Gb SAS HBA Half PCI-E x8 4, 3 N 242C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM
System xHalf PCI-E x8 4, 3 N 2
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x8 4, 3 N 2
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4Gb FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x8 4, 3 N 2
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E x8 4, 3 N 2
59Y1988 59Y1987 3885 Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Half PCI-E x8 4, 3 N 259Y1994 59Y1993 3886 Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x Half PCI-E x8 4, 3 N 2
External Disk Systems and Options - 172621X* - IBM System Storage DS3200
SAS Single Controller- - - - -
- 172622X* - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual Controller
- - - - -
- 172641X* - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single Controller
- - - - -
- 172642X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller
- - - - -
- 172701X - IBM System Storage EXP3000 - - - - - Networking
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3620 M3 (7376)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Power
59Y3641 69Y1213 4777 675W power supply(redundant)81Y6752 - A13H 460W power supply (redundant)
Power Distribution Units39Y5646 39Y7931 6207 Line cord - 4.3M, 10A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US)39Y7979 39Y7932 6263 4.3m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y5531 39Y7937 6201 1.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y5547 39Y7938 6204 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable39Y5651 - 6313 2.8m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord39Y5533 - 6311 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y8122 - 6372 Line cord - 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P (US)
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+ - 39Y8905 - DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord- 39Y8923 - IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a)- 39Y8938 - DPI 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P- 39Y8939 - DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P- 39Y8940 - DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd connector- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module - 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 60A/208V/3ph - 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3ph- 39Y8941 - IBM Enterprise C13 PDU- 39Y8948 - IBM Enterprise C19 PDU- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P- 46M4002 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4003 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4004 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4005 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4125 - IBM 0U 24 C13 30A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4128 - IBM 0U 24 C13 30A PDU- 46M4140 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 50A 3 Phase PDU
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)- 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV- 24195KX - IBM UPS5000 HV- 53953AX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (100V/120V)- 53953JX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956AX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956KX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (230V)- 53959KX - IBM 11000VA LCD 5U Rack UPS (200V/208V/230V)
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Rack and NetBAY
- 93074RX - NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet- 93074XX - IBM 42U S2 expansion rack- 93084EX - IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack- 93084PX - IBM 42U Enterprise Rack- 93604PX - 42U Deep Dynamic Primary Cabinet- 93604EX - 42U Deep Dynamic Expansion Cabinet- 93614PX - 42U Deep Static Primary Cabinet
- 93614EX - 42U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet- 93624PX - 47U Deep Static Primary Cabinet- 93624EX - 47U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet- 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet
Rack/Tower Conversion Kits- 39M2894* - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option (VCO)- 39M2895 - IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO)- 14102RX - IBM 25RU standard rack- 14104RX - IBM 42U S2 standard rack- 93072PX - IBM S2 25U Static Base Cabinet- 93072RX - IBM 25U S2 standard rack
Rack Console Switch- 17351GX* - IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2)- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)- 17353LX* - IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch- 17354LX* - IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch- 1754A1X - IBM Local 1X8 Console Manager- 1754A2X - IBM Local 2X16 Console Manager
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3620 M3 (7376)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Part number Feature codes Description Bays supported Storage interface
Form factor Ext tape enclosure
Tape drives 43W8487 43W8480 5392 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive Internal SATA - -43W8492 39M5636 5395 IBM DDS Gen 6 USB Tape Drive Internal USB - -59Y3539 69Y0797 6418 IBM x3620 M3 ODD Enablement Kit - - - -59Y3540 69Y0798 6419 IBM x3620 M3 Tape Enablement Kit - - - -
- 46C5364 - IBM RDX160 Internal USB Bundle - - - -- 46C5387 - IBM RDX320 Internal USB Bundle - - - -- 46C5388 - IBM RDX500 Internal USB Bundle - - - -- 46C5399 - IBM DDS Generation 5 USB Tape Drive - - - -
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3630 M3 (7377)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Table 1. System x3630 M3 (7377) at-a-glance
Part number1 Withdrawal date2 CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) - cache
Number of processors (std/ max)
Memory (std/max)Form factor Power supply quantity (std/max) (Line cord)3
Table 1. System x3630 M3 (7377) at-a-glance (continued)
Part number1
Withdrawal date2
Integrated ethernet
Storage controller
Internal HDD interface
Internal HDD storage (std/ max)
Optical drive
Bays (total/ avail)
Slots (total/ avail)
7377-22Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 24TB
N 12/12 2/1
7377-32Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 24TB
N 12/12 2/1
7377-42Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 24TB
N 12/12 2/1
7377-52Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 2.5" SFF SAS/SATA
0GB/ 12TB
N 24/24 2/1
7377-62Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 24TB
N 12/12 2/1
7377-62Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 24TB
N 12/12 2/1
7377-72Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 2.5" SFF SAS/SATA
0GB/ 12TB
N 24/24 2/1
7377-A2Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 24TB
N 12/12 2/1
7377-B2Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 24TB
N 12/12 2/1
7377-C2Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 12TB
N 24/24 2/1
7377-D2Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 24TB
N 12/12 2/1
7377-F2Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 12TB
N 24/24 2/1
7377-G2Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SAS/SATA
0GB/ 12TB
N 24/24 2/1
7377-E1Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SFF SAS/SATA
4TB/ 24TB
N 12/12 2/1
7377-E2Y - Dual 1GbE SAS/SATA Hot Swap 3.5" SFF SAS/SATA
6TB/ 24TB
N 12/12 2/1
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7377-22Y is 7377-22U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3630 M3 (7377)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3630 M3 (7377)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
1. When mirroring is selected, only half of the installed memory is available to the OS. And Channel 2 will be useless . Maximum addressable memory is reduced to one third of total installed DIMMs of Channel 0 and Channel 1.
Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM Configuration22Y, 32Y, 42Y, 52Y 1 x 4GB (1x4GB, 2Rx4, 1.5V) PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP RDIMM 62Y, 72Y 3 x 4GB (1x4GB, 2Rx4, 1.5V) PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP RDIMM64Y, A2Y, B2Y, C2Y, D2Y, F2Y, G2Y 1 x 4GB (1x4GB, 1Rx4, 1.35V) PC3L-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3 1333MHz LP RDIMM Figure 1. System x3630 M3 (7377) DIMM to CPU configuration
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3630 M3 (7377)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option number
Feature code Description Height Bays supported Maximum quantity
SATA Simple-Swap HDDs
- 43W7750 - IBM 250GB SATA 3.5" SS HDD - - - SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
39M4527 39M4526 5151 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 3.5" SATA 0..13 1439M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 3.5" SATA 0..13 1442D0749 42D0747 5405 IBM 160GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SATA 0..27 2842D0754 42D0752 5407 IBM 500GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SATA 0..27 2842D0784 42D0782 5415 IBM 2TB 7200 NL SATA 3.5" HS HDD 3.5" SATA 0..13 1443W7627 43W7626 5560 IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5" HS HDD 3.5" SATA 0..13 1443W7755 43W7754 A0WV IBM 250GB SATA 3.5" HS HDD - - -
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs 42D0634 42D0632 5537 IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS 0..27 2842D0679 42D0677 5536 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS 0..27 2842D0639 42D0637 5599 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS 0..27 2842D0709 42D0707 5409 IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS 0..27 2844W2266 44W2264 5413 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED 2.5" SAS 0..27 2844W2296 44W2294 5412 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED 2.5" SAS 0..27 2842D0769 42D0767 5417 IBM 2TB 7.2K 6Gbps NL SAS 3.5" HS HDD 3.5" SAS 0..13 1442D0779 42D0777 5418 IBM 1TB 7.2K 6Gbps NL SAS 3.5" HS HDD 3.5" SAS 0..13 14 44W2236 44W2234 5311 IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD 3.5" SAS 0..13 1444W2241 44W2239 5312 IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD 3.5" SAS 0..13 1444W2246 44W2244 5313 IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD 3.5" SAS 0..13 1449Y2005 49Y2003 5433 IBM 600GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS 0..27 2842D0674 - 5222 IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD - - -
Associated HDD Options 59Y3547 69Y1511 4186 3.5" Hot Swap Cage Assembly, Rear, 2 x 3.5" - - -59Y3549 69Y1527 4188 2.5" Hot Swap Cage Assembly, Rear, 4 x 2.5" - - -49Y8417 - 2119 3.5" Hot Swap Hard Drive Filler - - -49Y3237 - 6421 2.5" Gen2 HS HDD Filler - - -59Y3546 - 4185 3.5" Hot Swap BP Bracket Assembly, 12 x 3.5" - - -59Y3548 - 4187 2.5" Hot Swap BP Bracket ASM Kit, 24 x 2.5" - - -
External storage expansion units Form factor
17401xx IBM TotalStorage DS4000 EXP700 Expansion Unit (all models) 17407xx IBM TotalStorage DS4000 EXP710 Storage Expansion Unit (all models) 18128xx IBM System Storage EXP810 Storage Expansion Unit (all models) 172642X IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller
Bay Form factor Height Front access Usage3.5" HDD 0 3.5" LFF Y HDD1 3.5" LFF Y HDD2 3.5" LFF Y HDD3 3.5" LFF Y HDD4 3.5" LFF Y HDD5 3.5" LFF Y HDD6 3.5" LFF Y HDD7 3.5" LFF Y HDD8 3.5" LFF Y HDD9 3.5" LFF Y HDD
10 3.5" LFF Y HDD11 3.5" LFF Y HDD12 3.5" LFF Y HDD13 3.5" LFF Y HDD14 3.5" LFF Y HDD2.5" HDD 0 2.5" SFF Y HDD1 2.5" SFF Y HDD2 2.5" SFF Y HDD3 2.5" SFF Y HDD4 2.5" SFF Y HDD5 2.5" SFF Y HDD6 2.5" SFF Y HDD7 2.5" SFF Y HDD8 2.5" SFF Y HDD9 2.5" SFF Y HDD10 2.5" SFF Y HDD11 2.5" SFF Y HDD12 2.5" SFF Y HDD13 2.5" SFF Y HDD14 2.5" SFF Y HDD15 2.5" SFF Y HDD16 2.5" SFF Y HDD17 2.5" SFF Y HDD18 2.5" SFF Y HDD19 2.5" SFF Y HDD20 2.5" SFF Y HDD21 2.5" SFF Y HDD22 2.5" SFF Y HDD23 2.5" SFF Y HDD24 2.5" SFF Y HDD25 2.5" SFF Y HDD26 2.5" SFF Y HDD27 2.5" SFF Y HDD
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3630 M3 (7377)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-Plug capable
Max quantity
Storage controllers
46M08502 46M08293 0093 ServeRAID M5015 SAS/ SATA Controller
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x1
Half PCI-E 3 N 1
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x1
Half PCI-E 3 N 1
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x1
Half PCI-E 3 N 1
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x1
Half PCI-E 3 N 1
46M6051 46M6049 3589 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x1
Half PCI-E 3 N 1
46M6052 46M6050 3591 Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 3 N 1
46M09222 46M09162 3877 ServeRAID M5014 SAS/ SATA Controller
Half PCI-E x8
4 N 1
46M0932 46M0930 5106 ServeRAID M5000 Series Advance Feature Key
- - - - -
46M0857 46M0917 5744 ServeRAID M5000 Series Battery Assembly
- - - - -
68Y7355 46M0907 5982 IBM 6Gb SAS HBA Half PCI-E 3 N 146M0853 46M0830 0094 ServeRAID M5025 SAS/SATA Controller Half PCI-E 3 N 1
Networking 39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel Half PCI-E 4x 3 N 139Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half PCI-E 4x 3 N 142C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet
AdapterHalf PCI-E 4x 3 N 1
49Y4253 49Y4250 5749 Emulex 10GbE Virtual Fabric Adapter for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 8x 3 N 1
42C1793 42C1790 5451 NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter Half PCI-E 8x 3 N 149Y4223 49Y4220 5766 NetXtreme II 1000
Express Quad Port Ethernet Adapter
Half PCI-E 8x 3 N 1
49Y4233 49Y4230 5767 Intel Ethernet Dual Port Server Adapter I340-T2 for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 8x 3 N 1
49Y4243 49Y4240 5768 Intel Ethernet Quad Port Server Adapter I340-T4 for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 8x 3 N 1
42C1803 42C1800 5751 QLogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System x Half PCI-E 8x 3 N 142C1823 42C1820 1637 Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x Half PCI-E 8x 3 N 149Y4217 49Y4216 0069 Brocade 10Gb SFP+ SR Optical Transceiver - - - - -49Y4219 49Y4218 0064 QLogic 10Gb SFP+ SR Optical Transceiver - - - - -43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4 Gbps FC Single-Port PCI-e HBA for IBM
System xHalf PCI-E 8x 3 N 1
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4Gbps FC Dual-Port PCI-e HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 8x 3 N 1
42C2179 - 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
42C2182 - 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 8x 3 N 1
59Y1988 - 3885 Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Half PCI-E 8x 3 N 159Y1994 - 3886 Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x Half PCI-E 8x 3 N 146M0865 - 9749 ServeRAID M1000 Series Advance Feature Key - - - - -
External Disk Systems and Options - - - - - - - - -
Systems Management 43V6991 46C7527 5891 IBM Virtual Media Key For Entry Systems - - - - -59Y8349 41Y8287 3033 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware ESXi 4.1 - - - - -46M4989 41Y8278 1776 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware ESXi 4 - - - - -
Video Adapters 43V5891 - 1899 NVIDIA Quadro FX 580 Graphics Card 3/4 Length
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3630 M3 (7377)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Power
59Y3641 69Y1213 4777 675W power supply(redundant)44X0080 - 4042 Power Supply Blank Filler
Power Distribution Units- 46M4125 - IBM 0U 24 C13 30A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4128 - IBM 0U 24 C13 30A PDU- 46M4140 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 50A 3 Phase PDU
39Y5646 39Y7931 6207 Line cord - 4.3M, 10A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US)39Y7979 39Y7932 6263 4.3m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y5531 39Y7937 6201 1.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y5547 39Y7938 6204 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable39Y5651 - 6313 2.8m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord39Y5533 - 6311 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y5532 - 6316 Rack power cable - 2.0m, 125-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 (WW)39Y8122 - 6372 Line cord - 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P (US) 39Y5650 - 6369 Line cord - 1.8M, 10A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US)39Y8121 - 6351 Line cord - 1.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P (US)40K8932 - 3791 0.6m Yellow Cat5e Cable40K8935 - 3792 1.5m Yellow Cat5e Cable40K8960 - 3793 3m Yellow Cat5e Cable40K8939 - 3794 10m Yellow Cat5e Cable40K8941 - 3795 25m Yellow Cat5e Cable40K8963 - 3796 0.6m Green Cat5e Cable40K5627 - 3797 1.5m Green Cat5e Cable40K5791 - 3798 3m Green Cat5e Cable40K5792 - 3799 10m Green Cat5e Cable40K8868 - 3800 25m Green Cat5e Cable40K8949 - 3801 0.6m Blue Cat5e Cable40K8926 - 3804 10m Blue Cat5e Cable40K5564 - 3802 1.5m Blue Cat5e Cable40K8936 - 3803 3m Blue Cat5e Cable40K8929 - 3805 25m Blue Cat5e Cable
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+ - 39Y8905 - DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord- 39Y8923 - IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a)- 39Y8938 - DPI 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P- 39Y8939 - DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P- 39Y8940 - DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd connector- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module - 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 60A/208V/3ph - 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3ph- 39Y8941 - IBM Enterprise C13 PDU- 39Y8948 - IBM Enterprise C19 PDU- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P- 46M4002 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4003 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4004 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4005 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4134 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 Switched and Monitored 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4167 - 1U Switch. and Monit. PDU 9 C19 / 3 C13 3ph 30A fixed 4.3m L21-30P
- 21302RX* - IBM UPS 3000 HV - 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV - 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV- 24195KX - IBM UPS5000 HV- 53953AX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (100V/120V)- 53953JX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956AX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956KX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (230V)- 53959KX - IBM 11000VA LCD 5U Rack UPS (200V/208V/230V)
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Rack and NetBAY
- 93074RX - NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet- 93074XX - IBM 42U S2 expansion rack- 93084EX - IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack- 93084PX - IBM 42U Enterprise Rack- 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet- 93604PX - 42U Deep Dynamic Primary Cabinet- 93604EX - 42U Deep Dynamic Expansion Cabinet- 93614PX - 42U Deep Static Primary Cabinet- 93614EX - 42U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet- 93624PX - 47U Deep Static Primary Cabinet- 93624EX - 47U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet- 46M4110 - IBM LCD UPS Network Management Card
Rack/Tower Conversion Kits69Y2046 46M5383 5341 IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option Gen2 (VCO2)39Y7960 39M2895 3756 IBM USB Conversion Option Pack39Y8072 - 3757 IBM Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO)39Y7957 39M2894* 3758 Virtual Media Conversion Option69Y2045 46M5382 5340 IBM Serial Conversion Option (SCO)
- 14102RX - IBM 25RU standard rack- 14104RX - IBM 42U S2 standard rack- 93072PX - IBM S2 25U Static Base Cabinet- 93072RX - IBM 25U S2 standard rack
Rack Console Switch- 17351GX* - IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2)- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)- 17353LX* - IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch- 17354LX* - IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch- 1754A1X - IBM Local 1X8 Console Manager- 1754A2X - IBM Local 2X16 Console Manager- 1754D1X - IBM Global 2X2X16 Console Manager- 1754D2X - IBM Global 4X2X32 Console Manager
Keyboard and Mouse- 40K5372 - IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB - US English 103P- 40K9584 - IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P- 40K9200 - IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB- 40K9201 - IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3630 M3 (7377)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Part number Feature codes Description Bays supported Storage interface
Form factor Ext tape enclosure
Tape drives 43W8492 39M5636 5395 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive External USB - -49Y9880 46C5399 5711 IBM DDS Generation 5 USB Tape Drive External USB - -43W8487 43W8480 5392 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive External USB - -
- 362516X - IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive - - - -- 362532X - IBM RDX 320 GB External USB Drive - - - -- 362550X - IBM RDX 500 GB External USB Drive - - - -
External tape enclosures - - - - - - - -
Tape libraries - 8767HHX - Half High Tape Drive Enclosure - - - -- 8767HNX - IBM Half High Tabletop Tape Enclosure - - - -
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 (7979)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Table 1. System x3650 (7979) at-a-glance
Part number1 Withdrawal date2 CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) - cache
Number of processors (std/max)
Memory (std/max)Form factor Power supply quantity (std/max) (Line cord)5
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7979-12Y is 7979-12U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. 3.5" SAS Form Factor4. 2.5" SAS Form Factor5. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord.
Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen.6. IBM Integrated Baseboard Management Controller(BMC) /
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 (7979)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 (7979)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
1. Memory must be installed in matching pairs.2. Memory mirroring requires a minimum upgrade increment of four
DIMMs shared across both branches. These four DIMMS must all match, but do not need to match adjacent slot positions. Only half of the installed memory is available to the operating system when memory mirroring is used.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 (7979)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option numberFeature code Description Height Bays supported Maximum quantity
Diskette Drive
- 40K1692* - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - - SATA Hot-Swap HDDs1
39M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 3.5" SATA 1..6 643W7577 43W7576* 5530 750GB 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 3.5" SATA 1..6 643W7627 43W7626 5560 IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5" HS HDD 3.5" SATA 1..6 6
- 41Y8232 - Express 750GB Hot-Swap SATA II - - -42D0784 - 5415 IBM 2TB 7200 NL SATA 3.5" HS HDD 3.5" SATA 1..6 6
SATA Simple-Swap HDDs - - - - - - -
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs1 - 40K1043* - 73GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 3.5" SAS 1..6 6
40K1076 40K1044* 5162 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 3.5" SAS 1..6 643X0808 43X0802* 5532 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS 3.5" SAS 1..6 643X0826 43X0824* 5534 146GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD 2.5" SAS 1..8 843X0841 43X0837* 5543 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS 2.5" SAS 1..8 8
- 40K1052* - 73GB 10K 2.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - - -42D0521 42D0519* 5586 IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD 3.5" SAS 1..6 642D0614 42D0612 5509 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD 2.5" SAS 1..8 842D0654 42D0652 5199 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HS HDD 2.5" SAS 1..8 8
- 43W7524* - 146GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - - -44W2236 44W2234 5311 IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD 3.5" SAS 1..6 644W2241 44W2239 5312 IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD 3.5" SAS 1..6 644W2246 44W2244 5313 IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD 3.5" SAS 1..6 6
- 42D0777 - IBM 1TB 7.2K 6Gbps NL SAS 3.5" HS HDD 3.5" SAS 1..6 6 Optical Devices
32R2784 - 4144 CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay Enhanced - CD Bay 132R2901 43W8304* 4143 Multi-Burner Ultrabay Enhanced Drive - CD Bay 132R2899 - 4141 CDROM Ultrabay Enhanced Drive - - -
External storage expansion units Form factor
- 172701X - IBM System Storage EXP3000 -
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Mixing SAS and SATA hard drives is not allowed or supported.
Figure 1. x3650 Front View (six bay configuration)
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 (7979)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Part number Feature codesDescription Adapter length
PCI support Slots supported
Hot-Plug capable
Max quantity
Storage controllers1
24P0963 - 1650 DS4000 Host Bus Adapter Half PCI-X 1, 2 Y 239M6013 39M5895 3551 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Dual Port HBA Half PCI-X 1,2 Y 239M6015 39M5894 3550 DS4000 FC 4Gb PCI-X Single Port HBA Half PCI-X 1,2 Y 2
- 25R8060* - IBM SAS HBA Controller2 - - - - -- 43W4324* - IBM Ultra 320 SCSI PCIe Controller - - - - -
44E8702 44E8700 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4- 25R8064* - IBM ServeRAID 8k SAS Controller1 - - - - -
25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller1 - - Dedicated connector
N 1
39R8819 - 1685 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB) Full PCI-X 1 N 139R8820 - 1686 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB) Full PCI-X 1 N 143W4298 43W4296 3571 ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA Controller10,17 Half PCI-E 1 N 1
43W4340 43W4339* 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 443W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM
System x9Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x9
Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 442D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 442D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 442D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 446M6051 46M6049 3589 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System
xHalf PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
46M6052 46M6050 3591 Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 459Y1988 59Y1987 3885 Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System
xHalf PCI-E 1,2,3,4 Y 4
59Y1994 59Y1993 3886 Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 Y 468Y7355 46M0907 5982 IBM 6Gb SAS HBA Half PCI-E 1,2,3,4 N 4
- 44E8825 - ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller with Remote Battery Kit
- - - - -
External Disk Systems and Options 39R8819 - 1685 IBM ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller
(128MB Cache)Full 64-bit/
133MHz1 N 1
39R8820 - 1686 IBM ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB Cache)
Full 64-bit/ 133MHz
1 N 1
- 172621X 2620 SAS - SAS Single Controller DS3200 - - - - -- 172622X 2621 IBM System Storage DS3200 - - - - -- 172631X - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single
Controller Model- - - - -
- 172632X - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller Model
- - - - -
- 172641X 2622 FC SAS Single Controller DS3400 - - - - -- 172642X 2623 FC SAS Dual Controller DS3400 - - - - -
42C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter
Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 N 4
42C1793 42C1790 5451 NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter Half PCI-E 8x 1...4 N 439Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 Y 439Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter12 Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 N 442C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter12 Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 N 473P5105 73P5101* 1579 PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel-
PCI-XHalf 64-bit/
133MHz1,2 N 2
73P5205 73P5201* 1580 PRO/1000 GT Quad Port Server Adapter by Intel- PCI-X
Half 64-bit/ 133MHz
1,2 N 2
39Y6149 39Y6146 2976 QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 N 4
42C1773 42C1770 2977 QLogic iSCSI Dual Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 N 4
42C1803 42C1800 5751 QLogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System x Half PCI-E 8x 1...4 N 449Y4223 49Y4220 5766 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Quad Port Ethernet
AdapterHalf PCI-E 4x 1...4 N 4
49Y4233 49Y4230 5767 Intel Ethernet Dual Port Server Adapter I340-T2 for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 N 4
49Y4243 49Y4240 5768 Intel Ethernet Quad Port Server Adapter I340-T4 for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 4x 1...4 N 4
49Y4253 49Y4250 5749 Emulex 10GbE Virtual Fabric Adapter for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 8x 1..4 N 4
Systems Management 39R9504 - 1606 Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline - - Dedicated
1. All x3650 models ship standard with ServeRAID-8k-l which offers RAID 0, 1, 10. To upgrade replace ServeRAID-8k-l with the following options: ServeRAID-8k, option 25R8064, for RAID 1E, 5 or 6; ServeRAID-MR10i, option 43W4296, for RAID 0 to RAID 6 (excluding 1E); or ServeRAID-MR10is, option 44E8695, for encryption and RAID 0 to RAID 6 (excluding 1E).
2. A maximum of one SAS HBA Adapter (25R8060) may be configured in x3650 prior to shipping. However, customers may install up to a total of four adapters, provided they disable the boot ROM on the adapters.
3. x3650 support for ServeRAID-8s is for full function attachment to a single EXP3000 storage expansion unit. EXP3000 support by ServeRAID-8s is currently limited to SAS HDDs only.
4. Before you install or ship this option in your server, first read the installation instructions provided in the option package.
5. Full-length with stiffener.6. ServeRAID-8s Battery enables Battery
Backed Cache on ServeRAID-8s.7. One PCI-E riser is required to install a maximum of two
MegaRAID 8480 controllers. To avoid damage to the server, always remove the MegaRAID 8480 adapter before relocating or shipping the server. MegaRAID 8480 must be shipped separately
as originally packaged from IBM.8. Requires PCI-X Riser Card (Option 40K1908).9. Requires PCI-E Riser Card (Option 40K0028). This riser
card ships on all standard x3650 models.10. In 2.5 in drive bay configurations, this adapter will require
a SAS signal cable, p/n 41Y3883, which comes as part of option p/n 44E8822.
11. In slots 2...4, the MR10M will require remote mounting of the adapter batteries, which will require 1 battery shelf (p/n 46C4182) per system and 1 remote battery cable kit (p/n 44E8823) per battery. The remote battery cable kit comes with the adapter option, while the shelf comes as a part of the Remote Battery Mount and Cable Kit option (p/n 44E8822).
12. Supports Intel I/O Acceleration Technology for System x IOAT capable servers.
13. Supports TCP/IP Offload Engine (TOE). Not supported on systems with greater than 32GB installed memory.
14. The PCI Express Riser Card for x3650 comes standard with System x3650
15. A PCI-X riser is required when installing a PCI-X adapter in either slot 1 or slot 2.
17. ServeRAID-MR10i includes 256MB of cache. To protect cached data against an unexpected power outage, optional ServeRAID-MR10i Li-Ion Battery, 44E8826 should be utilized.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 (7979)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Power1
40K0029 40K1905 1968 xSeries 835W Redundant Power Option (110-127v)43W5901 43W5902* 1988 700W - 48V DC Power Supply
- 40K1906 - 835W Redundant Power Option (ROW) Power Distribution Units
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+ without line cord- 39Y8905 - DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord- 39Y8935 - DPI 63amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd connector- 39Y8923 - DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord- 39Y8938 - DPI 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P- 39Y8939 - DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P - 39Y8940 - DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd connector- 39Y8941 - IBM Enterprise C13 PDU2
- 39Y8948 - IBM Enterprise C19 PDU2
- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW)- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW)- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA)- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA)- 46M4002 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4003 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4004 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4005 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4116 - IBM 0U 24 C13 Switched and Monitored 30A PDU- 46M4134 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 Switched and Monitored 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4167 - 1U Switched and Monitored PDU 9 C19 / 3 C13 3 phased 30A fixed 4.3m L21-30P
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)2- 21301RX* - IBM UPS3000 LV- 21302RX* - IBM UPS3000 HV- 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV- 2130R3X - IBM UPS 1000T LV- 39Y8857 - IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack- 24195KX - IBM UPS5000 HV- 53953AX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (100V/120V)- 53953JX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956AX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956KX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (230V)
Notes:
1. System x3650 ships with a single power supply. and two power cords standard, including one rack power cable (2.8m, 125-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14) and one AC line cord (C13 to NEMA 5-15P). A second hot-swap power supply is optional for redundancy
2. Ships without a line cord. See the 'xSeries rack power configurator' chapter for supported line cords.
- 93072RX - IBM 25U S2 standard rack- 93072PX - IBM S2 25U Static Base Cabinet- 93074RX - NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet- 93074XX - IBM 42U S2 expansion rack- 93084EX - IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack - 93084PX - IBM 42U Enterprise Rack - 93604PX - 42U Deep Dynamic Primary Cabinet- 93604EX - 42U Deep Dynamic Expansion Cabinet- 93614PX - 42U Deep Static Primary Cabinet- 93614EX - 42U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet- 93624PX - 47U Deep Static Primary Cabinet- 93624EX - 47U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet- 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet
Rack/Tower Conversion Kits- 39M2895 - IBM USB Conversion Option- 39M2894* - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option
39Y8072 - 3757 IBM Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO)- 46M5382 - IBM Serial Conversion Option (SCO)- 46M5383 - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option Gen2 (VCO2)
Rack Console Connectivity- 172317X - 1U 17in Flat Panel Console Kit - 172319X - 19" 1U Flat Panel Console Kit - 17233RX* - IBM 1U 15" Flat Panel Console Kit- 17231RX* - IBM 1U 17" Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay- 1735L04 - NetBAY Local Console Manager- 1735R16 - NetBAY Remote Console Manager- 17351GX* - IBM 2x8 Local Console Manager- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)- 17353LX* - IBM 1x8 Console Switch- 17354LX* - IBM 2x16 Console Switch
39Y7953 31R3132* 3751 IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (USB)- 1754D1X - IBM Global 2X2X16 Console Manager- 1754D2X - IBM Global 4X2X32 Console Manager- 1754A1X - IBM Local 1X8 Console Manager- 1754A2X - IBM Local 2X16 Console Manager
Monitors- 4938 - IBM C117 17" (15.9inch VIS) FST CRT- 4942 - IBM T115 15" TFT LCD- 4943 - IBM T117 17" TFT LCD- 4944 - IBM T119 19" TFT LCD
Keyboard and Mouse- 40K5372 - IBM Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device - 3m Cable - Black - USB - US English- 40K9584 - IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English- 40K9200 - IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB- 40K9201 - IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB- 2130R30 - IBM UPS3000XLU 100-127V (US LV cord)- 39Y8999 - 32A/230V 3P w/IEC309 3P+N+Gnd Conn
Associated Options- 2018 - IBM 11U Office Enablement Kit
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 (7979)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Part number Feature codes Description Bays supported Storage interface
Form factor Ext tape enclosure
Tape drives 39M5632 - 5705 DDS Gen 5 (36/72GB) Tape Media - - - -
- 39M5636 - IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive10 - - - -- 39M5658* - HH LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive - - - -
40K6522 41Y8976* 4335 IBM GoVault Rack Optimization Bundle4, 5 3.5"systems, bay ID 2 & 4; 2.5" systems, Tape drive bay
SATA II Internal 3.5" HH -
- 59P6745 - IBM 80/160 GB Half High VS160 Tape Drive3 External only Ultra160 5.25" HH 45591UX- 43W8478 - IBM 400/800GB HH LTO3 SAS Tape Drive External only - - 87651UX
8767HHX43W8487 43W8480 5392 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive10 3.5" systems,
bay ID 2 & 4; 2.5" systems, Tape drive bay
SATA II - -
- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive External only - - 87651UX 8767HHX
44E8870 - 5398 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive6 3.5"systems, bay ID 2 & 4; 2.5" systems, Tape drive bay
USB - -
46C5362 - 5706 DDS Gen 6 (80/160GB) Tape Media - - - -46C5369 - 5710 IBM RDX Internal USB Dock 3.5"systems, bay
- 362516X - IBM RDX 160 GB External USB Drive - USB - -- 362532X - IBM RDX 320 GB External USB Drive - USB - -- 362550X - IBM RDX 500 GB External USB Drive - USB - -- 46C5364 - IBM RDX 160 Internal USB Bundle 3.5"systems, bay
ID 2 & 4; 2.5" systems, Tape drive bay
USB Internal 3.5" HH with 5.25" HH mounting kit
-
- 46C5387 - IBM RDX 320 Internal USB Bundle 3.5"systems, bay ID 2 & 4; 2.5" systems, Tape drive bay
USB Internal 3.5" HH with 5.25" HH mounting kit
-
- 46C5388 - IBM RDX 500 Internal USB BUND 3.5"systems, bay ID 2 & 4; 2.5" systems, Tape drive bay
USB Internal 3.5" HH with 5.25" HH mounting kit
-
49Y9880 46C5399 5711 IBM DDS Generation 5 USB Tape Drive 3.5" systems, bay ID 2 & 4; 2.5" systems, Tape drive bay
USB - -
External tape enclosures6, 7 - 4559FHX - IBM 2U Full High Stand Alone SCSI Tape Drive
- 8767HHX - IBM Half High Tabletop Tape Enclosure - - HH Table Top - Tape libraries7
- 3573-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3100/TS3200 Tape Library (all models)
- - - -
Associated tape options 43V5958 43V5959* 5387 IBM DDS Tape Enablement Kit9 - - - -43W7319 - 4873 IBM DDS Tape Enablement Kit for 2.5" HDD - Ultra160 5.25" HH 45591UX
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. This internal tape drive attaches via a USB cable (SBB 44E8880/ FC 3833) to the internal USB connector.
2. This internal tape drive requires an external tape enclosure for installation in systems with a 2.5" SAS form factor.
3. This internal tape drive is not supported internally on this system and requires an external tape enclosure for installation.
4. Includes one base internal dock, enablement kit, and a 80GB GoVault cartridge. 3.5-inch models have six 3.5-inch hot-swap hard disk drive bays. If installing an IBM GoVault rack optimization bundle, this drive will occupy two of the six 3.5-inch drive bays. 2.5-inch models have eight 2.5-inch hot-swap hard disk drive bays and one dedicated 3.5-inch bay for the BM GoVault rack optimization bundle.
5. The IBM GoVault Rack Optimization Bundle is an internal SATA drive that attaches to the SATA connector, J102, on the system planar.
6. A quantity of one 42C3910 SCSI interface and cabling kit is required per SCSI tape drive required.
7. SCSI tape enclosures and automation products are connected via 39R8752 PCI-X U320 SCSI controller. The 39R8752 PCI-X U320 storage controller requires a 40K1908 PCI-X riser card on this system.
8. Desktop or rack tape enclosure which supports a single 133mm (5.25in) full-high tape drive. Requires a fixed shelf if installed in a rack (allow an additional 1U for fixed shelf). Includes a power cord and an external 68-pin to 0.8mm VHDCI SCSI cable.
9. For use with 3.5" configurations.10. Internal use requires IBM DDS Tape Enablement Kit.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 M3 (7945)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Table 1. System x3650 M3 (7945) at-a-glance
Part number1 Withdrawal date2 CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) -cache
Number of processors (std/max)
Memory (std/max)Form factor Power supply quantity (std/max) (Line cord)3
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7945-A2Y is 7945-A2U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen.
4. To upgrade the maximum number of hard drives allowed for selection to 16 , option "69Y4236(4 to 8 HDD OPT KIT)" and "59Y3825" should both be selected and one of following STA should be selected :44E8689(FC3577)BR10i, 46M0829(FC0093)M5015, 46M0916(FC3877)M5014, 46M0831(FC0095)M1015.
5. To upgrade the maximum number of hard drives allowed for selection to 16, option "59Y3825" should be selected.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 M3 (7945)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 M3 (7945)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
1. Maximum Memory possible: Single rank RDIMMs 36GB (18 x 2GB); Dual rank RDIMMs 144GB (18 x 8GB) Quad rank RDIMMs 192GB (12 x 16GB)
2. When mirroring is selected, only half of the installed memory is available to the OS. Maximum addressable memory is reduced to half of total installed DIMMs.
Figure 1. System x3650 M3 (7945) Memory RDIMM layout
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 M3 (7945)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option numberFeature code Description Height Bays supported Maximum quantity
Diskette Drive
- - - - - - - SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
42D0749 42D0747 5405 IBM 160GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SATA 0..15 1642D0754 42D0752 5407 IBM 500GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SATA 0..15 1643W7715 43W7714 3745 IBM 50GB SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS High IOPS SSD 2.5" SATA 0..15 1643W7731 - 5197 50 GB Simple Swap SATA SSD 2.5" SATA 0..3 4
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs 42D0634 42D0632 5537 IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5"
SAS0..15 16
42D0639 42D0637 5599 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS 0..15 16 42D0674 42D0672 5522 IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS 0..15 1642D0679 42D0677 5536 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS 0..15 1642D0709 42D0707 5409 IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS 0..15 1649Y2005 49Y2003 5433 IBM 600GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD 2.5" SAS 0..15 1644W2266 44W2264 5413 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED 2.5" SAS 0..15 1644W2296 44W2294 5412 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED 2.5" SAS 0..15 16
Optical Devices 44W3251 46M0901 4161 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM - - -44W3253 46M0902 4163 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner - - -
Associated HDD Options - 69Y4236 - IBM System x3650 M3 Hot-swap SAS/SATA 4 Pack HDD Upgrade
Option- - -
External storage expansion units Form factor - 17401xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4000 EXP700 Expansion Unit (all models) - - -- 17407xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4000 EXP710 Storage Expansion Unit (all
models)- - -
- 18128xx - IBM System Storage EXP810 Storage Expansion Unit (all models) - - -
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 M3 (7945)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-Plug capable
Max quantity
Storage controllers1
42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 2,4,3,1 N 4
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 2,4,3,1 N 4
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 2,4,3,1 N 4
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 2,4,3,1 N 4
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 2,4,3,1 N 4
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 2,4,3,1 N 4
42C1823 42C1820 1637 Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x
Half PCIe 8x
2,4,3,1 N 4
42C1803 42C1800 5751 QLogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 8x 2,4,3,1 N 4
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 2,4,3,1 N 4
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x
46M0900 46M0898 1649 IBM 320GB High IOPS MS Class SSD PCIe Adapter Half PCI-E x4 2,4,3,1 N 446M0888 46M0877 0096 IBM 160GB High IOPS SS Class SSD PCIe Adapter Half PCI-E x4 2,4,3,1 N 4
49Y4253 49Y4250 5749 Emulex 10GbE Virtual Fabric Adapter for IBM System x
Half PCIe x8
2,4,3,1 N 3
Systems Management 43V6923 46C7526 5080 IBM Virtual Media Key - - - - -
Other I/O 44X0144 46M1073 50887 IBM System
x3650 M2 & M3 R2 PCI-Express (1x16) Riser Card
- - - - -
44X0141 46M1074 50877 IBM System x3650 M2 & M3 R2 PCI-X Riser Card
- - - - -
44X0138 46M1072 50867 IBM System x3650 M2 & M3 R2 PCI-Express (2x8) Riser Card
- - - - -
46M1130 - 43038 IBM System x3650 M2 & M3 R2 PCI-Express (1x16) Riser Card 2
- - - - -
46M1131 - 37348 IBM System x3650 M2 & M3 R2 PCI-Express (2x8) Riser Card 2
- - - - -
46M1132 - 42768 IBM System x3650 M2 & M3 R2 PCI-X Riser Card 2
- - - - -
69Y5033 69Y5034 5720 Hot-swap SAS SATA 8 Pack HDD Enablement Kit (w/ 2 M5015 adapters)11
- - - - -
59Y3822 59Y3825 1747 Hot-swap SAS SATA 8 Pack HDD Enablement Kit (w/ 6 Gbps expander)
- - - - -
69Y4403 - 4178 Universal Slides Kit - - - - -
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. System x3650 M3 (7945)supports five total PCI slots, with four slots generally available. The PCI card type will be dependent on the kind of PCI risers installed in the system. The riser in riser connector 1 enables PCI slots 1 and 2. PCI Slot 1 Supports a full-height, full-length card with a standard bracket (either PCIe Gen2 x8 lane card with the PCIe x8 riser, or PCI-X 1.0a 64-bit 133MHz card with the PCI-X riser, or PCIe Gen 2 x16 lanes card with the PCIe x16 riser).).
2. PCI Slot 2 Supports a low-profile card with a standard bracket (either PCIe Gen 2 x8 lanes card with the PCIe x8 riser, or PCI-X 1.0a 64-bit 133MHz card with the PCI-X riser, or no card with the PCIe x16 riser).
3. The riser in riser connector 2 enables PCI slots 3 and 4. PCI Slot 3 Supports a full-height, full-length card with a standard bracket (either PCIe Gen 2 x8 lane card with trhe PCIe x8 riser, or PCI-X 1.0a 64-bit 133MHz slot, with the PCI-X riser, or PCIe Gen 2 x16 lanes card with the PCIe x16 riser). PCI Slot 4 Supports a full-height, half-length card with a standard bracket (either PCIe Gen 2 x8 lane card with the PCIe x8 riser, or PCI-X 1.0a 64-bit 133MHz card, with the PCI-X riser, or no card with the PCIe x16 riser).
4. The built-in riser has a connector for an internal RAID adapter as well as USB and SATA connectors for tape drives and a Hypervisor USB connector (on some models). " The connector for the internal RAID adapter is only available in 8-HDD systems, and allows installation of an internal RAID adapter (FC 3577, 3571 or 3584).
5. The default riser (both for riser connector 1 and for riser connector 2) for configure- to-order systems is the PCIe Gen2 x8 riser.
6. There are three types of risers available for this system. They are as follows: PCIe x8 riser (default): two PCIe 8-lane slots; supports two PCIe Gen2 (x8) adapters.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 M3 (7945)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Power
44X0147 46M1075 2100 IBM 675W Redundant Power Supply59Y4054 69Y1510 4780 IBM -48V DC Input 675W Redundant Power Supply
Power Distribution Units- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+- 39Y8905 - DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord- 39Y8923 - IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a)- 39Y8938 - DPI 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P- 39Y8939 - DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P- 39Y8940 - DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd connector- 39Y8941 - IBM Enterprise C13 PDU - 39Y8948 - IBM Enterprise C19 PDU - 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P- 40K9614 - IBM DPI 30a Cord (NEMA L6-30P)- 40K9615 - IBM DPI 60a Cord (IEC 309 2P+G)- 40K9772 - C19 4.3 meter Line Cord - NEMA L6-20P- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module - 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 60A/208V/3ph - 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3ph
39Y5646 39Y7931 6207 Line cord - 4.3M, 10A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P39Y7979 39Y7932 6263 4.3m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y5531 39Y7937 6201 1.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y5547 39Y7938 6204 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable39Y5532 - 6316 Rack power cable - 2.0m, 125-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C1439Y5533 - 6311 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y5650 - 6369 Line cord - 1.8M, 10A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P
- 46M4002 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4003 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4004 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4005 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4125 - IBM 0U 24 C13 30A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4128 - IBM 0U 24 C13 30A PDU- 46M4140 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4116 - IBM 0U 24 C13 Switched and Monitored 30A PDU- 46M4134 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 Switched and Monitored 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4167 - 1U Switched and Monitored PDU 9 C19 / 3 C13 3 phased 30A fixed 4.3m L21-30P
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)- 21302RX* - IBM UPS 3000 HV - 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV - 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV- 53953AX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (100V/120V)- 53953JX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956AX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956KX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (230V)- 53959KX - IBM 11000VA LCD 5U Rack UPS (200V/208V/230V)
- 93074RX - NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet- 93074XX - IBM 42U S2 expansion rack- 93084PX - IBM 42U Enterprise Rack- 93604PX - 42U Deep Dynamic Primary Cabinet- 93604EX - 42U Deep Dynamic Expansion Cabinet- 93614PX - 42U Deep Static Primary Cabinet- 93614EX - 42U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet- 93624PX - 47U Deep Static Primary Cabinet- 93624EX - 47U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet- 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet
Rack/Tower Conversion Kits- 39M2895 - IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO)
39Y7953 31R3132* 3751 3m Console Switch Cable (USB)- 14102RX - IBM 25RU standard rack- 14104RX - IBM 42U S2 standard rack- 93072PX - IBM S2 25U Static Base Cabinet- 93072RX - IBM 25U S2 standard rack
39Y8072 43V6147 3757 IBM Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO) Rack Console Switch
- 17351GX* - IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2)- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)- 17353LX* - IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch- 17354LX* - IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch- 1754A1X - IBM Local 1X8 Console Manager- 1754A2X - IBM Local 2X16 Console Manager
Keyboard and Mouse- 40K5372 - IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB - US English 103P- 40K9584 - IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P- 40K9200 - IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB- 40K9201 - IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
Associated Options- 2018 - IBM 11U Office Enablement Kit- 93084EX - IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3650 M3 (7945)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Part number Feature codes Description Bays supported Storage interface
Form factor Ext tape enclosure
Tape drives 43W8487 43W8480 5392 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive Internal SATA - -43W8492 39M5636 5395 IBM DDS Gen 6 USB Tape Drive Internal USB - -46C5369 - 5710 IBM RDX Internal USB Dock Internal USB - -46C5374 - 5707 IBM RDX 160GB Cartridge - - - -46C5376 - 5708 IBM RDX 320GB Cartridge - - - -46C5378 - 5709 IBM RDX 500GB Cartridge - - - -
- 46C5364 - IBM RDX 160 Internal USB Bundle Internal USB Internal 3.5" HH with 5.25" HH mounting kit
-
- 46C5387 - IBM RDX 320 Internal USB Bundle Internal USB Internal 3.5" HH with 5.25" HH mounting kit
-
- 46C5388 - IBM RDX 500 Internal USB Bundle Internal USB Internal 3.5" HH with 5.25" HH mounting kit
-
- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive Internal SAS 89mm (5.25in) HH
-
External tape enclosures - - - - - - - -
Tape libraries - - - - - - - -
Associated tape options - - - - - - - -
Note:
1. Use of the RDX and DDS Internal Enablement Kit will only allow up to a maximum of 8 hard drives to be installed in the server.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3690 X5 (7148)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Table 1. System x3690 X5 (7148) at-a-glance
Part number1 Withdrawal date4 CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) -cache
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7148-1RY is 7148-1RU. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. RC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a rack cord. Models without rack cords will be indicated with a hyphen.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3690 X5 (7148)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
1. For a 2+2 application, plug CPUs in order starting with position one (1) in each node.2. IBM model definitions have a minimum of 1 CPU and no memory card option.
3. If you intend to install a VMware Operating system and select an additional processor, you must also add the IBM x3690 X5 16-DIMM Internal Memory Expansion SBB 49Y9964 (FC 9278) to your order.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3690 X5 (7148)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape Scalability
SBB number Option number Feature codes Memory description Memory cards
Associated Memory Options46M4989 41Y8278 1776 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware ESXi 459Y8349 - 3033 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware ESXi 4.159Y8394 - 2420 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware ESXi 4.1 with MAX5
Notes:
1. Single DIMM Kit.2. SBB 49Y9964 (FC 9278) Memory Card requires a two (2) CPU configuration.3. DIMMs are DDR3-SDRAM, required in pairs.4. 32 DIMMs per chassis max.5. The following DIMMs are not supported in the MAX5: 44T1481 and 46C7448
Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM configurationARY, 1RY, 2RY, 3RY, 3GY, 4RY 2 x 4GB 4Rx8 1Gbit DDR3-1066 PC3-8500 7-7-7 LP RDIMME3Y, 3DY 4 x 4GB 4Rx8 1Gbit DDR3-1066 PC3-8500 7-7-7 LP RDIMM2DY 32 x 4GB 4Rx8 1Gbit DDR3-1066 PC3-8500 7-7-7 LP RDIMM
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3690 X5 (7148)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape Scalability
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description1 Height Bays supported
Maximum quantity
Diskette drives backplanes
60Y0338 60Y0381 1790 IBM 8x 2.5" HS SAS HDD Backplane - - -60Y0359 60Y0360 9281 IBM eXFlash 8x 1.8" HS SAS SSD Backplane - - -60Y0369 60Y0339 9287 IBM 4x 2.5" HS SAS HDD Backplane - - -
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs 43W7687 - 5414 IBM 500GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 15 143W7715 43W7714 3745 IBM 50GB SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS High IOPS SSD SFF 0-15 1643W7735 43W7734 5314 IBM 50GB SATA 1.8" NHS SSD SL 0-23 24
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs 42D0634 42D0632 5537 IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-15 1642D0639 42D0637 5599 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-15 1642D0674 42D0672 5522 IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-15 1642D0679 42D0677 5536 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-15 1642D0709 42D0707 5409 IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-15 1644W2266 44W2264 5413 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED SFF 0-15 1644W2296 44W2294 5412 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SED SFF 0-15 1649Y2005 49Y2003 5433 IBM 600GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-15 16
Optical devices 44W3251 46M0901 4161 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM US Optical 144W3253 46M0902 4163 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner US Optical 1
Associated Hdd Options 60Y0363 60Y0333 9284 IBM x3690 X5 Single SATA HDD Bay - - -
- 40K1692* - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - - External storage expansion units Form factor
- - - - - - -
Note:
1. Sixteen (16) 2.5 Inch internal support for SAS, SATA, SSD
Bay Form factor Height Front access Usage0 2.5" or 1.8" SFF or SL Yes HDD1 2.5" or 1.8" SFF or SL Yes HDD2 2.5" or 1.8" SFF or SL Yes HDD3 2.5" or 1.8" SFF or SL Yes HDD4 2.5" or 1.8" SFF or SL Yes HDD5 2.5" or 1.8" SFF or SL Yes HDD6 2.5" or 1.8" SFF or SL Yes HDD7 2.5" or 1.8" SFF or SL Yes HDD8 2.5" or 1.8" SFF or SL Yes HDD9 2.5" or 1.8" SFF or SL Yes HDD10 2.5" or 1.8" SFF or SL Yes HDD11 2.5" or 1.8" SFF or SL Yes HDD12 2.5" or 1.8" SFF or SL Yes HDD13 2.5" or 1.8" SFF or SL Yes HDD14 2.5" or 1.8" SFF or SL Yes HDD15 2.5" or 1.8" SFF or SL Yes HDD16 1.8" SL Yes HDD17 1.8" SL Yes HDD
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3690 X5 (7148)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape Scalability
SBB number
Part number
Feature code
Description Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot- Plug capable
Max quantity
Storage controllers
42D0486 42D0485 3580 Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 N 4
42D0495 42D0494 3581 Emulex 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 N 4
42D0502 42D0501 3578 QLogic 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 N 4
42D0511 42D0510 3579 QLogic 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 N 4
44E8692 44E8689 3577 ServeRAID-BR10i SAS/SATA Controller Half PCIe 1,2,3,4 N 244E8702 44E8700 3583 IBM 3Gb SAS HBA Controller v2 Half PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 N 4
46M08503 46M0829 0093 ServeRAID M5015 SAS/SATA Controller Half PCIe 1,2,3,4 N 246M0862 46M0831 0095 ServeRAID M1015 SAS/SATA Controller Half PCIe 1,2,3,4 N 246M09223 46M0916 3877 ServeRAID M5014 SAS/SATA Controller Half PCIe 1,2,3,4 N 246M6051 46M6049 3589 Brocade 8Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM
System xHalf PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 N 4
46M6052 46M6050 3591 Brocade 8Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 N 4
59Y1988 59Y1987 3885 Brocade 4Gb FC Single-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 N 4
59Y1994 59Y1993 3886 Brocade 4Gb FC Dual-port HBA for IBM System x
Half PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 N 4
60Y0308 60Y0309 4164 IBM x3690 X5 RAID Expansion Adapter Half PCIe 1 N 168Y7355 46M0907 5982 IBM 6Gb SAS HBA Half PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 N 446M0932 46M0930 5106 ServeRAID M5000 Series Advance Feature
Key- - - - -
46M0865 - 9749 ServeRAID M1000 Series Advance Feature Key
- - - - -
46M0857 46M0917 5744 ServeRAID M5000 Series Battery Assembly - - - - -42C2179 39R6525 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port
PCIe HBA for IBM System xHalf x8 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 Y 4
42C2182 39R6527 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half x8 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 Y 4
43W7491 42C2069 1698 Emulex 4GB FC Single-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x
Half x4 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 Y 4
43W7492 42C2071 1699 Emulex 4GB FC Dual-Port PCI-E HBA for IBM System x
Networking 39Y6129 39Y6126 2944 PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel Half x4 PCIe 3,4,5 N 339Y6139 39Y6136 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half x4 PCIe 3,4,5 N 342C1753 42C1750 2975 PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter Half x4 PCIe 3,4,5 N 342C1783 42C1780 2995 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet
AdapterHalf x4 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 N 4
42C1793 42C1790 5451 NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter
Half x8 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 N 4
42C1803 42C1800 5751 QLogic 10Gb CNA for IBM System x Half x8 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 N 442C1823 42C1820 1637 Brocade 10Gb CNA for IBM System x Half x8 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 N 449Y4200 - 1648 Emulex 10Gb Dual-port Ethernet Adapter for
IBM System xHalf x8 PCIe 5 N 1
49Y4223 49Y4220 5766 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Quad Port Ethernet Adapter
Half x8 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 N 4
49Y4233 49Y4230 5767 Intel Ethernet Dual Port Server Adapter I340-T2 for IBM System x
Half x8 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 N 4
49Y4243 49Y4240 5768 Intel Ethernet Quad Port Server Adapter I340-T4 for IBM System x
Half x8 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 N 4
49Y4253 49Y4250 5749 Emulex 10GbE Virtual Fabric Adapter for IBM System x
Half x8 PCIe 1,2,3,4,5 N 3/2
39Y6071 39Y6066 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3690 X5 (7148)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape Scalability
SBB number Option number
Feature Codes Description
Power
60Y0310 60Y0332 4782 IBM 675W HE Redundant Power Supply49Y9965 60Y0327 9279 IBM 675W HE Redundant Power Supply Kit
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)- 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV- 24195KX - IBM UPS5000 HV- 53956AX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956KX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (230V)- 53959KX - IBM 11000VA LCD 5U Rack UPS (200V/208V/230V)
Power Distribution Units39Y7979 39Y7932 6263 4.3m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y5531 39Y7937 6201 1.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y5547 39Y7938 6204 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable39Y5533 - 6311 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y5646 - 6207 Line cord - 4.3M, 10A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US)60Y0367 - 6406 2.8m, 10A/200-250V, 2xC13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Y-Cable
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+- 39Y8905 - DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord- 39Y8923 - IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a)- 39Y8938 - DPI 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P- 39Y8939 - DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P- 39Y8940 - DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd connector- 39Y8941 - IBM Enterprise C13 PDU- 39Y8948 - IBM Enterprise C19 PDU- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P- 46M4002 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4003 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4004 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4005 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 60A/208V/3ph- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3ph- 46M4116 - IBM 0U 24 C13 Switched and Monitored 30A PDU- 46M4134 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 Switched and Monitored 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4167 - 1U Switched and Monitored PDU 9 C19 / 3 C13 3 phased 30A fixed 4.3m L21-30P
SBB number Option number Feature
CodesDescription
Rack/Tower Conversion Kit
39Y8072 43V6147 3757 IBM Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO)- 39M2894* - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option (VCO)- 39M2895 - IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO)- 14102RX - IBM 25RU standard rack- 14104RX - IBM 42U S2 standard rack- 93072PX - IBM S2 25U Static Base Cabinet- 93072RX - IBM 25U S2 standard rack- 93074RX - NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet- 93074XX - IBM 42U S2 expansion rack- 93084EX - IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack
- 40K5372 - IBM Keyboard w/ Integrated Pointing Device USB - US English 103P- 40K9584 - IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P- 40K9200 - IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB
Associated Options- 39R6529 - IBM 1m SAS Cable- 39R6531 - IBM 3m SAS Cable- 2018 - IBM 11U Office Enablement Kit
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3690 X5 (7148)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3690 X5 (7148)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape Scalability
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Scalability
69Y2325 69Y2345 4786 IBM System x3690 X5 Ball Bearing Slide Kit69Y2343 69Y2346 6473 IBM System x3690 X5 Cable Management Arm for Ball Bearing Slides69Y4403 - 4178 Universal Slides Kit69Y2344 69Y2347 6474 IBM System x3690 X5 2U Cable Management Arm69Y4389 - 6457 Friction Slide69Y4390 - 6458 Friction CMA59Y6284 59Y6265 4199 IBM MAX5 for System x59Y62701 59Y6269 7481 IBM MAX5 to x3690 X5 Cable Kit
Note:
1. The SBB 59Y6270 (FC 7481) cannot be on the order unless SBB 59Y6284 (FC 4199) is selected.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 M3 (7164)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Table 1. System x3755 M3 (7164) at-a-glance
Part number1 Withdrawal date2 CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) - cache
Number of processors (std/max)
Memory (std/max)Form factor Power supply quantity (std/max) (Line cord)3
Table 1. System x3755 M3 (7164) at-a-glance (continued)
Part number1
Withdrawal date2
Integrated ethernet
Storage controller
Internal HDD interface
Internal HDD storage (std/ max)
Optical drive
Bays (total/ avail)
Slots (total/ avail)
7164-22Y - Quad 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/ 16000GB
Optional 9/9 4/3
7164-32Y - Quad 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/ 16000GB
Optional 9/9 4/3
7164-42Y - Quad 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/ 16000GB
Optional 9/9 4/3
7164-52Y - Quad 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/ 16000GB
Optional 9/9 4/3
7164-62Y - Quad 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/ 16000GB
Optional 9/9 4/3
7164-72Y - Quad 1GB SAS Hot-Swap 0GB/ 16000GB
Optional 9/9 4/3
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7164-22Y is 7164-22U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 M3 (7164)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 M3 (7164)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 M3 (7164)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Option numberFeature code Description Height Bays supported Maximum quantity
Diskette Backplane
49Y7371 - 5716 Hot swap backplane - - - SATA Simple-Swap HDDs
39M4509 39M4508 5292 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 3.5" SATA 0..5 639M4515 39M4514 5288 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Simple-Swap SATA II 3.5" SATA 0..5 642D0789 42D0787 5416 IBM 2TB 7200 NL SATA 3.5" SS HDD 3.5" SATA 0..5 643W7751 43W7750 A0WU IBM 250GB SATA 3.5" SS HDD 3.5" SATA 0..5 6
SATA Hot-Swap HDDs 39M4527 39M4526 5151 250GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 3.5" SATA 0..7 839M4531 39M4530 5196 500GB 7200 RPM 3.5" Hot-Swap SATA II 3.5" SATA 0..7 842D0784 42D0782 5415 IBM 2TB 7200 NL SATA 3.5" HS HDD 3.5" SATA 0..7 843W7627 43W7626 5560 IBM 1TB 7200 SATA 3.5" HS HDD 3.5" SATA 0..7 843W7755 43W7754 A0WV IBM 250GB SATA 3.5" HS HDD 3.5" SATA 0..7 8
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs 44W2236 44W2234 5311 IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD 3.5" SAS 0..7 844W2241 44W2239 5312 IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD 3.5" SAS 0..7 844W2246 44W2244 5313 IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD 3.5" SAS 0..7 842D0769 42D0767 5417 IBM 2TB 7.2K 6Gbps NL SAS 3.5" HS HDD 3.5" SAS 0..7 842D0779 42D0777 5418 IBM 1TB 7.2K 6Gbps NL SAS 3.5" HS HDD 3.5" SAS 0..7 8
Optical Devices 44W3253 46M0902 4163 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner - - -44W3251 46M0901 4161 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM - - -
Associated HDD Options - - - - - - -
External storage expansion units Form factor - - - - - - -
Bay Form factor Height Front access Usage0 3.5" SAS
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 M3 (7164)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot -Plug capable
Max quantity
Storage controllers
46M08502 46M0829 0093 ServeRAID M5015 SAS/ SATA Controller
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 M3 (7164)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Power
69Y1434 - 2593 1100W Redundant Power Supply Power Distribution Units
39Y5646 39Y7931 6207 Line cord - 4.3M, 10A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US)39Y7979 39Y7932 6263 4.3m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y5531 39Y7937 6201 1.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y5547 39Y7938 6204 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable39Y5533 - 6311 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y5644 - 6312 Line cord - 1.8M, 10A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US)39Y5651 - 6313 2.8m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord39Y6554 - 6389 1.8m, 10A/208V, C13 to NEMA L6-15P (US) Line Cord39Y6555 - 6390 2.8m, 10A/208V, C13 to NEMA L6-15P (US) Line Cord39Y6556 - 6391 4.3m, 10A/208V, C13 to NEMA L6-15P (US) Line Cord40K8932 - 3791 0.6m Yellow Cat5e Cable40K8935 - 3792 1.5m Yellow Cat5e Cable40K8960 - 3793 3m Yellow Cat5e Cable40K8939 - 3794 10m Yellow Cat5e Cable40K8941 - 3795 25m Yellow Cat5e Cable40K8963 - 3796 0.6m Green Cat5e Cable40K5627 - 3797 1.5m Green Cat5e Cable40K5791 - 3798 3m Green Cat5e Cable40K5792 - 3799 10m Green Cat5e Cable40K8868 - 3800 25m Green Cat5e Cable40K8949 - 3801 0.6m Blue Cat5e Cable40K5564 - 3802 1.5m Blue Cat5e Cable40K8936 - 3803 3m Blue Cat5e Cable40K8926 - 3804 10m Blue Cat5e Cable40K8929 - 3805 25m Blue Cat5e Cable
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)- - - -
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description
Rack and NetBAY
- 93604PX - 42U Deep Dynamic Primary Cabinet- 93604EX - 42U Deep Dynamic Expansion Cabinet- 93614PX - 42U Deep Static Primary Cabinet- 93614EX - 42U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet- 93624PX - 47U Deep Static Primary Cabinet- 93624EX - 47U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet
Rack/Tower Conversion Kits39Y7957 39M2894* 3758 IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option (VCO)69Y2046 46M5383 5341 IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option Gen2 (VCO2)39Y8070 - 3755 1.5m KVM Conversion Cable Set39Y8072 43V6147 3757 IBM Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO)
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3755 M3 (7164)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape
SBB number Part number Feature codes Description Bays supported Storage interface
Form factor Ext tape enclosure
Tape drives 43W8487 43W8480 5392 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive Internal SATA - -39M5632 - 5705 DDS Gen 5 (36/72GB) Tape Media1 - - - -49Y7347 69Y1456 4787 Tape Drive enablement - - - -
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3850/3950 X5 (7145)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Table 1. System x3850 X5 (7145) at-a-glance
Part number1 Withdrawal date4 CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) -cache
Number of processors (std/max)
Memory (std/max) Form factor Power supply quantity (std/max) (Line cord)4
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7145-2RY is 7145-2RU. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for L.A. and A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific designator.
2. E4Y is an express model.3. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord.
Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen.4. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3850/3950 X5 (7145)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape Scalability
SBB number Option number1 Feature codes Processor options Models supported Standard processor
Associated Processor Options 46M0087 49Y4379 5104 IBM x3850 X5 and x3950 X5 QPI Wrap Card
Notes:
1. IBM model definitions have a minimum of 2 CPUs and 2 Memory Cards.2. The E7520 and E7530 CPU´s do not support 8-socket operation with QPI scaling3. 8-socket configurations with QPI scaling require 4 CPU´s in each node, all 8 must be identical.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3850/3950 X5 (7145)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape Scalability
SBB number Option number Feature codes Memory description1
Memory cards2
46M0085 46M0071 5102 IBM x3850 X5 and x3950 X5 Memory Expansion Card Memory DIMMs3
Associated Memory Options46M4989 41Y8278 1776 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware ESXi 459Y8349 41Y8287 3033 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware ESXi 4.159Y6307 - 6437 IBM MAX5 for System x Memory DIMM Filler
Notes:
1. DIMMs are DDR3-SDRAM registered, required in pairs. Memory Cards support 8 DIMMs each.
2. For pre-configured models (i.e. GAVs/SEOs) , a minimum of 1 Memory card and 2 DIMMs are REQUIRED for EACH installed CPU.
3. Maximum: Eight memory cards, each card containing four pairs of DIMMs, 64 DIMMs per node.
4. DIMM´s must be installed in pairs. Pairs must be matching IBM PN´s. 5. 8-socket configurations with QPI scaling require that EACH node contain
8 memory cards (FC 5102) with DIMM´s in matching sets of 4.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3850/3950 X5 (7145)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape Scalability
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description Height Bays supported
Maximum quantity
Diskette drives backplanes
59Y6120 59Y6135 3873 IBM Hot Swap SAS Hard Disk Drive Backplane - - - SATA Hot-Swap HDDs
43W7715 43W7714 3745 IBM 50GB SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS High IOPS SSD SFF 0-7 843W7735 43W7734 5314 IBM 50GB SATA 1.8" NHS SSD SL 0-15 1642D0749 42D0747 5405 IBM 160GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-7 842D0754 42D0752 5407 IBM 500GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-7 8
SAS Hot-Swap HDDs 42D0634 42D0632 5537 IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-7 842D0639 42D0637 5599 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-7 842D0674 42D0672 5522 IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-7 842D0679 42D0677 5536 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-7 842D0709 42D0707 5409 IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-7 849Y2005 49Y2003 5433 IBM 600GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-7 8
Optical devices 44W3251 46M0901 4161 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM US 8/16 144W3253 46M0902 4163 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner US 8/16 1
External storage expansion units Form factor - 172621X* - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Single Controller - - -- 172622X* - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual Controller - - -- 172641X* - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single Controller - - -- 172642X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller - - -- 172701X - IBM System Storage EXP3000 - - -
Bay Form factor Height Front access Usage0 2.5" or 1.8" SFF or SL Yes HDD1 2.5" or 1.8" SFF Yes HDD2 2.5" or 1.8" SFF Yes HDD3 2.5" or 1.8" SFF Yes HDD4 2.5" or 1.8" SFF Yes HDD5 2.5" or 1.8" SFF Yes HDD6 2.5" or 1.8" SFF Yes HDD7 2.5" or 1.8" SFF Yes HDD8 1.8" SL Yes HDD9 1.8" SL Yes HDD10 1.8" SL Yes HDD11 1.8" SL Yes HDD12 1.8" SL Yes HDD13 1.8" SL Yes HDD14 1.8" SL Yes HDD15 1.8" SL Yes HDD16 12.7mm Optical US Yes Optical
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3850/3950 X5 (7145)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape Scalability
SBB number
Part number
Feature code
Description Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot- Plug capable
Max quantity
Storage controllers
46M0857 46M0917 5744 ServeRAID M5000 Series Battery Assembly
Slot Type Bus Voltage (V) Frequency MHz Data path Active PCI Slot lengthPCI Slot 11,3,4,5 x16 PCIe 2.0 0x15 3.3V 5Gb/s x16 N FullPCI Slot 21,3,5 x4 PCIe 2.0 (x8
PCI Slot 31,3,5 x8 PCIe 2.0 0x1F 3.3V 5Gb/s x8 N FullPCI Slot 41,3,5 x8 PCIe 2.0 0x24 3.3V 5Gb/s x8 N FullPCI Slot 51,2,6 x8 PCIe 1.1 0x04 3.3V 5Gb/s x8 N HalfPCI Slot 61,2,6 x8 PCIe 2.0 0x09 3.3V 5Gb/s x8 Y HalfPCI Slot 71,2,6 x8 PCIe 2.0 0x0E 3.3V 2.5Gb/s x8 Y HalfLSI 1078 Serial SAS Razor 8-port Controller6 - 0x13 Universal 2.5Gb/s x8 N -Broadcom 5709 Dual Gb Ethernet Controller - 0x02 Universal 2.5Gb/s x4 N -ATI RN50 Video Ctrl w/16MB memory - 0x01 Universal 33 32 N -
Notes:
1. Slots 1-7 are PCIe Gen 2, 5Gb/s.2. For Slots 5-7 Adapters must be x4/x8 half length,standard height.3. Slots 1-4 can be full length.4. Slot 1 can be x16. 5. Slots 1-4 are on second PCIe bridge.6. Slots 5-7 and SAS controller are on first PCIe bridge. 7. Battery NOT included8. Battery Included
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3850/3950 X5 (7145)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape Scalability
SBB number Option number Feature Codes
Description
Power
46M0089 59Y6139 2111 IBM 1975W Power Supply60Y0310 - 4782 IBM 675W HE Redundant Power Supply
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)- 21302RX* - IBM UPS 3000 HV - 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV - 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV- 53953AX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (100V/120V)- 53953JX - IBM 3000VA LCD 3U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956AX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956KX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (230V)- 53959KX - IBM 11000VA LCD 5U Rack UPS (200V/208V/230V)
Power Distribution Units39Y7979 39Y7932 6263 4.3m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y5531 39Y7937 6201 1.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y5547 39Y7938 6204 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable39Y5533 - 6311 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y5646 - 6207 Line cord - 4.3M, 10A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US)39Y8122 - 6372 Line cord - 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P (US)
- 46M4002 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4003 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4004 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4005 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4116 - IBM 0U 24 C13 Switched and Monitored 30A PDU- 46M4134 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 Switched and Monitored 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4167 - 1U Switched and Monitored PDU 9 C19 / 3 C13 3 phased 30A fixed 4.3m L21-30P
SBB number Option number Feature
CodesDescription
Rack/Tower Conversion Kit
- 46M5382 - IBM Serial Conversion Option (SCO)- 46M5383 - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option Gen2 (VCO2)
Racks- 93072PX - IBM S2 25U Static Base Cabinet- 93604PX - 42U Deep Dynamic Primary Cabinet- 93604EX - 42U Deep Dynamic Expansion Cabinet- 93614PX - 42U Deep Static Primary Cabinet- 93614EX - 42U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet- 93624PX - 47U Deep Static Primary Cabinet- 93624EX - 47U Deep Static Expansion Cabinet
Console Connectivity- 1754D1X - IBM Global 2X2X16 Console Manager - 1754D2X - IBM Global 4X2X32 Console Manager - 1754A1X - IBM Local 1X8 Console Manager- 1754A2X - IBM Local 2X16 Console Manager
Keyboard and Mouse- 40K9200 - IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB- 40K9584 - IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English 103P
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3850/3950 X5 (7145)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape Scalability
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description Bays supported
Storage interface
Form factor
Ext tape enclosures
Tape Drives
- 43W8478 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive
- - - -
- 44E8895 - IBM Half High LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive
- - - -
Tape libraries - 3572-Sxx - IBM System Storage
TS2900 Tape Autoloader- - - -
- 3573-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3100/TS3200 Tape Library (all models)
- - - -
- 3576-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3310 Modular Tape Library (all models)
- - - -
- 3580-S3x - IBM System Storage TS2230 Tape Drive Express Model
- - - -
- 3580-S4x - IBM System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Model S4E
- - - -
- 3584-xxx - IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library (all models)
- - - -
Tape Enclosures - 17401xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4000
EXP700 Expansion Unit (all models)
- - - -
- 17407xx - IBM TotalStorage DS4000 EXP710 Storage Expansion Unit (all models)
- - - -
- 18128xx - IBM System Storage EXP810 Storage Expansion Unit (all models)
- - - -
- 2107-92E/9AE - IBM TotalStorage DS8000 Expansion Unit 2107 model 92E/9AE
- - - -
- 87651NX - IBM TotalStorage DS8000 Expansion Unit 2107 model 92E/9AE
- - - -
- 87651UX - IBM 1U Rackmount Tape Enclosure
- - - -
- 8767HHX - IBM Half High Tabletop Tape Enclosure
- - - -
- 8767HNX - IBM Half High Tabletop Tape Enclosure
- - - -
Associated tape options - 39R6521 - IBM System Storage
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x3850/3950 X5 (7145)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Tape Scalability
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Scalability
59Y6268 59Y6267 4192 IBM MAX5 to x3850 X5 Cable Kit59Y6284 59Y6265 4199 IBM MAX5 for System x46M0086 46M0072 5103 IBM x3850 X5 QPI Scalability Kit
Figure 1. 7145 to 7145 (8-socket QPI direct connected)
Click image to enlarge
Notes:
For 7145-7145 QPI scaled configuration: 2-Node Configuration Requirements
1. Eight memory cards (FC 4192) in each module2. Four CPU´s in each module3. Matching CPU types both nodes4. Memory installed in matching sets of four5. MS Windows installations limited to 1TB
Figure 2. 7145 to eX5 Scalability and Memory Expansion Module (MAX5)
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter S (8886)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
8886-EVY7 - 1/1 4/2 UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner
- 6/6
Notes:
1. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen.
2. The Management Module incorporates a chassis-level management processor and a Keyboard/Video/Mouse (KVM) switch. No external KVM switching is required.
3. IBM BladeCenter S supports a maximum of four I/O modules can be installed in the rear of the system. A combination of up to four Gb Ethernet modules, or two Gb Ethernet modules and up to two Fiber Channel modules, or two Gb Ethernet modules and up to two SAS modules can be installed.
4. Supports up to 6 singlewide blade servers. Additional power supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond 2 blade servers.
5. IBM BladeCenter S Express offering includes (1) 6-Disk Storage Module, (1) SAS Connectivity Module, and redundant power supplies 3 & 4 as standard offerings.
6. The write function does not work on BladeCenter S.7. IBM BladeCenter S Express offering includes (2) 6-Disk Storage
Module, (2) SAS RAID Controller Module, and redundant power supplies 3 & 4 as standard offerings.
8. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
Table 2. BladeCenter S Chassis, blade server support
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter S (8886)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number
Feature codes Description Connection type from
Connection type to
# of drops Connects from
Connects to
32R1938 32R1937* 4362 IBM CX4 1.5 Meter Cable CX4 Connector CX4 Connector 1 10Gb ESM CX4 Port
Another Nortel 10Gb ESM or external 10Gb switch with
CX4 ports32R1942 32R1941* 4363 IBM CX4 3.0 Meter Cable CX4 Connector CX4 Connector 1 10Gb ESM
CX4 PortAnother Nortel 10Gb
ESM or external 10Gb switch with
CX4 ports39Y9173 39Y9171* 4364 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-
thru Module SC Cable for IBM BladeCenter
Multiport Optical SC Duplex Optical Connections
4 OPM switch SAN
39Y9175 39Y9172 4365 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module LC Cable for IBM BladeCenter
Multiport Optical LC Duplex Optical Connections
4 OPM switch SAN
39Y9331 39Y9170* 4366 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable for IBM BladeCenter1
Multiport Copper CAT 5E Copper Connections
5 CPM switch Network
- 40K9772 - C19 4.3 meter Line Cord - NEMA L6-20P
- - - - -
- 39Y8923 - DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord
Utilizing pass-thru technology will disable serial over LAN concurrent KVM capabilities.
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru module (CPM) and an external gigabit Ethernet environment. A maximum of 14 connections per CPM is supported. One CPM cable ships with the CPM option. Two additional cables can be installed.
Figure 1. IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable (3.1 m)
This IBM BladeCenter option provides connection between the copper pass-thru module and an external environment. The cable allows up to five copper connections to blade servers. One 3.1 m (9.4 ft)cable is included with each copper pass-thru module.
Figure 2. IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable (1.5 m)
Click image to enlarge
The 1.5 m cable above provides four SC connections between the Optical Pass-thru Module and an external environment.
Figure 3. IBM CX4 1.5 or 3-meter Cable for IBM BladeCenter (connector color is Gray)
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter S (8886)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description Height Bays supported
Maximum quantity
HDDs
43W7527 43W7523* 3748 73GB 15K 3.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD - 1-12 1243W7528 43W7524* 3749 146GB 15K 3.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD - 1-12 1243X0808 43X0802* 3747 300GB 15K 3.5" Hot-Swap SAS HDD - 1-12 1242D0521 42D0519* 1079 IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD - 1-12 12
- 42D0546* - IBM 750GB 7200 NL SAS 3.5" HS HDD1 - 1-12 1242D0551 42D0547* 0377 IBM 1TB 7200 NL SAS 3.5" HS HDD - 1-12 1239M4559 39M4558* 3743 IBM 500 GB Dual Port HS SATA HDD for IBM System x2 - 1-12 1243W7581 43W7580* 3746 750GB Dual Port SATA Hot Swap Option2 - 1-12 1243W7631 43W7630 5561 IBM 1TB 7200 Dual Port SATA 3.5'' HS HDD2 - 1-12 1244W2236 44W2234 5311 IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD - 1-12 1244W2241 44W2239 5312 IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD - 1-12 1244W2246 44W2244 5313 IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD - 1-12 12
Associated options - 43W3581 - IBM BladeCenter S 6-Disk Storage Module3, 4, 5 - - -
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. Only supported with the BladeCenter S SAS RAID Controller Module (SBB 43W3604).
2. Only supported with BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module (Option 39Y9195)
3. BladeCenter S chassis supports a maximum of two P/N 43W3581. Each 6-Disk Storage Module supports up to six 3.5in drives.
4. One SAS Connectivity Module for IBM BladeCenter (P/N 39Y9195) is required in Switch Module 3 in order to use the IBM BladeCenter S 6-Disk Storage Module. Support exists for two if redundancy is needed.
5. Four power supplies are required for the BladeCenter S chassis (8886) to support two Storage Modules. If adding a second Storage Module (43W3581) to the BladeCenter S chassis, you may need to add two additional power supplies; depending on your current configuration.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter S (8886)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Form factor Slots supported
Hot plug capable
Max supported
Networking1,2
43W3604 43W3584 3734 IBM BladeCenter S SAS RAID Controller Module3,4,5
- 3, 4 Y 2
40Y1245 39Y9195 3267 IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module6 - 3, 4 Y 240Y1116 32R1813* 3207 Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch Module for IBM
eServer BladeCenter 3, 4 Y 2
32R1862 32R1859 1494 BNT Layer 2-7 Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 4
40Y1126 32R1860 3212 BNT Layer 2/3 Copper Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 4
40Y1128 32R1861 3213 BNT Layer 2/3 Fiber Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 4
43W4398 43W4395 3174 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2, 3,4 Y 4
40Y1217 39Y9284 3241 Cisco Systems 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel Module - 3, 4 Y 240Y1138 39Y9316 3218 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module - 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 439Y9331 39Y9170* 4366 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module - 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 439Y9321 39Y9320* 2900 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module for
IBM BladeCenter- 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 4
40Y1142 39Y9324 3220 Server Connectivity Module for IBM BladeCenter - 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 440Y1221 43W6724* 3243 Qlogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM - 3, 4 Y 244W4405 44W4404 6980 BNT 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch Module for
IBM BladeCenter - 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 4
44W4484 44W4483 5865 Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 4
44X1908 44X1905 5866 Qlogic 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 3, 4 Y 2
44X1910 44X1907 5868 Qlogic 8Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter7
- 3, 4 Y 2
40Y1225 43W6723* 3245 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM7 - 3, 4 Y 2- 22R4902* - 4Gbps SW SFP Transceiver - - - -- 43W3974* - SAS Connectivity Card (CFFv) for IBM
BladeCenter- - - -
44X1968 44X1964 5075 IBM 8Gb SFP+SW Optical Transceiver - - - - System Management
46M4993 - 4195 IBM BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager for BC-S - - - - Associated Options
44W4409 44W4408 4942 10GbE 850 nm Fiber SFP+ Transceiver (SR) for IBM BladeCenter
- - - -
- 43W3583 - IBM BladeCenter S Serial Pass-thru Module - - - - Note:
Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
1. If you are using the internal storage in the chassis with IBM BladeCenter S 6-Disk Storage Module you are required to have one SAS Connectivity Module for IBM BladeCenter (P/N 39Y9195) in Switch Module 3. Support for two is available for redundancy via Switch Module 4. If using the SAS Connectivity Module in Switch Module 3 you must have the same Switch Module in Switch Module 4.
2. The mixing of fabric switches is not allowed in bays 3 and 4.3. Only supported in dual controller mode; a minimum quantity
of two (2) required in BladeCenter S.4. Supported with SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter
(39Y9190).5. Not compatible with Optical Pass-thru Module (Option 39Y9316) or
Copper Pass-thru Module (Option 39Y9320).6. The connectivity module is exclusively supported by the
advanced management module. Before you configure the connectivity module, make sure the advanced management modules in your BladeCenter unit are correctly configured. For more information about the advanced management module, see the User's Guide for your advanced management module and at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/
7. The direct connection to SAN devices is not supported. This option requires an NPIV aware external switch to operate correctly.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter S (8886)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description
Power - 21301RX* - IBM UPS 3000 LV- 21302RX* - IBM UPS 3000 HV- 40K9620* - IBM UPS 3000 EBM- 24195KX - IBM UPS5000 HV- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV- 43W3582 - IBM BladeCenter S 950W/1450W Auto-Sensing Power Supplies 3 & 4 (Worldwide)- 46C7438 - IBM BladeCenter S 950W/1450W Auto-Sensing Power Supplies 3 & 4- 53956AX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956KX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (230V)- 53959KX - IBM 11000VA LCD 5U Rack UPS (200V/208V/230V)
Power Distribution Units - 39Y8948 - DPI Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/o line cord- 39Y8923 - DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord- 46M4005 - IBM 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4003 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4002 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4116 - IBM 0U 24 C13 Switched and Monitored 30A PDU- 46M4134 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 Switched and Monitored 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4167 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 30A 3 Phase PDU
Rack Console Connectivity - 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2)- 1754D1X - IBM Global 2X2X16 Console Manager- 1754D2X - IBM Global 4X2X32 Console Manager- 1754A1X - IBM Local 1X8 Console Manager- 1754A2X - IBM Local 2X16 Console Manager
Racks 17237RX IBM Rack Fixed Shelf- 93072RX - IBM 25U Standard Rack- 93074RX - IBM 42U Standard Rack- 93074XX - IBM 42U Standard Rack Extension- 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet- 43W4391 - IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit - 46M5382 - IBM Serial Conversion Option (SCO)- 93072PX - IBM S2 25U Static Base Cabinet- 46M5383 - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option Gen2 (VCO2)- 93604EX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Expansion Rack- 93604PX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Rack- 93614EX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Static Expansion Rack- 93614PX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Static Rack- 93624EX - IBM 47U 1200mm Deep Static Expansion Rack- 93624PX - IBM 47U 1200mm Deep Static Rack
Keyboard and Mouse - 40K5372 - IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device - 3m Cable - Black - USB - US English 103P- 40K9584 - IBM Preferred Pro Keyboard- Full Width - 2m Cable - Black - USB - US English 103P- 40K9200 - IBM 2 Button Optical Wheel Mouse - Black - USB- 40K9201 - IBM 3 Button Optical Mouse - Black - USB
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8720)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Table 1. BladeCenter T (8720) Chassis at-a-glance
Part number Withdrawal Date
Form factor (Width/depth)
Power modules Power Module (Std/Max) (Line cord)1
Hot-swap (Power, Bays, Blowers)
Redundancy (Optional, Standard)
8720-2RY - Rack 8U (17.4in x 20in)
1300W-DC 2/4 -
P, B, B S-Blower S-Power
Table 1. BladeCenter T (8720) Chassis at-a-glance (continued)
1. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen.
2. The Management Module incorporates a chassis-level management processor and dual Keyboard/Video/Mouse (KVM) switches. No external KVM switching is required. Installation of additional Management Module will require additional power supplies.
3. A maximum of four I/O switches can be installed in the rear of the system. A maximum of four Gbit Ethernet switches or a maximum of two Gbit Ethernet switches and two-fiber channel switches can be installed. The minimum system configuration requires one Gbit Ethernet switch to be installed.
4. Supports up to 8 single-wide blade servers. Additional power supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond 4 blade servers.
Table 2. BladeCenter T Chassis, blade server support
require installation at lower densities.3. Supports a maximum capacity of 7 blade servers at 80 watts.4. Supports a maximum capacity of 7 blade servers at 65 watts.5. Blade servers up to 68 watts are supported.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8720)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Connection type from
32R1938 - 4362 IBM CX4 1.5 Meter Cable CX4 Connector CX4 Connector 1 10Gb ESM CX4 Port
Another Nortel 10Gb ESM or external 10Gb
switch with CX4 ports.
32R1942 - 4363 IBM CX4 3.0 Meter Cable CX4 Connector CX4 Connector 1 10Gb ESM CX4 Port
Another Nortel 10Gb ESM or external 10Gb
switch with CX4 ports.
39Y7952 31R3130* 3750 IBM 3M Console Switch Cable (PS/2)
- - - - -
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru module (CPM) and an external gigabit Ethernet environment. A maximum of 14 connections per CPM is supported. One CPM cable ships with the
CPM option. Two additional cables can be installed.
Figure 1. IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable
Click image to enlarge
This IBM BladeCenter option provides connection between the copper pass-thru module and an external environment. This cable allows up to five copper connections to blade servers. One of these cables included with each copper pass-thru module. Cable is 3.1m (9.4ft) in length.
Figure 2. IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable (1.5M)
Click image to enlarge
The cable above provides connection between the Optical Pass-thru Module and an external environment. This 1.5 m cable presents four SC connections.
Figure 3. InfiniBand 12x to (3) 4x Cable 3 meter for IBM BladeCenter
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8720)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Type Height Bays supported Max quantity
- 40K1692* - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - - -32R2854 - 4145 Optical drive 24x combo CD/DVD R/W IDE - Optical 1
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8720)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description Form factor
Slots supported
Hot plug capable
Max supported
Storage Controllers
- - - - - - - - Networking1
32R1907 - 1576 McDATA 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1834 - 1562 McDATA 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
26R0882 26R0881* 1560 QLogic 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for IBM eServer1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
39Y9279 39Y9280 2983 Cisco Systems 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel Module
StFF 3,4 Y 2
39Y9283 39Y9284 2984 Cisco Systems 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel Module
Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. Mixing Ethernet (including Copper Pass-thru Module (CPM)) and Fibre/SAN switches in I/O module bays 3 and 4 is not supported. However, mixing Optical Pass-thru modules (OPM) and Ethernet or Fibre/SAN switches in bays 3 and 4 is supported.
2. A transceiver must be purchased directly from Cisco, or Cisco reseller.
3. Up to three (3) 10GbE 850 nm Fiber SFP+ Transceivers are supported for each installed BNT 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch Module SBB 44W4405, Option 44W4404), allowing a maximum of twelve (12).
4. A transceiver must be purchased directly from Cisco, or Cisco reseller.
5. The connectivity module is exclusively supported by the advanced management module. Before you configure the connectivity module, make sure the advanced management modules in your BladeCenter unit are correctly configured. For more information about the advanced management module, see the User's Guide for your advanced management module and at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/
6. The direct connection to SAN devices is not supported. This option requires an NPIV aware external switch to operate correctly.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8720)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
Table 1. BladeCenter Standard Power Configuration
Model Power modules Power cord 8720-2RY 2 x 1300w, -48v to -60v DC DC power cables are customer supplied
SBB Number Option Number Feature codes Description Power
32R0823 - 1959 Redundant BladeCenter T 1300W-DC Power Supplies32R0799 32R0833 1958 BladeCenter T 1300W-DC Power Supplies
- 53956AX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956KX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (230V)- 46M4134 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 Switched and Monitored 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4167 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 30A 3 Phase PDU- 53959KX - IBM 11000VA LCD 5U Rack UPS (200V/208V/230V)
Power Distribution Units - 46M4003 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4002 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU
Rack Console Connectivity - 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) - 39M2895 - IBM USB Conversion Option Pack - 39M2897 - IBM Long KVM Conversion Option Pack - 17354LX* - IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch- 17353LX* - IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch - 1754D1X - IBM Global 2X2X16 Console Manager- 1754D2X - IBM Global 4X2X32 Console Manager- 1754A1X - IBM Local 1X8 Console Manager- 1754A2X - IBM Local 2X16 Console Manager
Racks 39R8309 - 4292 IBM BladeCenter T 2-Post Rack Mount Kit39R8311 32R0837 4293 IBM BladeCenter T 4-Post Rack Mount Kit
- 17233RX* - IBM IU 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit- 17231RX* - IBM 1U 17in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit w/Optical Drive Bay- 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet- 93084EX - IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack - 93084PX - IBM 42U Enterprise Rack - 43W4391 - IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit - 46M5382 - IBM Serial Conversion Option (SCO)- 46M5383 - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option Gen2 (VCO2)- 93604EX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Expansion Rack- 93604PX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Rack- 93614EX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Static Expansion Rack- 93614PX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Static Rack- 93624EX - IBM 47U 1200mm Deep Static Expansion Rack- 93624PX - IBM 47U 1200mm Deep Static Rack
- 46M4003 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Active Energy Manager 60A 3 Phase PDU - 2018 - IBM 11U Office Enablement Kit- 43V6147 - IBM Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO)
Uninterruptible Power Supply - 24195KX - IBM UPS5000 HV
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8730)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Table 1. BladeCenter T (8730) Chassis at-a-glance
Part number Withdrawal Date
Form factor (Width/depth)
Power modules Power Module (Std/Max) (Line cord)1
Hot-swap (Power, Bays, Blowers)
Redundancy (Optional, Standard)
8730-2RY - Rack 8U (17.4in x 20in)
1300W-AC 2/4 -
P, B, B S-Blower S-Power
Table 1. BladeCenter T (8730) Chassis at-a-glance (continued)
1. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord. Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen.
2. The Management Module incorporates a chassis-level management processor and dual Keyboard/Video/Mouse (KVM) switches. No external KVM switching is required. Installation of additional Management Module will require additional power supplies.
3. A maximum of four I/O switches can be installed in the rear of the system. A maximum of four Gbit Ethernet switches or a maximum of two Gbit Ethernet switches and two-fiber channel switches can be installed. The minimum system configuration requires one Gbit Ethernet switch to be installed.
4. Supports up to 8 single-wide blade servers. Additional power supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond 4 blade servers.
Table 2. BladeCenter T Chassis, blade server support
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8730)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number
Feature codes Description Connection type from
Connection type to
# of drops Connects from Connects to
39Y9175 39Y9172 4365 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module LC Cable for IBM BladeCenter
Multiport Optical LC Duplex Optical
Connections
4 OPM switch SAN
39Y9173 - 4364 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable for IBM BladeCenter
- - - - -
39Y9331 39Y9170* 4366 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable for IBM BladeCenter1
Multiport CopperCAT 5E Copper Connections
5 CPM switch Network
32R1854 - 4255 InfiniBand 12x to (3) 4x Cable 3 meter for IBM eServer BladeCenter
InfiniBand 4x InfiniBand 3 IB 12x connector
IB Fabric
32R1853 26R0814* 4867 InfiniBand 4 meter 12x Cable for IBM BladeCenter
- - - - -
32R1850 26R0849 4295 InfiniBand 8 meter 12 to (3) 4x Cable for IBM eServer BladeCenter
InfiniBand 4x InfiniBand 3 IB 12x connector
IB Fabric
43W4384 43W4378* 4868 InfiniBand 10 meter 12x Cable for IBM BladeCenter
InfiniBand 4x InfiniBand 1 IB 12x connector
IB Fabric
43W4385 - 4869 InfiniBand 11 meter 12x to (3) 4x Cable for IBM BladeCenter
InfiniBand 4x InfiniBand 3 IB 12x connector
IB Fabric
32R1938 - 4362 IBM CX4 1.5 Meter Cable CX4 Connector CX4 Connector 1 10Gb ESM CX4 Port
Another Nortel 10Gb ESM or external 10Gb switch with CX4 ports.
32R1942 - 4363 IBM CX4 3.0 Meter Cable CX4 Connector CX4 Connector 1 10Gb ESM CX4 Port
Another Nortel 10Gb ESM or external 10Gb switch with CX4 ports.
1. Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru module (CPM) and an external gigabit Ethernet environment. A maximum of 14 connections per CPM is supported. One CPM cable ships with the CPM option. Two additional cables can be installed.
Figure 1. IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable
This IBM BladeCenter option provides connection between the copper pass-thru module and an external environment. This cable allows up to five copper connections to blade servers. One of these cables included with each copper pass-thru module. Cable is 3.1m (9.4ft) in length.
Figure 2. IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable (1.5M)
Click image to enlarge
This cable provides connection between the Optical Pass-thru Module and an external environment. This 1.5 m cable presents four SC connections.
Figure 3. InfiniBand 12x to (3) 4x Cable 3 meter for IBM BladeCenter
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8730)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Type Height Bays supported Max quantity
- 40K1692* - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - - -32R2854 - 4145 Optical drive 24x combo CD/DVD R/W IDE - Optical 1
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8730)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description Form factor
Slots supported
Hot plug capable
Max supported
Storage Controllers
- - - - - - - - Networking
26R0882 26R0881* 1560 QLogic 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for IBM eServer1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
- - - QLogic 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
43W6730 43W6724* 2986 Qlogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM StFF 3,4 Y 243W6731 43W6725* 2987 QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM
BladeCenterStFF 3,4 Y 2
- 32R1912* - QLogic/McDATA 10-port Upgrade for IBM eServer BladeCenter
- - - -
32R1816 32R1813* 1571 Brocade® 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1834 - 1562 McDATA® 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1907 - 1576 McDATA® 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1
StFF 3,4 Y 2
32R1862 32R1859 1494 Nortel Networks Layer 2 - 7 Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1863 32R1860 1495 Nortel Networks L2/L3 Copper Gb Ethernet Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1864 32R1861 1496 Nortel Networks L2/L3 Fiber Gb Ethernet Sw Mod for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
41Y8520 41Y8522 2988 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3110X for IBM BladeCenter3
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
41Y8521 41Y8523 2989 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3110G for IBM BladeCenter3
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
43W4398 43W4395 5450 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
39Y9194 39Y9195 2980 IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module4 - 3,4 Y 232R1901 32R1900* 1499 Cisco Systems InfiniBand Switch Module for IBM
BladeCenterStFF 3,4 Y 2
39Y9279 39Y9280 2983 Cisco Systems 4Gb 20 port Fibre Channel Module
StFF 3,4 Y 2
39Y9283 39Y9284 2984 Cisco Systems 4Gb 10 port Fibre Channel Module
StFF 3,4 Y 2
39Y9325 39Y9324 1484 Server Connectivity Module for IBM BladeCenter StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 439Y9317 39Y9316 1556 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module for
IBM BladeCenterStFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
39Y9321 39Y9320* 2900 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 2
44W4484 44W4483 5452 Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 1,2,3,4 Y 4
44W4405 44W4404 1590 BNT 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 1,2,3,4 Y 4
44X1908 44X1905 5478 Qlogic 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 3,4 Y 2
44X1910 44X1907 5482 Qlogic 8Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter5
- 3,4 Y 2
43W6729 43W6723* 2985 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM5 StFF 3,4 Y 2 System Management
Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor.
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. When installed in switch module bay 3, port 1 is enabled on blade-installed Fibre Channel expansion cards. When installed in switch bay 4, port 2 is enabled on blade-installed Fibre Channel expansion cards.
2. One required per system. Install in Management Module bay 1.3. A transceiver must be purchased directly from Cisco, or Cisco
reseller.4. The connectivity module is exclusively supported by the
advanced management module. Before you configure the connectivity module, make sure the advanced management modules in your BladeCenter unit are correctly configured. For more information about the advanced management module, see the User's Guide for your advanced management module and at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/
5. The direct connection to SAN devices is not supported. This option requires an NPIV aware external switch to operate correctly.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter T (8730)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB Number Option Number Feature codes
Description
Power
32R0809 32R0834 1960 BladeCenter T 1300W-AC Power Supplies 32R0826 - 1961 Redundant BladeCenter T 1300W-DC Power Supplies
- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV - 24195KX - IBM UPS5000 HV- 53956AX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956KX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (230V)- 40K9620* - IBM UPS 3000 EBM - 53959KX - IBM 11000VA LCD 5U Rack UPS (200V/208V/230V)
Power Distribution Units - 39Y8935 - 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G- 39Y8939 - 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P- 39Y8940 - 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 60A 2P+N+Gnd connector- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+C13 without line cord - 39Y8905 - DPI NEMA Rack PDU- 39Y8923 - DPI 60A Three Phase C19 Enterprise PDU w/ IEC309 3P+G (208V) fixed line cord - 39Y8938 - 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P connector - 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack PDU w/ Nema L5-20P & L6-20P (US cord) - 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW)- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW) - 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA) - 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA) - 46M4003 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4002 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4134 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 Switched and Monitored 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4167 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 30A 3 Phase PDU
Rack Console Connectivity - 17353LX* - IBM 1x8 Console Switch- 17354LX* - IBM 2x16 Console Switch- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) - 39M2895 - IBM USB Conversion Option Pack - 39M2897 - IBM Long KVM Conversion Option Pack - 1754D1X - IBM Global 2X2X16 Console Manager- 1754D2X - IBM Global 4X2X32 Console Manager- 1754A1X - IBM Local 1X8 Console Manager- 1754A2X - IBM Local 2X16 Console Manager
Racks 39R8309 - 4292 IBM BladeCenter T 2-Post Rack Mount Kit39R8311 32R0837 4293 IBM BladeCenter T 4-Post Rack Mount Kit
- 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet- 17231RX* - IBM 1U 17" Flat Panel Console Kit w/ Optical Drive Bay - 17233RX* - IBM 1U 15" Flat Panel Console Kit - 93084EX - IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack - 93084PX - IBM 42U Enterprise Rack- 26K4817 - IBM eServer BladeCenter SFF SCSI Storage Expansion Unit - 39R7563 - IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade1
- 43W4391 - IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit - 46M5382 - IBM Serial Conversion Option (SCO)- 46M5383 - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option Gen2 (VCO2)- 93604EX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Expansion Rack- 93604PX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Rack
- 93614EX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Static Expansion Rack- 93614PX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Static Rack- 93624EX - IBM 47U 1200mm Deep Static Expansion Rack- 93624PX - IBM 47U 1200mm Deep Static Rack
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Table 1. BladeCenter HT DC (8740) Chassis at-a-glance
Part number Form factor (width/depth)
Power modules Power Module (Std/Max) (Line cord)
Hot-swap (power, bays, blowers)
Redundancy (optional, standard)
8740-1RY Rack (12U) 19in x 24in 3160w (-48VDC) 2/4 P, B, B S-Fans, S-Power
1. Supports a maximum capacity of 12 blade servers.2. Supports a maximum capacity of 10 blade servers at 120 watts.3. Supports a maximum capacity of 12 blade servers at 80 watts.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description Connection type from
Connection type to # of drops
Connects from Connects to
39Y9175 39Y9172 4365 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module LC Cable for IBM BladeCenter
Multiport Optical LC Duplex Optical Connections
4 OPM switch SAN
39Y9173 39Y9171* 4364 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable for IBM BladeCenter
- - - - -
40K9606 40K9605 4811 IBM BladeCenter H Serial Port Breakout Cable
- - - - -
39Y9331 39Y9170* 4366 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable for IBM BladeCenter
Multiport Copper CAT 5E Copper Connections
5 CPM switch Network
32R1850 26R0849 4295 InfiniBand 8 meter 12 to (3) 4x Cable for IBM eServer BladeCenter
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Type Height Bays supported Max qty - - - - - - - -
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number
Feature code Description Form factor Slots supported Hot plug capable
43W6730 43W6724* 2986 Qlogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM StFF 3, 4 Y 243W6731 43W6725* 2987 QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM
BladeCenterStFF 3, 4 Y 2
32R1816 32R1813* 1571 Brocade® 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter1
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
39Y9266 - 2952 BNT 6-port 10Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 7,8,9,10 Y 4
32R1862 32R1859 1494 BNT Layer 2-7 Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1863 32R1860 1495 BNT Layer 2/3 Copper Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1864 32R1861 1496 BNT Layer 2/3 Fiber Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
41Y8520 41Y8522 2988 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110X for IBM BladeCenter2
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
41Y8521 41Y8523 2989 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110G for IBM BladeCenter2
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
43W4398 43W4395 5450 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
39Y9279 39Y9280 2983 Cisco Systems 4Gb 20-port Fibre Channel Module
- 3,4 Y 2
39Y9283 39Y9284 2984 Cisco Systems 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel Module
StFF 3, 4 Y 2
- 26K5605* - Brocade Performance Bundle for IBM eServer BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
- 26K5607 - Brocade ISL Trunking for IBM eServer BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
39Y9194 39Y9195 2980 IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module3 - 3, 4 Y 239Y9325 39Y9324 1484 Server Connectivity Module for IBM BladeCenter StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 439Y9317 39Y9316 1556 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module for
IBM BladeCenterStFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
39Y9321 39Y9320* 2900 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
- 44R5913 - Multi-Switch Interconnect Module for IBM BladeCenter HT
- - - -
44W4405 44W4404 1590 BNT 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 1,2,3,4 Y 4
44W4484 44W4483 5452 Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 1,2,3,4 Y 4
44X1908 44X1905 5478 QLogic 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 3,4 Y 2
44X1910 44X1907 5482 QLogic 8Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter4
Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. One interposer is required per switch.2. A transceiver must be purchased directly from Cisco,
or Cisco reseller.3. The connectivity module is exclusively supported by
the advanced management module. Before you configure the connectivity module, make sure the advanced management modules in your BladeCenter unit are correctly configured. For more information about the advanced management module, see the User's Guide for your advanced management module and at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/
4. The direct connection to SAN devices is not supported. This option requires an NPIV aware external switch to operate correctly.
5. The BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit provides two 64-bit/100MHz PCI-X slots. The expansion unit itself occupies one BladeCenter slot and attaches to the blade server. Both units are installed together into the BladeCenter chassis as a single unit occupying two BladeCenter slots.
6. Only supported for Brocade 8Gb SAN Switches (44X1920,44X1921,42C1828)7. Only supported for QLogic 8Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter(44X1907) and
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT DC (8740)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Power
43W6751 - 1987 DC Power Supply 1 & 242C5264 42C5279 1984 DC Power Supply 3 & 4
- 53956AX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956KX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (230V)- 24195KX - IBM UPS5000 HV- 53959KX - IBM 11000VA LCD 5U Rack UPS (200V/208V/230V)
Power Distribution Units - 46M4003 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4002 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4134 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 Switched and Monitored 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4167 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 30A 3 Phase PDU
Racks - 93072RX - IBM 25U Standard Rack- 93074RX - IBM 42U Standard Rack- 93084EX - IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack - 93084PX - IBM 42U Enterprise Rack - 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet- 93074XX - IBM 42U Standard Rack Extension- 42C5284 - IBM BladeCenter HT 4-Post Rack Mount Kit
42C5265 42C5278 4816 IBM BladeCenter HT Bezel (Incl Filter and Cable Mgmt Collar)- 26K4817 - IBM eServer BladeCenter SFF SCSI Storage Expansion Unit - 43W4391 - IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit - 40K9627 - IBM Acoustic Door for Enterprise Rack
42C5271 42C5305 4817 BladeCenter HT Redundant Media Tray Option- 46M5382 - IBM Serial Conversion Option (SCO)- 46M5383 - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option Gen2 (VCO2)- 93604EX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Expansion Rack- 93604PX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Rack- 93614EX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Static Expansion Rack- 93614PX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Static Rack- 93624EX - IBM 47U 1200mm Deep Static Expansion Rack- 93624PX - IBM 47U 1200mm Deep Static Rack
Rack console connectivity - 17351GX* - IBM 2x8 Local Console Manager- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) - 1754D1X - IBM Global 2X2X16 Console Manager- 1754D2X - IBM Global 4X2X32 Console Manager- 1754A1X - IBM Local 1X8 Console Manager- 1754A2X - IBM Local 2X16 Console Manager
Associated Options - 39M2894* - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option- 46M4003 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Active Energy Manager 60A 3 Phase PDU - 39M2895 - IBM USB Conversion Option- 43V6147 - IBM Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO)
39Y8072 43V6147 3757 IBM Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO)
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Table 1. BladeCenter HT AC (8750) Chassis at-a-glance
Part number Form factor (width/depth)
Power modules Power Module (Std/Max) (Line cord)
Hot-swap (power, bays, blowers)
Redundancy (optional, standard)
8750-1RY Rack (12U) 19in x 24in 3160w(200v-240v) 2/4 P, B, B S-Fans, S-Power
8750-2RY Rack (12U) 19in. x 24in. 3160w(200V-240V) 4/4 P, B, B S-Fans, S-Power
Table 1. BladeCenter HT AC (8750) Chassis at-a-glance (continued)
Table 2. BladeCenter HT Chassis, blade server support
Blade Server 8750 HS12 (8014) AllHS12 (8028) AllHS20 AllHS21 All Dual Core1
All Quad Core2, 3
HS21 XM All Dual Core1 All Quad Core2, 3
HS22 AllJS20 AllJS21 AllLS20 AllLS21 AllLS22 AllLS41 AllQS21 AllQS22 All
Notes:
1. Supports a maximum capacity of 12 blade servers.2. Supports a maximum capacity of 10 blade servers over 80 watts.3. Supports a maximum capacity of 12 blade servers at 80 watts or under.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description Connection type from
Connection type to # of drops
Connects from Connects to
39Y9331 39Y9170* 4366 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable for IBM BladeCenter
Multiport Copper CAT 5E Copper Connections
5 CPM switch Network
39Y9175 39Y9172 4365 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module LC Cable for IBM BladeCenter
Multiport Optical LC Duplex Optical Connections
4 OPM switch SAN
39Y9173 - 4364 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable for IBM BladeCenter
- - - - -
32R1938 - 4362 IBM CX4 1.5 Meter Cable CX4 Connector CX4 Connector 1 10Gb ESM CX4 Port
Another Nortel 10Gb ESM or external 10Gb switch with CX4 ports.
32R1942 - 4363 IBM CX4 3.0 Meter Cable CX4 Connector CX4 Connector 1 10Gb ESM CX4 Port
Another Nortel 10Gb ESM or external 10Gb
32R1850 26R0849 4295 InfiniBand 8 meter 12 to (3) 4x Cable for IBM eServer BladeCenter
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Height Bays supported Max qty 42C5325 - 4821 IBM BladeCenter HT Compact Flash 1GB IBM - - -42C5326 42C5310* 4822 BladeCenter HT Compact Flash 4GB - - -
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Supported on IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit only.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number
Feature codes Description Form factor Slots supported Hot plug capable
43W6730 43W6724* 2986 Qlogic 10-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM StFF 3, 4 Y 243W6731 43W6725* 2987 QLogic 20-port 4Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM
BladeCenterStFF 3, 4 Y 2
39Y9266 - 2952 BNT 6-port 10Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 7,8,9,10 Y 4
32R1862 32R1859 1494 BNT Layer 2-7 Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1863 32R1860 1495 BNT Layer 2/3 Copper Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1864 32R1861 1496 BNT Layer 2/3 Fiber Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
41Y8520 41Y8522 2988 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110X for IBM BladeCenter5
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
41Y8521 41Y8523 2989 Cisco Catalyst Switch 3110G for IBM BladeCenter5
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
43W4398 43W4395 5450 Cisco Catalyst Switch Module 3012 for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
32R1816 32R1813* 1571 Brocade 4Gb 10-port SAN Switch Module for IBM eServer BladeCenter
StFF 3,4 Y 2
39Y9194 39Y9195 2980 IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module2 - 3, 4 Y 239Y9325 39Y9324 1484 Server Connectivity Module for IBM BladeCenter StFF 1,2,3,4 - 439Y9317 39Y9316 1556 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module for
IBM BladeCenterStFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
39Y9321 39Y9320* 2900 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter
StFF 1,2,3,4 Y 4
44W4484 44W4483 5452 Intelligent Copper Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 1,2,3,4 Y 4
44W4405 44W4404 1590 BNT 1/10Gb Uplink Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 1,2,3,4 Y 4
44X1908 44X1905 5478 Qlogic 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 3,4 Y 2
- 44R5913 - Multi-Switch Interconnect Module for IBM BladeCenter HT
- - - -
44X1910 44X1907 5482 Qlogic 8Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter3
- 3,4 Y 2
43W6729 43W6723* 2985 QLogic 4Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM3 StFF 3, 4 Y 2- 26K4817 - IBM BladeCenter SFF SCSI Storage Expansion
Unit - - - -
46C7192 46C7191 1639 BNT 10-port 10Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter
- 46M6730 - IBM BladeCenter PCI Express Gen 2 Expansion Blade
- - - -
Note:
Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. One interposer is required per switch.2. The connectivity module is exclusively supported by
the advanced management module. Before you configure the connectivity module, make sure the advanced management modules in your BladeCenter unit are correctly configured. For more information about the advanced management module, see the User's Guide for your advanced management module and at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/
3. The direct connection to SAN devices is not supported. This option requires an NPIV aware external switch to operate correctly.
4. The BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit provides two 64-bit/100MHz PCI-X slots. The expansion unit itself occupies one BladeCenter slot and attaches to the blade server. Both units are installed together into the BladeCenter chassis as a single unit occupying two BladeCenter slots.
5. A transceiver must be purchased directly from Cisco, or Cisco reseller.
6. Only supported for Brocade 8Gb SAN Switches (44X1920,44X1921,42C1828)7. Only supported for QLogic 8Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter(44X1907) and
Qlogic 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter(44X1905)
Figure 1. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 1
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HT AC (8750)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Power
43W6757 - 1986 AC Power Supply 1 & 242C5262 42C5280 1983 AC Power Supply 3 & 4
- 24195KX - IBM UPS5000 HV- 53956AX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956KX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (230V)- 53959KX - IBM 11000VA LCD 5U Rack UPS (200V/208V/230V)
Power Distribution Units - 39Y8935 - 63A/250V Front-end PDU IEC 309 P+N+G- 39Y8940 - DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+ Gnd connector- 39Y8941 - IBM Enterprise C13 PDU1
- 39Y8948 - IBM Enterprise C19 PDU1
- 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+- 39Y8923 - IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a)- 39Y8951 - DPI Universal Rack Power Distribution Unit with Nema L5-20P and L6-20P- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 60A/208V/3ph- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3ph - 46M4003 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4002 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4134 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 Switched and Monitored 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4167 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 30A 3 Phase PDU
- 17352GX - IBM Global 2x16 Console Mngr(GCM2) - 17353LX* - IBM 1 x 8 Console Switch - 17354LX* - IBM 2 x 16 Console Switch- 1754D1X - IBM Global 2X2X16 Console Manager- 1754D2X - IBM Global 4X2X32 Console Manager- 1754A1X - IBM Local 1X8 Console Manager- 1754A2X - IBM Local 2X16 Console Manager
Racks - 93072RX - IBM 25U S2 standard rack- 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet- 93074RX - NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet- 93074XX - IBM 42U S2 expansion rack- 17351GX* - IBM Local 2x8 Console Manager (LCM2)- 39M2894* - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option (VCO)- 39M2895 - IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO)
42C5265 42C5278 4816 IBM BladeCenter HT Bezel (Incl Filter and Cable Mgmt Collar)- 42C5284 - IBM BladeCenter HT 4-Post Rack Mount Kit- 40K9627 - IBM Acoustic Door for Enterprise Rack
42C5271 42C5305 4817 IBM BladeCenter HT Media Tray- 46M5382 - IBM Serial Conversion Option (SCO)- 46M5383 - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option Gen2 (VCO2)- 93604EX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Expansion Rack- 93604PX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Rack- 93614EX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Static Expansion Rack- 93614PX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Static Rack- 93624EX - IBM 47U 1200mm Deep Static Expansion Rack- 93624PX - IBM 47U 1200mm Deep Static Rack
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter E (8677)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Table 1. BladeCenter E (8677) at-a-glance
Part number1 Withdrawal date2
Form factor (width/ depth)3
Power modules Power module (std/max) (Line cord)4
Hot-swap (power, bays, blowers)
Redundancy (opt, std)
8677-3XY Oct 26 2006
Rack (7U) 19in x 28in
2000w AC (200v-240v)
2/4 LC
P, B, B S-Blowers, S-Power
8677-3RY8 Jul 31 2009
Rack (7U) 19in x 28in
2000w AC (200v-240v)
2/4 LC
P, B, B S-Blowers, S-Power
8677-E2Y Dec 1 2006
Rack (7U) 19in x 28in
1800w AC (200v-240v)
4/4 LC
P, B, B S-Blowers, S-Power
8677-3SY Jun 30 2010
Rack (7U) 19in x 28in
2000w AC (200v-240v) 2/4 LC
P, B, B S-Blowers, S-Power
8677-4SY Jun 30 2010
Rack (7U) 19in x 28in
2320w AC (200v-240v) 2/4 LC
P, B, B S-Blowers, S-Power
8677-3TY - Rack (7U) 19in x 28in
2000w AC (200v - 240v) 2/4 LC
P, B, B S-Blowers, S-Power
8677-4TY - Rack (7U) 19in x 28in
2320w AC (200v - 240v) 2/4 LC
P, B, B S-Blowers, S-Power
Note:
BladeCenter E can provide increased density per rack over standalone 1U servers by housing multiple blades in less rack space. BladeCenter solutions increase usability and reduce complexity by providing common sourcing for blade servers, cabling, cabling connections, I/O options, power modules, system management requirements (optional adapters and external cabling), external Fibre Channel storage switching and connectivity, and network management and expansion. Table 1. BladeCenter E (8677) at-a-glance (continued)
Part number1 Withdrawal date2 Mgmt module (std/ max)5
I/O module bays (total/ avail)
Optical drive Diskette drive
Blade bays (total/ avail)
8677-3XY Oct 26 2006
1/2 4/4 DVD-ROM (8x-SLIM)6 USB Floppy 14/147
8677-3RY8 Jul 31 2009
1/2 4/4 DVD-ROM (8x-SLIM)6 USB Floppy 14/147
8677-E2Y Dec 1 2006
1/2 4/4 DVD-ROM (8x-SLIM)6 USB Floppy 14/147
8677-3SY Jun 30 2010
1/2 4/4 UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner
- 14/147
8677-4SY Jun 30 2010
1/2 4/4 UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner
- 14/147
8677-3TY - 1/2 4/4 - - 14/147
8677-4TY - 1/2 4/4 - - 14/147
Note:
BladeCenter E can provide increased density per rack over standalone 1U servers by housing multiple blades in less rack space. BladeCenter solutions increase usability and reduce complexity by providing common sourcing for blade servers, cabling, cabling connections, I/O options, power modules, system management requirements (optional adapters and external cabling), external Fibre Channel storage switching and connectivity, and network management and expansion.
Notes:
1. Model number is a worldwide general available variant (GAV) model number which is not orderable as listed and needs to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8677-3XY is 8677-3XU. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable E.4. LC abbreviation indicates that the US models ship standard with a line cord.
Models without line cords will be indicated with a hyphen.5. The management modules for BladeCenter include KVM components.6. Only the read function is supported on DVD-ROM drives.7. Supports up to 14 single-wide blade servers. Additional power
supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond six blade servers.
HS21 XM1 AllHS222,3 AllJS12 AllJS20 AllJS21 AllLS20 AllLS21 All4LS22 HE processors only LS41 All4LS42 HE processors only QS22 All
Notes:
1. When fully configuring a BC-E (8677) chassis with the maximum possible HS21 XM blade server configuration (fourteen HS21 XM blade servers, each with two 80W processors, eight 4GB memory DIMMs, one SAS HDD, one USB-based flash drive, one I/O card and one cKVM card), there could be periods of time that Power Domain 2 exceeds the 13.5amp rating guidance (Power Domain 1 will not exceed the rating guidance). While this is not violating any safety rules, we recommend that your clients review the electrical infrastructure and power distribution of their installations to account for a peak of 14.4A.
2. It may be necessary to upgrade to the latest firmware to support the HS22 on Blade Chassis E.
3. There are multiple processor options available on the HS-22 (7870). Processor wattage determines how the HS-22 may be configured on the BC-E (8677). Please refer to the HS-22 section for more information.
4. Two different processor wattage options are offered in the LS21 and LS41: a 95W version and a High Efficiency 68W version. Versions of the LS21/41 that use the 95W processors are designed for use in the BladeCenter H chassis. Due to increased power and thermal needs, these 95W versions will run at 'n-2' processor speed in the BladeCenter and BladeCenter T chassis. In most cases this represents a speed reduction of 400 MHz. The versions of the LS21 and LS41 that use the High Efficiency 68W processors will run at full speed in all chassis.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter E (8677)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number
Feature codes
Description Connection type from
Connection type to # of drops
Connects from Connects to
32R1853 - 4867 InfiniBand 4 meter 12x Cable for IBM BladeCenter
- - - - -
32R1850 26R0849 4295 InfiniBand 8 meter 12 to (3) 4x Cable for IBM eServer BladeCenter
Utilizing pass-thru technology will disable serial over LAN and concurrent KVM capabilities.
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru module (CPM) and an external gigabit Ethernet environment. A maximum of 14 connections per CPM is supported. One CPM cable ships with the CPM option. Two additional cables can be installed.
Figure 1. IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable
Click image to enlarge
This IBM BladeCenter option provides connection between the copper pass-thru module and an external environment. This cable allows up to five copper connections to blade servers. One of these cables included with each copper pass-thru module. Cable is 3.1m (9.4ft) in length.
Figure 2. IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable (1.5M)
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter E (8677)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes
Description Type Height Bays supported Max quantity
44W3251 46M0901 4161 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM SATA - Optical Bay 144W3253 46M0902 4163 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner SATA - Optical Bay 1
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter E (8677)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description PCI support Slots supported Hot plug capable
- 46M6730 - IBM BladeCenter PCI Express Gen 2 Expansion Blade
- - - -
Note:
Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. Mixing Ethernet (including Copper Pass-thru Module (CPM) and Fibre/SAN switches in I/O module bays 3 and 4 is not supported. However, mixing Optical Pass-thru modules (OPM) and Ethernet or Fibre/SAN switches in bays 3 and 4 is supported.
2. A short-wave or long-wave SFP Module (SBBs 39Y9122 or 41Y8599 or option 22R4242) is required for each fibre channel port connection.
3. Installs in I/O module bays 3 or 4. When installed in bay 3, port 1 is enabled on blade-installed Fibre Channel expansion cards. When installed in bay 4, port 2 is enabled on blade- installed Fibre Channel expansion cards.
4. The Brocade switch modules for BladeCenter allows the interconnection of up to 239 switches.
5. Maximum of four allowed in BC and BCT. If supported in BCE, then a maximum of two allowed. Can be installed in any I/O module bay. When installed in I/O module bay 1, integrated Ethernet controller 1 is enabled on all blades. When installed in bay 2, integrated Ethernet controller 2 is enabled on all blades. Installation in I/O module bays 3 or 4 (not supported in BCE) requires an Ethernet expansion card to be installed in blade servers.
6. SFPs are not included and are available from Cisco (P/N GLC-SX-MM=).
7. OPM provides 2Gb data rate when used with any Fibre
Channel Expansion Card.8. Copper Pass-thru Modules come with one cable. Each
module can support up to three cables.9. One Management Module or Advanced Management
Module is standard in the BladeCenter (8677). A maximum of two matched modules are supported, (i.e. two Management Modules or two Advanced Management Modules).
10. A transceiver must be purchased directly from Cisco, or Cisco reseller.
11. The connectivity module is exclusively supported by the advanced management module. Before you configure the connectivity module, make sure the advanced management modules in your BladeCenter unit are correctly configured. For more information about the advanced management module, see the User's Guide for your advanced management module and at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/
12. The direct connection to SAN devices is not supported. This option requires an NPIV aware external switch to operate correctly.
13. The BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit provides two 64-bit/100MHz PCI-X slots. The expansion unit itself occupies one BladeCenter slot and attaches to the blade server. Both units are installed together into the BladeCenter chassis as a single unit occupying two BladeCenter slots.
14. Only supported for Brocade 8Gb SAN Switches (44X1920,44X1921,42C1828)15. Only supported for QLogic 8Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter(44X1907) and
Qlogic 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter(44X1905)
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter E (8677)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
Table 1. BladeCenter Standard Power Configuration
Model Power modules Power cord 8677-3XY, 8677-3EY,
8677-3RY2 x 2000w 2 x 2.5m/8.2ft, 100-240V IEC 320-C19 to IEC 320-C20 rack power cables
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Power
- 39M4675 - IBM BladeCenter 2000W Power Supplies- 13N0570 - IBM BladeCenter® 1800W Power Supply Module - 48P7052 - BladeCenter 1200W Power Supplies 1 & 2- 48P7052 - BladeCenter 1200W Power Supplies 3 & 4 - 26K4816 - IBM eServer BladeCenter 2000W Power Supply Modules
46M0516 46M0508 2106 IBM BladeCenter E 2,320W AC Power Supply Option - 21301RX* - IBM UPS3000 LV - 21302RX* - IBM UPS3000 HV - 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV - 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV - 24195KX - IBM UPS5000 HV- 53956AX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956KX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (230V)- 39Y8857 - IBM UPS 3U Online Battery Pack - 53959KX - IBM 11000VA LCD 5U Rack UPS (200V/208V/230V)
Power Distribution Units - 39M2816 - IBM DPI C13 PDU+- 39Y8905 - DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord- 39Y8923 - IBM Enterprise C19 3 phase PDU (60a)- 39Y8939 - DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P- 39Y8940 - DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd connector- 39Y8948 - IBM Enterprise C19 PDU- 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 60A/208V/3ph- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3ph- 40K9614 - IBM DPI 30a Cord (NEMA L6-30P) - 40K9615 - IBM DPI 60a Cord (IEC 309 2P+G)- 40K9772 - C19 4.3 meter Line Cord - NEMA L6-20P - 46M4002 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4134 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 Switched and Monitored 50A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4167 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 30A 3 Phase PDU
Rack Console Connectivity - 17353LX* - IBM 1x8 Console Switch- 17354LX* - IBM 2x16 Console Switch- 1754D1X - IBM Global 2X2X16 Console Manager- 1754D2X - IBM Global 4X2X32 Console Manager- 1754A1X - IBM Local 1X8 Console Manager- 1754A2X - IBM Local 2X16 Console Manager
Racks and rack options - 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet- 14102RX - IBM 25RU standard rack- 14104RX - IBM 42U S2 standard rack- 93072RX - IBM 25U S2 standard rack - 93074RX - NetBAY S2 42U Standard Rack Cabinet - 93074XX - IBM 42U S2 expansion rack
- 93084EX - IBM 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack- 93084PX - IBM 42U Enterprise Rack- 39M2895 - IBM USB Conversion Option (UCO)- 39M2897 - IBM Long KVM Conversion Option (Long KCO)- 46M5382 - IBM Serial Conversion Option (SCO)- 93604EX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Expansion Rack- 93604PX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Rack- 93614EX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Static Expansion Rack- 93614PX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Static Rack- 93624EX - IBM 47U 1200mm Deep Static Expansion Rack- 93624PX - IBM 47U 1200mm Deep Static Rack- 46M5383 - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option Gen2 (VCO2)
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter H (8852)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Table 1. BladeCenter H (8852) at-a-glance
Part number1
Withdrawal Date2
Form Factor (width/depth)3
Power modules
Power Module (Std/Max) (Line cord)
Hot-swap (power, bays, blowers)
Redundancy (optional, standard)
8852-4XY Nov 28 2008
Rack (9U) 19in x 29in 2900w (200V-240V)
2/4 -
P, B, B S-Blowers, S-Power
8852-4YY Sep 30 2009
Rack (9U) 19in x 29in 2900w (200V-240V)
2/4 -
P, B, B S-Blowers, S-Power
8852-4SY - Rack (9U) 19in x 29in 2900w (200V-240V)
BladeCenter chassis can provide increased density per rack over standalone 1U servers by housing multiple blades in less rack space. BladeCenter solutions increase usability and reduce complexity by providing common sourcing for blade servers, cabling, cabling connections, I/O options, power modules, system management requirements (optional adapters and external cabling), external Fibre Channel storage switching and connectivity, and network management and expansion. Table 1. BladeCenter H (8852) at-a-glance (continued)
BladeCenter chassis can provide increased density per rack over standalone 1U servers by housing multiple blades in less rack space. BladeCenter solutions increase usability and reduce complexity by providing common sourcing for blade servers, cabling, cabling connections, I/O options, power modules, system management requirements (optional adapters and external cabling), external Fibre Channel storage switching and connectivity, and network management and expansion.
Notes:
1. Model number is a worldwide general available variant (GAV) model number which is not orderable as listed and needs to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8852-3XY is 8852-3XU. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable chassis.4. The management modules for BladeCenter include KVM components. 5. Only the read function is supported on the Combo2 drive.6. Does not ship with a diskette drive. An external FDD is supported
attached to one of the two front mounted USB ports.7. Supports up to 14 singlewide blade servers. Additional power
supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond seven blade servers.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter H (8852)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number
Feature codes
Description Connection type from
Connection type to # of Drops
Connects from Connects to
40K9606 40K9605 4811 IBM BladeCenter H Serial Port Breakout Cable
H Serial Port Breakout 1 H Serial Network
39Y9175 39Y9172 4365 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module LC Cable for IBM BladeCenter
Multiport Optical LC Duplex Optical Connections
4 OPM switch SAN
39Y9331 39Y9170* 4366 IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable for IBM BladeCenter1
Multiport Copper CAT 5E Copper Connections
5 CPM switch Network
- 39Y8966 - IBM USB to PS/2 Converter Cable
- - - - -
39Y9173 - 4364 IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable for IBM BladeCenter
- - - - -
32R1854 - 4255 InfiniBand 12x to (3) 4x Cable 3 meter for IBM eServer BladeCenter
1. Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru module (CPM) and an external gigabit Ethernet environment. A maximum of 14 connections per CPM is supported. One CPM cable ships with the CPM option. Two additional cables can be installed.
Figure 1. IBM BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable (3.1 m)
Click image to enlarge
This IBM BladeCenter option provides connection between the copper pass-thru module and an external environment. The cable allows up to five copper connections to blade servers. One 3.1 m (9.4 ft)cable is included with each copper pass-thru module.
Figure 2. IBM BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable (1.5 m)
Click image to enlarge
The 1.5 m cable above provides four SC connections between the Optical Pass-thru Module and an external environment.
Figure 3. InfiniBand 12x to (3) 4x Cable 3-meter for IBM BladeCenter
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter H (8852)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number
Feature codes
Description Type Height Bays supported Max qty
Diskette Drive - 05K9276 - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - - -- 40K1692* - IBM USB Portable Diskette Drive - - - -
HDD - 22P7196 - IBM Portable 40GB USB 2.0 Hard Drive with Rescue and
Recovery- - - -
Optical Devices 44W3251 46M0901 4161 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA DVD-ROM - - - -44W3253 46M0902 4163 IBM UltraSlim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner - - - -
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Only the read function is supported on the Combo II drive.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter H (8852)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
SBB Number Option Number Feature codes
Description PCI Support Slots Supported Hot Plug Capable
- 46M6730 - IBM BladeCenter PCI Express Gen 2 Expansion Blade
- - - -
Note:
Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
1. Mixing Ethernet (including Copper Pass-thru Module (CPM)) and Fibre/SAN switches in I/O module bays 3 and 4 is not supported. However, mixing Optical Pass-thru modules (OPM) and Ethernet or Fibre/SAN switches in bays 3 and 4 is supported.
2. A short-wave or long-wave SFP Module (SBBs 39Y9122 or 41Y8599) is required for each fibre channel port connection.
3. Installs in I/O module bays 3 or 4. When installed in bay 3, port 1 is enabled on blade-installed Fibre Channel expansion cards. When installed in bay 4, port 2 is enabled on blade- installed Fibre Channel expansion cards.
4. All 4 power modules must be populated for installation.5. The connectivity module is exclusively supported by
the advanced management module. Before you configure the connectivity module, make sure the advanced management modules in your BladeCenter unit are correctly configured. For more information about the advanced management module, see the User's Guide for your advanced management module and at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/
6. Maximum of four allowed and can be installed in any I/O module bay. If selected and an OPM LC Cable (P/N 39Y9172) is not selected, issue the following warning message: "A minimum of one Optical Pass-thru Module cable must be installed in each Optical Pass-thru Module to enable connectivity to your network or Storage Area Network (SAN)."
7. Installs in High Speed I/O module bays 1 and/or 2. When installed in HS bay 1, port 1 is enabled on Blade- installed Cisco 4X InfiniBand HCA (P/N 32R1761). When installed in HS bay 2, port 2 is enabled.
8. The Cisco Systems 4Gb 10-port Fibre Channel Module (P/N 39Y9284), BNT 10Gb Ethernet Switch Module (P/N 39Y9267), Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand Switch module (P/N 32R1756*), BNT Layer 2-7 Gb Ethernet Switch Module (P/N 32R1859), are not supported in the Multi-Switch Interconnect Module (SBB 39Y9314).
9. OPM provides 2 Gb data rate when used with any Fibre Channel Expansion Card.
10. A transceiver must be purchased directly from Cisco, or Cisco reseller.
11. The direct connection to SAN devices is not supported. This option requires an NPIV aware external switch to operate correctly.
12. If selected, then Power Supply 3 & 4 is required.13. Only supported for Brocade 8Gb SAN Switches (44X1920,44X1921,42C1828)14. Only supported for QLogic 8Gb Intelligent Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter(44X1907) and
Qlogic 20-port 8Gb SAN Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter(44X1905)
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter H (8852)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Cabling Optical storage I/O Pwr acc
Table 1. BladeCenter Standard Power Configuration
Model Power Modules 8852-4XY 2x 2900w SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Power
68Y6600 68Y6601 2143 IBM BladeCenter H 2980W AC Power Modules w/Fan Pack- 31R3335 - IBM BladeCenter H 2900W AC Power Module w/Fan Pack1
- 53956AX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (200V/208V)- 53956KX - IBM 6000VA LCD 4U Rack UPS (230V)
32R2112 31R3335 1962 IBM BladeCenter H 2900W AC Power Module w/Fan Pack1
Power cords 32R2108 25R5785 6226 2.8m, 200-240V, Triple 16A IEC 320-C20 Power Cable32R2110 25R5784 6271 4.3, 230V, Dual 32A IEC 309 P+N+G / 16A IEC 320-C20 Line Cord32R2109 25R5783 6270 4.3m, 208V, Double 30A NEMA L6-30P (US) Line Cord
Power Distribution Units - 71762MX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU+ (WW)- 71762NX - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 PDU (WW)- 71763MU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU+ (NA)- 71763NU - IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU C19 3 phase 60A PDU (NA)- 46M4003 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4167 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 30A 3 Phase PDU- 46M4002 - IBM 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU- 46M4134 - IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 Switched and Monitored 50A 3 Phase PDU
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) - 21303RX - IBM UPS 7500XHV- 21304RX - IBM UPS 10000XHV- 40K9620* - IBM UPS 3000 EBM- 24195KX - IBM UPS 5000 HV- 53959KX - IBM 11000VA LCD 5U Rack UPS (200V/208V/230V)
Rack Console Connectivity - 99564RX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Standard Rack Cabinet- 99564XX - IBM S2 42U Dynamic Expansion Rack Cabinet- 17353LX* - IBM 1x8 Console Switch- 17354LX* - IBM 2x16 Console Switch- 40K9627 - IBM Acoustic Door for Enterprise Rack- 1754D1X - IBM Global 2X2X16 Console Manager- 1754D2X - IBM Global 4X2X32 Console Manager- 1754A1X - IBM Local 1X8 Console Manager- 1754A2X - IBM Local 2X16 Console Manager
Racks - 43W4391 - IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit- 46M5382 - IBM Serial Conversion Option (SCO)- 46M5383 - IBM Virtual Media Conversion Option Gen2 (VCO2)- 93604EX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Expansion Rack- 93604PX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Rack- 93614EX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Static Expansion Rack- 93614PX - IBM 42U 1200mm Deep Static Rack- 93624EX - IBM 47U 1200mm Deep Static Expansion Rack- 93624PX - IBM 47U 1200mm Deep Static Rack
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8014)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8014)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB Number Option Number1 Feature Codes Processor Options Models Supported Standard Processor
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8014)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description 39M5859 - 0548 512 MB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM46C0506 - 3946 2GB SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM46C0507 3948 4GB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8014)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Height Bays supported Maximum quantity HDDs
43W7615 43W7614* 5557 IBM 15.8GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 0-1 243W7619 43W7618* 5563 IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 0-1 243W7641 43W7640 5575 IBM 80 GB 7200 SATA 2.5" NHS HDD SFF 0-1 242D0739 42D0737 5406 IBM 160GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF NHS HDD SFF 0-1 242D0744 42D0742 5408 IBM 500GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF NHS HDD SFF 0-1 2
- 49Y2003 - IBM 600GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SL 0,1 2
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8014)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Form factor
Storage Controllers - - - - -
Networking 26K5942 26K5939* 1568 cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter cKVM39Y6071 - 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe Half39Y6139 - 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half42C2179 - 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half42C2182 - 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half43W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half42C1833 42C1830 3592 QLogic 2-pt 10Gb Converged Network Adapter(CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
- 39Y9314 - Multi-Switch Interconnect Module for IBM BladeCenter - Blade Server Expansion Cards
- 41Y8527 - QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Legacy I/O (CFFv) 39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Legacy I/O (CFFv)39Y9309 39Y9310 2969 Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Legacy I/O (CFFv)
- 39Y9271* - NetXen 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh39Y9305 39Y9306* 2968 Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter CFFh
- 43W6859* - Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv44X1941 44X1940 5485 QLogic Ethernet and 8Gb FC Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
- 43W4423 - 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter -43W4392 43W4391 4339 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit -44W4480 44W4479 5476 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh46M6003 46M6001 0056 2-port 40Gb InfiniBand Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh 46M6166 46M6164 0098 Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh 46M6170 46M6168 0099 Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
Associated options
Note:
Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor, CFFh = Combo Form Factor Horizontal I/O Expansion Card, CFFv = Combo Form Factor Vertical I/O Expansion Card. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server).
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8014)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Power Supplies
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8028)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8028)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB Number Option Number Feature Codes Processor Options Models supported
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8028)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description 39M5859 - 0548 512 MB VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM46C0506 - 3946 2GB SR VLP PC2-5300 DDR-2 DIMM
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8028)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Height Bays supported Maximum quantity SAS HDDs
43W7540 43W7536* 5578 IBM 146 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-1 243W7547 43W7545* 5579 IBM 73 GB 15K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-1 242D0634 42D0632 5537 IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-1 242D0639 42D0637 5599 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-1 242D0674 42D0672 5522 IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-1 242D0679 42D0677 5536 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-1 243X0834 - 5535 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF HS SFF (additional) 343X0857 - 5547 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS1 SFF (additional) 342D0709 42D0707 5409 IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-1 249Y2005 49Y2003 5433 IBM 600GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-1 2
SATA HDDs 43W7649 43W7648* 5576 IBM 31.4 GB SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS SSD SFF 0-1 242D0749 42D0747 5405 IBM 160GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-1 242D0754 42D0752 5407 IBM 500GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SFF 0-1 2
External storage expansion units - 172701X - IBM System Storage EXP3000 - - -
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Supported on IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit only.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8028)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Form factor
Storage Controllers 46M6144 - 5752 ServeRAID-MR10ie (CIOv) Controller for IBM BladeCenter w/Battery CIOv 46M6145 - 5753 ServeRAID-MR10ie (CIOv) Controller for IBM BladeCenter w/o Battery CIOv
- 46C7167 - ServeRAID-MR10ie (CIOv) Controller for IBM BladeCenter CIOv 25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller -42C2179 - 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half42C2182 - 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half43W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half
- 172622X* - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual Controller -- 172631X* - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single Controller Model -- 172632X* - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller Model -- 172641X* - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Single Controller -- 172642X - IBM System Storage DS3400 FC Dual Controller -
Networking 26K5942 26K5939* 1568 cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter cKVM 39Y6139 - 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half39Y6071 - 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe Half46C5068 43W3974* 1591 SAS Connectivity Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Legacy I/O(CFFv)42C1833 42C1830 3592 QLogic 2-pt 10Gb Converged Network Adapter(CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
- 39Y9314 - Multi-Switch Interconnect Module for IBM BladeCenter - Blade Server Expansion Cards
44X1941 44X1940 5485 QLogic Eth and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh43W4392 43W4391 4339 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit -39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Legacy I/O(CFFv)31R2266 39R7563 4265 IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade1 Daughter Card 39Y9309 39Y9310 2969 Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Legacy I/O (CFFv)39Y9305 39Y9306* 2968 Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter CFFh41Y8526 41Y8527 2970 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Legacy I/O
(CFFv) 43W6861 43W6859* 2994 Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Legacy I/O
(CFFv) - 44W4466* - Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
44W4480 44W4479 5476 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh46M6003 46M6001 0056 2-port 40Gb InfiniBand Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
- 39Y9195 - IBM BladeCenter SAS Connectivity Module -46M6166 46M6164 0098 Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 4-port Ethernet Exp Cd (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh46M6170 46M6168 0099 Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 2-port Ethernet Exp Cd (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
Associated options
Note:
Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor, CFFh = Combo Form Factor Horizontal I/O Expansion Card, CFFv = Combo Form Factor Vertical I/O Expansion Card. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server).
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS12 (8028)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Power Supplies
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 XM (7995)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7995-L1Y is 7995-L1U. See the product- specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-pecific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. Maximum capacity requires replacing the standard DIMMs. Memory-mirroring, memory sparing and Chipkill functions are supported.
4. System management functionality, interconnect network connectivity and console connectivity are managed through the standard management module. The standard integrated service processor monitors the HS21 XM-7995 system management activity, communicating with the management module in the BladeCenter.
5. Dual Broadcom BMC5708S Gb Ethernet controllers.6. An integrated LSI 1064 SAS/SATA Controller supporting one
onboard SAS hard disk drive or a single or dual configured solid state drive.
7. Maximum internal storage capacity is based on installation of one 146GB SAS HDD or a single or dual configured solid state drive. Additional internal storage is via the optional 4GB Modular Flash Drive (SBB 39R8695, FC 2042) or 8GB Modular Flash Drive (SBB 43W3933, FC 5548) , which consist of a USB 2.0 flash memory card connected to a dedicated USB-based slot on the system planar.
8. An optional BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade unit (P/N 39R7563) is available that attaches directly to the blade server adding three hot-swap SAS HDD bays for a total of four HDD bays and adds expansion card slot capacity for a total of three expansion card slots.
9. CFFh (high-speed) and CFFv (normal speed) adapters are designed to work together, utilizing a minimum amount of physical space, solving the issue of allowing only one adapter to exist in a confined space. Inside the Blade Base one non-Hot Swap HDD can be used with one CFFv adapter and either one CFFh adapter or Storage and I/O Expansion Unit. Using the Storage and I/O Expansion Unit it is possible to configure one CFFv adapter (Ethernet) in the front expansion slot and one CFFv and CFFh adapter in the rear expansion slots.
10. An additional 4 to 8 GB storage capacity can be added via an optional Modular Flash Drive.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 XM (7995)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
1. When fully configuring a BC-E (8677) chassis with the maximum possible HS21 XM blade server configuration (fourteen HS21 XM blade servers, each with two 80W processors, eight 4GB memory DIMMs, one SAS HDD, one USB-based flash drive, one I/O card and one cKVM card), there could be periods of time that Power Domain 2 exceeds the 13.5amp rating guidance (Power Domain 1 will not exceed the rating guidance). While this is not violating any safety rules, we recommend that your clients review the electrical infrastructure and power distribution of their installations to account for a peak of 14.4A.
2. A blade using a single CPU must have it installed in the CPU 1 socket.3. The system should not be allowed to boot with an empty CPU 1 socket.4. If the CPU 2 socket is empty, it must have a CPU heat sink filler
installed. The CPU heat sink filler is a baffle which maintains proper airflow through the blade.
5. The CPU heat sink filler is required to be installed in CPU 2 socket.6. A terminator is not required.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 XM (7995)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description 39M5780 - 0546 512MB PC2-5300 CL5 ECC DDR2 Chipkill FBDIMM 667MHz
When installing 2 DIMMs in the HS21 XM use DIMM Connectors 5 (J171) and 7 (J173). HS21 XM does not support a 3 pair configuration. Pairs three and four must be installed at the same time. Three memory configuration modes can be used in the HS21 XM, including Flat, Sparing and Mirroring. Flat Mode: DIMMs must be added in identical pairs: DIMM pair 1 (DIMMs 5 and 7), DIMM pair 2 (DIMMs 2 and 4), DIMM pair 3 (DIMMs 1, 3 and 6, 8 or 6, 8 and 1, 3) Sparing Mode: This configuration is supported for the 2 DIMM pair configuration with identical DIMM types. With a single DIMM pair sparing is supported if the DIMMs are dual rank only. Mirroring Mode: Both branches must be populated identically; the same as both channels. Each slot number of each channel must include DIMMs with the same electrical characteristics (speed, density, and organization).
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 XM (7995)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Height Bays supported
Maximum quantity
SAS HDDs1
42D0423 42D0421* 5529 IBM ServerBlade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1 143X0849 43X0845* 5545 IBM ServerBlade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1 143X0834 - 5535 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF HS2 SFF 2,3,4 343X0857 43X0853* 5547 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS2 SFF 2,3,4 342D0629 42D0627 5510 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS HDD SFF 1 142D0669 42D0667 5508 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS HDD SFF 1 149Y2024 49Y2022 5434 IBM 600GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HDD SFF 1 2
SATA HDDs1 42D0739 42D0737 5406 IBM 160GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5'' SFF NHS HDD SFF 1 142D0744 42D0742 5408 IBM 500GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5'' SFF NHS HDD SFF 1 143W7707 43W7706 5598 IBM 50GB SATA 2.5" SFF NHS High IOPS SSD SFF 1 1
Associated Options1 43W7607 43W7606* 5558 IBM Dual 15.8GB 2.5" Solid State Drives3 SFF 1 143W7615 43W7614* 5557 IBM 15.8GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 1 143W7619 43W7618* 5563 IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 1 143W3933 43W3934* 5548 IBM 8GB Modular Flash Drive4 USB 1 146C5080 - 5574 IBM 4GB Modular Flash Drive4 USB 1 1
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. Installing a StFF expansion card on the HS21-XM prevents installation of an internal hard drive.
2. Supported on IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit only.
3. 43W7606 is a single physical device with two solid state drives that uses only one bay.
4. The IBM 8GB Modular Flash Drive (SBB 43W3933) and the IBM 4GB Modular Flash Drive (SBB 46C5080) are USB 2.0 compatible drives that occupy a dedicated slot on the system planar. See diagram below.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 XM (7995)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number
Option number
Feature codes
Description Form factor
Networking
46C5068 43W3974* 1591 SAS Connectivity Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv 39Y6071 - 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe Half39Y6139 - 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half39Y6091 - 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X Half42C1833 42C1830 3592 QLogic 2-pt 10Gb Converged Network Adapter(CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
Storage controllers 25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller1 -39R8819 - 1685 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB)1 Full39R8820 - 1686 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB)1 Full42C2179 - 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half42C2182 - 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half43W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half
Blade Server Expansion Cards3 43W4430 43W4420* 2993 Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh 43W4433 43W4423 2991 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh 43W6861 43W6859* 2994 Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv 39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv 26K5942 26K5939* 1568 cKVM Feature Card for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card 26K4844 - 1549 SFF Fibre Channel Exp Card SFF
39Y9309 39Y9310 2969 Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv 26R0891 26R0890 1577 QLogic 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for eServer SFF 39Y9116 - 1458 Qlogic iSCSI Daughtercard for IBM BladeCenter StFF 39Y9305 39Y9306* 2968 Qlogic Ethernet & 4Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for BladeCenter CFFh 41Y8526 41Y8527 2970 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
- 44W4466* - Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh 44W4480 44W4479 5476 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh 46M6003 46M6001 0056 2-port 40Gb InfiniBand Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh 31R2266 39R7563 4265 IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade Daughter Card 32R0792 25K8373* 4244 IBM eServer BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit II4 Daughter Card 43W4392 43W4391 4339 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit Daughter Card32R1761 32R1760* 1466 Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand expansion card for IBM BladeCenter HSFF 39Y9117 - 1492 Cisco Systems InfiniBand HCA Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card43W4431 - 2992 Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh 44X1941 44X1940 5485 QLogic Eth and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh 39Y9185 - 2925 Emulex® 4Gb SFF Fibre Channel Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter® SFF46M6166 46M6164 0098 Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 4-port Ethernet Exp Cd (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh46M6170 46M6168 0099 Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 2-port Ethernet Exp Cd (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
Note:
Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. BladeCenter Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 39R7563) is required for use.
2. ServeRAID-8k replaces the standard ServeRAID-8k-l.3. Installing a StFF expansion card on the HS21-XM prevents
installation of an internal hard drive.4. The BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit provides two
64-bit/100MHz PCI-X slots. The expansion unit itself occupies one BladeCenter slot and attaches to the blade server. Both units are installed together into the BladeCenter chassis as a single unit occupying two BladeCenter slots.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 XM (7995)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description
Rack Console Connectivity - 17353LX* - IBM 1x8 Console Switch- 17354LX* - IBM 2x16 Console Switch
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 (8853)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
8853-NTY - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/28853-R2Y - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/28853-LMY - SAS Fixed 146/292GB 2/2 0/28853-C1Y Apr 4
2008SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-C2Y Apr 4 2008
SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-A1Y Apr 4 2008
SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-A2Y Apr 4 2008
SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-J1Y Jul 3 2008
SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-J2Y Jul 3 2008
SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-C3Y Apr 4 2008
SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-C4Y Apr 4 2008
SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-EQY Apr 4 2008
SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-ERY Apr 4 2008
SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
8853-AMY - SAS Fixed 146/292GB 2/2 0/28853-ANY - SAS Fixed 146/292GB 2/2 0/28853-EHY - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 2/2 0/28853-G1Y - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 2/2 0/28853-G3Y - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 2/2 0/28853-G4Y - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 2/2 0/28853-G5Y - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 2/2 0/28853-G6Y - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 2/2 0/28853-G7Y - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 2/2 0/28853-GLY - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 2/2 0/28853-GNY - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 2/2 0/28853-RLY - SAS Fixed 0/292GB 0/2 0/2
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8853-L1Y is 8853-L1U. See the product-specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for AP Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. Maximum capacity requires replacing the standard DIMMs. Memory-mirroring, hot-spare memory and Chipkill functions are supported.
4. System management functionality, interconnect network connectivity and console connectivity are managed through the standard management module. The standard integrated service processor monitors HS21 - (8853) system management activity, communicating with the management module in the BladeCenter.
5. Dual Broadcom 5708S Gb Ethernet controllers.6. An integrated, single-channel, SAS controller supports
integrated RAID-0 and 1. RAID-1E and 5 requires the optional BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade.
7. Maximum internal storage capacity is based on installation of two 146GB SAS HDDs.
8. An optional BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Blade unit is available that attaches directly to the blade server adding three hot-swap SAS HDD bays for a total of five HDD bays and adds expansion card slot capacity for a total of three expansion card slots.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 (8853)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
1. A blade using a single CPU must have it installed in the CPU 1 socket.2. The system should not be allowed to boot with an empty CPU 1 socket.3. If the CPU 2 socket is empty, it must have a CPU heat sink filler
installed. The CPU heat sink filler is a baffle which maintains proper airflow through the blade.
4. The CPU heat sink filler is required to be installed in CPU 2 socket.5. A terminator is not required.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 (8853)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 (8853)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB Number
Option Number
Feature Codes
Description Height Bays Supported
Max. qty
SAS HDDs
- 26K5777* - 73GB 10K 2.5" Non Hot-Swap SAS SFF SFF 1, 2 242D0423 42D0421* 5529 IBM ServerBlade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1, 2 243X0849 43X0845* 5545 IBM ServerBlade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF NHS SFF 1, 2 243X0834 - 5535 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 146GB SAS 10K 2.5"
SFF HS SFF 3,4,5 3
43X0857 43X0853* 5547 IBM Storage and I/O Blade 73GB SAS 15K 2.5" SFF HS1
SFF 3,4,5 3
42D0629 42D0627 5510 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS HDD SFF 1, 2 242D0669 42D0667 5508 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF NHS HDD SFF 1, 2 242D0739 42D0737 5406 IBM 160GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF NHS HDD SFF 1, 2 242D0744 42D0742 5408 IBM 500GB 7200 SATA 2.5" SFF NHS HDD SFF 1, 2 2
- 43W7618* - IBM 31.4GB 2.5" Solid State Drive SFF 1,2 249Y2024 49Y2022 5434 IBM 600GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF HDD SFF 1,2 2
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Supported on IBM BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit only.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 (8853)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB Number Option Number Feature Codes Description Form Factor
Networking - - - - -
42C1833 42C1830 3592 QLogic 2-pt 10Gb Converged Network Adapter(CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card- 39Y9267 - BNT 6-port 10Gb Ethernet Switch Module for IBM BladeCenter -- 39Y9314 - Multi-Switch Interconnect Module for IBM BladeCenter -- 43W4419* - 4X InfiniBand Pass-thru Module for IBM BladeCenter -
Storage controllers 25R8080 - 1671 IBM ServeRAID 8k-l SAS Controller -
- 172641X* - FC SAS Single Controller DS3400 -39R8819 - 1685 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (128MB) Full 39R8820 - 1686 ServeRAID-6M Ultra320 SCSI Controller (256MB) Full
- 172642X - FC SAS Dual Controller DS3400 -43W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half42C2179 - 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half42C2182 - 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half39Y6139 - 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half39Y6071 - 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe Half39Y6091 - 1487 NetXtreme 1000 S + Ethernet Adapter- PCI-X Half
- 172622X* - IBM System Storage DS3200 SAS Dual Controller -- 172631X* - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Single Controller Model -- 172632X* - IBM System Storage DS3300 iSCSI Dual Controller Model -
Blade Server Expansion Cards 43W4430 43W4420* 2993 Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card43W4431 - 2992 Cisco 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card32R1761 32R1760* 1466 Cisco Systems 4X InfiniBand expansion card for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card39Y9117 - 1492 Cisco Systems InfiniBand HCA Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card43W4433 43W4423 2991 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card43W6861 43W6859* 2994 Emulex 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter Daughter Card
Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, StFF = Standard Form Factor, HSFF = High Speed Form Factor. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Notes:
1. BladeCenter Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 39R7563) is required.2. ServeRAID-8k replaces the standard ServeRAID-8k-l.3. The BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit provides two
64-bit/100MHz PCI-X slots. The expansion unit itself occupies one BladeCenter slot and attaches to the blade server. Both units are installed together into the BladeCenter chassis as a single unit occupying two BladeCenter slots.
Figure 1. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 1
Click image to enlarge
Figure 2. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 2
Click image to enlarge
Figure 3. BladeCenter Storage and I/O Expansion Unit, view 3
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS21 (8853)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB Number Option Number Feature Codes Description
Power - - - -
Rack Console Connectivity - 17353LX* - IBM 1x8 Console Switch- 17354LX* - IBM 2x16 Console Switch
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS22 (7870)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7870-A2Y is 7870-A2U. See the product-specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for AP Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific designator.
2. When configuring 80-watt HS22 blades in a BC-E chassis with (4) 2000-watt power supplies, a maximum configuration of (12) 80W HS22 blades can be installed using (5) 80W HS22s in Domain 1 and (7) 80W HS22s in Domain 2. A maximum configuration of (13) blades can be installed when mixing 80W HS22s with non-HS22s using (6) non-HS22s in Domain 1 and (7) 80W HS22s in Domain 2.
3. When configuring 95-watt HS22 blades in a BC-E chassis with (4) 2000-watt power supplies, a maximum configuration of (11) 95W HS22 blades can be installed using (5) 95W HS22s in Domain 1 and (6) 95W HS22s in Domain 2. A maximum configuration of (12) blades can be installed when mixing 95W HS22s with non-HS22’s using (6) non-HS22s in Domain 1 and (6) 95W HS22s in Domain 2. A maximum configuration of (13) blades can be installed when changing the domains used for mixing 95W HS22s with (5) 95W HS22s in Domain 1 and (8) non-HS22s in Domain 2.
4. When configuring 60-watt HS22 blades in a BC-E chassis with (4) 2000-watt power supplies, a maximum configuration of (13) 60W HS22 blades can be installed using (6) 60W HS22s in Domain 1 and (7) 60W HS22s in Domain 2. A maximum configuration of (14) blades can be installed when mixing 60W HS22s using (6) 60W HS22s in Domain 1 and (8) non-HS22s in Domain 2.
5. The 8677 chassis ships standard with a minimum of (2) power supplies installed in the chassis. This provides the necessary power requirements to support HS-22 in blade slots 1-6 ( Domain 1). To support blades in slots 7-14 (Domain 2) an additional set of power supplies are required.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS22 (7870)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS22 (7870)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Associated Memory Options 40K6887 41Y8269 1774 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware ESXi 3.5 Update 4
- 41Y8278 - IBM USB Memory Key for VMware Hypervisor ESXi 59Y8349 - 3033 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware ESXi 4.159Y8348 - 1749 IBM USB Memory Key for VMware ESXi 3.5 Update 5
Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM Configuration A2Y, CCY, D2Y 2 x 1GB (1x1GB) Single Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP LP RDIMMB3Y, B4Y, C3Y, C4Y, L2Y 2 x 2GB (1x2GB) Single Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP RDIMMEDY 3 x 2GB (1x2GB) Single Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP RDIMMEBY 4 x 2GB (1x2GB) Single Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP RDIMM6MY 2 x 4GB (1x4GB) Dual Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP RDIMM1MY, 5MY 6 x 4GB (1x4GB) Dual Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP RDIMM2MY, 3MY 12 x 4GB (1x4GB) Dual Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP RDIMMECY 4 x 2GB (1x2GB) Single Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP RDIMM L3Y, M2Y 2 x 2GB (1x2GB) Dual Rank PC3-10600 CL9 ECC DDR3-1333 VLP RDIMMEEY, F2Y, G2Y, G4Y, GCY, H2Y, H4Y, H5Y, HAY, N2Y
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS22 (7870)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB Number
Option Number
Feature Codes
Description Height Bays Supported
Max. qty
SAS HDDs
- 43W7536* - IBM 146 GB 10K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SL 0,1 2- 43W7545* - IBM 73 GB 15K SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SL 0,1 2
42D0634 42D0632 5537 IBM 146GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SL 0,2 342D0639 42D0637 5599 IBM 300GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SL 0,1 442D0674 42D0672 5522 IBM 73GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SL 0,1 242D0679 42D0677 5536 IBM 146GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SL 0,2 349Y2005 49Y2003 5433 IBM 600GB 10K 6Gbps SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SL 0,1 242D0709 42D0707 5409 IBM 500GB 7200 6Gbps NL SAS 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SL 0,3 4
SATA HDDs - 43W7670* - 300GB 10K SATA 2.5" Slim-HS HDD SL 0,1 2
43W7715 - 3745 IBM 50GB SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS High IOPS SSD SL 0,1 242D0749 42D0747 5405 IBM 160GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SL 0,4 542D0754 42D0752 5407 IBM 500GB 7200 NL SATA 2.5" SFF Slim-HS HDD SL 0,5 641Y8265 41Y8264* 5403 IBM 31.4GB SATA 2.5'' SFF Slim-HS SSD V2 SL 0,1 2
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS22 (7870)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB Number Option Number Feature
Codes Description Form Factor
Networking
42C1833 42C1830 3592 QLogic 2-pt 10Gb Converged Network Adapter(CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh39Y6071 - 1485 NetXtreme II 1000 Express G Ethernet Adapter- PCIe Half39Y6139 - 2974 PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter Half81Y1651 81Y1650 5437 Brocade Converged 10GbE Switch Module for IBM BladeCentee CFFh42C1813 42C1810 3593 Intel 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Expansion Card CFFh for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
Storage controllers 42C2179 - 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half42C2182 - 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x Half43W4340 - 3559 ServeRAID-MR10M SAS/SATA Controller Half46M0888 46M0877 96 IBM 160GB High IOPS SS Class SSD PCIe Adapter Half46M0889 - 97 IBM 320GB High IOPS SD Class SSD PCIe Adapter Half46M0900 46M0898 1649 IBM 320GB High IOPS MS Class SSD PCIe Adapter Half
Blade Server Expansion Cards 43W4430 43W4420* 2993 Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh43W4433 43W4423 2991 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
- 44W4466* - Broadcom 10Gb 2-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh44W4473 44W4465* 1076 Broadcom 10Gb 4-port Ethernet Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh44W4476 44W4475 1039 Ethernet Expansion Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter CIOv44W4480 44W4479 5476 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh46M6003 46M6001 0056 2-port 40Gb InfiniBand Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh 44X1941 44X1940 5485 QLogic Ethernet and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh44X1946 44X1945 1462 Qlogic 8Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter CIOv46C5070 43W4068 1593 SAS Connectivity Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter CIOv46M6066 46M6065 3594 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter CIOv46M6141 46M6140 3598 Emulex 8Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter CIOv46M6166 46M6164 0098 Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 4-port Ethernet Exp Cd (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh46M6170 46M6168 099 Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 2-port Ethernet Exp Cd (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh49Y4238 49Y4235 5755 Emulex Virtual Fabric Adapter (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
- 49Y4265 - Emulex 10GbE Virtual Fabric Advanced Upgrade for IBM BladeCenter -- 49Y4275 - Emulex 10GbE Virtual Fabric Adapter Advanced for IBM BladeCenter -- 46M6730 - IBM BladeCenter PCI Express Gen 2 Expansion Blade -- 43W4391 - IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit -
Associated Options - 46C7167 - ServeRAID-MR10ie (CIOv) Controller for IBM BladeCenter CIOv
46M6146 - 0070 ServeRAID-MR10ie (CIOv) Controller for IBM BladeCenter w/Battery CIOv46M6147 - 0071 ServeRAID-MR10ie (CIOv) Controller for IBM BladeCenter w/o Battery CIOv
Note:
Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: CIOv = Combination I/O vertical and CFFh = Combination Form Factor horizontal.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS22 (7870)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB Number Option Number Feature Codes Description
Power
- - - - Rack Console Connectivity
- - - -
Note:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS22V (7871)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS22V (7871)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS22V (7871)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
1. DIMMS of differing speeds will work together, but will operate at the speed of the slowest DIMM.
2. If either the processor or the memory is 1066MHz, then the resulting DDR3 speed is 1066MHz (the DIMM speed is equal to the slower of either the processor speed or DIMM speed)
3. If either the processor or the memory is 800MHz, then the resulting DDR3 speed is 800MHz (the DIMM speed is equal to the slower of either the processor speed or DIMM speed)
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS22V (7871)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB Number
Option Number
Feature Codes
Description Height Bays Supported
Max. qty
SAS HDDs
43W7735 43W7734 5314 IBM 50GB SATA 1.8" NHS SSD 1.8" 1,2 2
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS22V (7871)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number
Part number
Feature codes
Description Adapter length
PCI support
Slots supported
Hot-Plug capable
Max supported
Storage Controllers
42C2179 - 3567 QLogic 4Gb FC Single-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 3,4 N 2
42C2182 - 3568 QLogic 4Gb FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA for IBM System x
Half PCI-E 3,4 N 2
46M0888 - 0096 IBM 160GB High IOPS SS Class SSD PCIe Adapter
Half PCI-E 3,4 N 2
46M0889 - 0097 IBM 320GB High IOPS SD Class SSD PCIe Adapter
Half PCI-E 3,4 N 2
46M0900 - 1649 IBM 320GB High IOPS MS Class SSD PCIe Adapter
Half PCI-E 3,4 N 2
Communication Adapters 42C1833 42C1830 3592 QLogic 2-pt 10Gb Converged
Network Adapter(CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter
CFFh PCIe 16x 2 - 1
43W4430 43W4420* 2993 Voltaire 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter
CFFh PCIe 16x 2 - 1
44W4476 44W4475 5477 Ethernet Expansion Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter
CIOv PCIe 8x 1 - 1
44W4480 44W4479 5476 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter
CFFh PCIe 16x 2 - 1
44X1941 44X1940 5485 QLogic Eth and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter
CFFh PCIe 16x 2 - 1
44X1946 44X1945 1462 Qlogic 8Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter
CIOv PCIe 8x 1 - 1
46C5070 43W4068 1593 SAS Connectivity Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter
CIOv PCIe 8x 1 - 1
46M6003 46M6001 0056 2-port 40Gb InfiniBand Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter
CFFh PCIe 16x 2 - 1
46M6066 46M6065 3594 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter
CIOv PCIe 8x 1 - 1
46M6141 46M6140 3598 Emulex 8Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter
CIOv PCIe 8x 1 N 1
49Y4276 49Y4275 2435 Emulex Virtual Fabric Adapter Advanced for IBM BladeCenter
- - - - -
49Y4266 49Y4265 2436 Emulex 10GbE Virtual Fabric Advanced Upgrade for IBM BladeCenter
- - - - -
46M6146 - 0070 ServeRAID-MR10ie (CIOv) Controller for IBM BladeCenter w/Battery
CIOv PCIe 8x 1 - 1
46M6147 - 0071 ServeRAID-MR10ie (CIOv) Controller for IBM BladeCenter w/o Battery
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HS22V (7871)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB Number Option Number Feature Codes Description
Power
- - - - Rack Console Connectivity
- - - -
Note:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HX5 (7872)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 7872-E6Y is 7872-E6U. See the product-specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for AP Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific designator.
2. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
3. SSD Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter HX5 (PN 46M6908) is required for solid state drive support. A single card can support up to 2 solid state drives
4. IBM HX5 2-node scalability kit (PN 46M6975) is required for a double-wide 4-socket HX5 configuration
5. IBM HX5 1-node Speed Burst card (PN 59Y5889) is recommended for single-wide 2-socket HX5 configuration
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HX5 (7872)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HX5 (7872)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HX5 (7872)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Scalability Kits
SBB Number
Option Number
Feature Codes
Description Type Height Bays Supported
Max. qty
Hard Drives
43W7735 43W7734 5314 IBM 50GB SATA 1.8" NHS SSD SSD 1.8" 1, 2 243W7727 - 5428 IBM 50GB SATA 1.8" MLC SSD SSD 1.8" 1, 2 2
Note:
1. SSD Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter HX5 (PN 46M6908) is required for solid state drive support. A single card can support up to 2 solid state drives
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HX5 (7872)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Scalability Kits
SBB Number Option Number Feature Codes Description Form Factor
Networking 42C1833 42C1830 3592 QLogic 2-pt 10Gb Converged Network Adapter(CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh 44W4476 44W4475 5477 Ethernet Expansion Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter CIOv 44W4480 44W4479 5476 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh 44X1941 44X1940 5485 QLogic Eth and 8Gb Fibre Channel Exp Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh 44X1946 44X1945 1462 Qlogic 8Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter CIOv 46M6003 46M6001 56 2-port 40Gb InfiniBand Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh 46M6066 46M6065 3594 QLogic 4Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter CIOv 46M6166 46M6164 98 Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 4-port Ethernet Exp Cd (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh 46M6170 46M6168 99 Broadcom 10Gb Gen2 2-port Ethernet Exp Cd (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh 46M6906 46M6908 5765 SSD Expansion Card for IBM BladeCenter HX5 CIOh 49Y4238 49Y4235 5755 Emulex 10GbE Virtual Fabric Adapter for IBM BladeCenter CFFh 49Y4276 49Y4275 2435 Emulex 10GbE Virtual Fabric Adapter Advanced for IBM BladeCenter -49Y4266 49Y4265 2436 Emulex 10GbE Virtual Fabric Advanced Upgrade for IBM BladeCenter -46M6141 46M6140 3598 Emulex 8Gb Fibre Channel Expansion Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter CIOv46C5070 43W4068 1593 SAS Connectivity Card (CIOv) for IBM BladeCenter CIOv 46M0889 - 97 IBM 320GB High IOPS SD Class SSD PCIe Adapter CIOv
Storage controllers
Blade Server Expansion Cards 46M6731 - 9295 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express Gen 2 Expansion Blade -
Associated Options
Note:
Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: CIOv = Combination I/O vertical and CFFh = Combination Form Factor horizontal.
Notes:
1. Each 2-socket blade server node supports one CFFh and one CIOv expansion card2. Upper I/O bay supports solid state drive expansion card, and retains support for one
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HX5 (7872)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Scalability Kits
SBB Number Option Number Feature Codes Description
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter HX5 (7872)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc Scalability Kits
SBB Number Option Number Feature Codes Description Scalability Kits
46M6843 59Y5889 1741 IBM HX5 1-node Speed Burst card46M6839 46M6975 1737 IBM HX5 2-node scalability kit 46M6989 59Y5877 1742 IBM HX5 MAX5 1-Node Scalability Kit46M6972 46M6973 1740 IBM MAX5 for BladeCenter
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter QS22 (0793)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Table 1. BladeCenter QS22 (0793) at-a-glance
Part number
Withdrawal Date1
CPU/FSB speed (GHz/MHz) - cache
Number of processors (std/max)
Memory (std/max)
System Management Processor (Std/Max)
Integrated ethernet
0793-38Y - Dual PowerXCell 8i, 65nm (CMOS 11S) operated at
3.2GHz core speed
2/2 8GB/32GB Y Dual Gb
0793-40Y Nov 21 2008
Dual PowerXCell 8i, 65nm (CMOS 11S) operated at
3.2GHz core speed
2/2 16GB/32GB Y Dual Gb
0793-41Y - Dual PowerXCell 8i, 65nm (CMOS 11S) operated at
3.2GHz core speed
2/2 16GB/32GB Y Dual Gb
0793-42Y - Dual PowerXCell 8i, 65nm (CMOS 11S) operated at
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter QS22 (0793)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Processor options1 Models supported
Standard processor
- - - - - Additional processors
- - - - -
Note:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter QS22 (0793)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
IBM BladeCenter QS22 has eight DIMM sockets for processor memory (options listed above) and two DIMM sockets for special purpose I/O buffer memory. The function of I/O buffer memory is unlike processor memory in that applications must be written or modified to utilize these memory DIMMs which are accessed via the IBM I/O bridge chips on QS22.
Notes:
1. Highest memory bandwidth and optimal performance can be achieved when all eight memory DIMM sockets are populated. For base models with less than eight DIMMs installed (ie, 0793-40Y), it is strongly recommended that option memory is added such that all memory DIMM sockets are used.
2. This processor memory may also be used as optional I/O buffer memory if purchased as an option. This option includes two 1GB DIMMs that can be plugged into the two available I/O buffer memory sockets on QS22.
Table 1. Standard Memory Configuration
Model Std. DIMM configuration 38Y 8 X 1GB VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 DIMM 40Y 4 X 4GB VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 DIMM 41Y 8 X 2GB VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 DIMM 42Y 8 X 4GB VLP PC2-6400 DDR-2 DIMM
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter QS22 (0793)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes
Description Height Bays supported Maximum quantity
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter QS22 (0793)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Form factor
Networking 39Y9189 39Y9190 2979 SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter CFFv43W4392 43W4391 4339 IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit1 -43W4433 43W4423 2991 4X InfiniBand DDR Expansion Card (CFFh) for IBM BladeCenter CFFh
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
Form Factor abbreviations are as follows: SFF = Small Form Factor, CFFv = Combo Form Factor Vertical I/O Expansion Card. The Standard Form Factor (StFF) card is the original form factor for expansion cards in blade servers. An StFF expansion card uses the PCI-X connector on the blade server and expansion units. When an StFF expansion card is installed using the PCI-X connector it is not possible to install a CFFh nor HSFF expansion card on the adjacent PCI-E connector (if one exists in the server) In addition, when an StFF expansion card is installed, the second hard disk drive on some blade servers cannot be installed.
Note:
1. An additional CFFv may be installed when IBM BladeCenter PCI Express I/O Expansion Unit (SBB 43W4392) is installed.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
BladeCenter QS22 (0793)
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● At-A-Glance ● Options
Processor Memory HDD I/O Pwr acc
SBB number Option number Feature codes Description Power supplies
- - - -
Note:
1. Supported options will be published in a future release as they become available.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
System x operating system offerings
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. All OS offerings must be purchased with new hardware. If the hardware is bought directly from IBM, Microsoft offerings must be purchased integrated within new hardware. The eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada should be used to specify the four-digit Microsoft feature code that must be chosen to intergrate into a new server configuration. All OS offerings may also be available from IBM Business Partners. Subscription offerings from Red Hat and SUSE may be purchased without new IBM hardware when renewing an offering subscription that was initially purchased from IBM.
IBM Systems Group offers Operating Systems (OS) on System x and BladeCenter servers. IBM OS offerings are made available on a server after rigorous testing is completed to assure that they are reliable solutions. Purchasing the OS with new hardware is a convenient and cost-effective way to deploy new hardware. Some Microsoft OS offerings are available pre-installed on the server. All other offerings must be installed by the customer.
The following chart shows which OS offerings are available for each System x server or chassis.
System x Operating Systems offerings
US Option Number
Can Option Number
Network Operating System (NOS) offerings
x3200 (4362, 4363)
x3200 M2 (4367, 4368)
x3250 (4364, 4365)
x3250 M2 (4190, 4194)
x3200 M3 (7327, 7328)
x3250 M3 (4251, 4252)
System withdrawal date Jun 5,
2008Mar 31, 2010
Jul 1, 2008
Mar 31, 2010
- -
Red Hat 4815KHU 4815KHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard
Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)X X X X
4815NHU 4815NHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815LHU 4815LHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815OHU 4815OHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815CHU 4815CHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815EHU 4815EHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815DHU 4815DHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815FHU 4815FHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815PHU 4815PHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815RHU 4815RHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815QHU 4815QHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815SHU 4815SHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815GHU 4815GHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815IHU 4815IHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815HHU 4815HHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815JHU 4815JHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
48156HU 48156HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X
48157HU 48157HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X
SUSE 48153QU 42C6551 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 1 yr
SubscriptionX X X X
48153RU 42C6552 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 3 yr Subscription
X X X X
48151QU 42C6553 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1 Socket with 1 yr Subscription
X X X X
48151RU 42C6554 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1 Socket with 3 yr Subscription
X X X X
48154HU 46C0303 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 1 yr Subscription
X
48155HU 46C0304 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 3 yr Subscription
X
4815R1U 49Y9066 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 1 yr 4815R2U 49Y9067 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 3 yr 4815A1U 49Y9068 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One
Subscription 1yrX X X X
4815A2U 49Y9069 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 3yr
X X X X
4815A3U 49Y9070 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 1Yr
X X X X
4815A4U 49Y9071 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 3Yr
X X X X
4815S1U 49Y9072 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 1 Yr
X X X X
4815S2U 49Y9073 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 3 Yr
X X X X
4815S3U 49Y9074 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Priority Novell Support 1 Yr
X X X X
4815S4U 49Y9075 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add-on Priority Novell Support 3 Yr
X X X X
4815R3U 49Y9080 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 1 yr X X X X 4815R4U 49Y9081 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 3 yr X X X X
Microsoft 4849KCM 4849KCM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 user) - Multi-lingual X X X X 4849KDM 4849KDM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 device) - Multi-lingual X X X X 4849DSE 4849DSE MS Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition (1-4 CPU, 5
CAL) ROK8X X X X
4849DEE 4849DEE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8
X X X X
4849EGE 4849EGE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (2 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8
4849EHE 4849EHE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8
4849F2E 4849F2E Microsoft® Windows® Small Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8
X X
4849F4E 4849F4E Microsoft® Windows® Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8
X X
4849G2E 4849G2E Microsoft® Windows® Essential Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8
X X
4849G4E 4849G4E Microsoft® Windows® Essential Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8
X X
4849H7E 4849H7E Microsoft® Windows® HPC Server 2008 (1-4 CPU) ROK8 4849DTE 4849DTE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU,
10 CAL) ROK8X X X X
4849DME 4849DME MS Windows Server 2008 Foundation (1 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8
X X X X
4849MSN 4849MSN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK - ML (BR,EN,FR,SP)
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 64-bit
X
- - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 2-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter
- - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 4-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter
- - Windows Small Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL)
X X
- - Windows Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL)
X X
- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) X X X X- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL ) X X X X- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL ) X X X X- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Foundation (1 CPU ) X X X X
System x Operating Systems offerings (continued)
US Option Number
Can Option Number
Network Operating System (NOS) offerings x3350 (4192, 4193)
x3400 (7973, 7974)
x3400 (7975, 7976)
x3400 M2 (7836, 7837)
x3455 (7940, 7984)
System withdrawal date Apr 30,
2010Jan 12, 2010
Jan 12, 2010
Dec 31, 2010
Jul 8, 2008 (7984) Jun 30, 2009 (7940)
Red Hat 4815KHU 4815KHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 1 yr
(Multilanguage)X X X X
4815NHU 4815NHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815LHU 4815LHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815OHU 4815OHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815CHU 4815CHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815EHU 4815EHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815DHU 4815DHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815FHU 4815FHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815PHU 4815PHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815RHU 4815RHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815QHU 4815QHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815SHU 4815SHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815GHU 4815GHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815IHU 4815IHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815HHU 4815HHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815JHU 4815JHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
48156HU 48156HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X
48157HU 48157HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X
SUSE 48153QU 42C6551 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 1 yr Subscription X X X X48153RU 42C6552 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 3 yr Subscription X X X X48151QU 42C6553 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1 Socket with 1 yr Subscription X 48151RU 42C6554 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1 Socket with 3 yr Subscription X 48154HU 46C0303 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 1 yr
Subscription X
48155HU 46C0304 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 3 yr Subscription
X
4815R1U 49Y9066 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 1 yr 4815R2U 49Y9067 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 3 yr 4815A1U 49Y9068 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 1yr X X X X4815A2U 49Y9069 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 3yr X X X X4815A3U 49Y9070 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 1Yr X X X X4815A4U 49Y9071 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 3Yr X X X X4815S1U 49Y9072 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 1 Yr X X X X4815S2U 49Y9073 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 3 Yr X X X X4815S3U 49Y9074 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Priority Novell Support 1 Yr X X X X4815S4U 49Y9075 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add-on Priority Novell Support 3 Yr X X X X4815R3U 49Y9080 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 1 yr X X X X
4815R4U 49Y9081 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 3 yr X X X X Microsoft
4849KCM 4849KCM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 user) – Multi-lingual X X X X4849KDM 4849KDM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 device) – Multi-lingual X X X X4849DSE 4849DSE MS Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 X X X X4849DEE 4849DEE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8 X X X X4849EGE 4849EGE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (2 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 X X X4849EHE 4849EHE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849F2E 4849F2E Microsoft® Windows® Small Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU,
5 CAL) ROK8 X X X X
4849F4E 4849F4E Microsoft® Windows® Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8
X X X X
4849G2E 4849G2E Microsoft® Windows® Essential Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8
X X X X
4849G4E 4849G4E Microsoft® Windows® Essential Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8
X X X X
4849H7E 4849H7E Microsoft® Windows® HPC Server 2008 (1-4 CPU) ROK8 X4849DTE 4849DTE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL) ROK8 X X X X4849DME 4849DME MS Windows Server 2008 Foundation (1 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8 X X X X4849MSN 4849MSN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK - ML (BR,EN,
4849MME 4849MME Windows Server 2008 R2 Foundation (1 CPU) ROK - English in Xcc X 4849MGN 4849MGN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Datacenter (2 CPU) ROK - Multilang (BR,EN,FR,
SP) X X X
OS Level (OS)Offerings Microsoft
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) X X X X- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL) X X X X- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (64-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) X X X X- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (64-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL) X X X X- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003
Server Standard 32-bit X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 32-bit
X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 64-bit
X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 64-bit
X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 2-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter
- - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 4-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter
- - Windows Small Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL) X - - Windows Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL) X - - Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) X X X X - - Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL ) X X X X - - Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL ) X X X X - - Windows Server 2008 R2 Foundation (1 CPU ) X - - Windows Server 2008 R2 Datacenter (2 CPU , 5 UserCAL ) X X X
System x Operating Systems offerings (continued)
US Option Number
Can Option Number
Network Operating System (NOS) offerings x3500 (7977)
x3500 M2 (7839)
x3550 (7978)
System withdrawal date Nov 30,
2009Dec 31, 2010
Jun 30, 2010
Red Hat 4815KHU 4815KHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 1 yr
(Multilanguage)X X
4815NHU 4815NHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815LHU 4815LHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815OHU 4815OHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815CHU 4815CHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815EHU 4815EHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815DHU 4815DHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815FHU 4815FHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815PHU 4815PHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815RHU 4815RHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815QHU 4815QHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
4815SHU 4815SHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815GHU 4815GHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815IHU 4815IHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815HHU 4815HHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815JHU 4815JHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
48156HU 48156HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X
48157HU 48157HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X
SUSE 48153QU 42C6551 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 1 yr Subscription X X48153RU 42C6552 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 3 yr Subscription X X48151QU 42C6553 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1 Socket with 1 yr Subscription 48151RU 42C6554 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1 Socket with 3 yr Subscription 48154HU 46C0303 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 1 yr Subscription X48155HU 46C0304 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 3 yr Subscription X4815R1U 49Y9066 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 1 yr 4815R2U 49Y9067 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 3 yr 4815A1U 49Y9068 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 1yr X X4815A2U 49Y9069 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 3yr X X4815A3U 49Y9070 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 1Yr X X4815A4U 49Y9071 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 3Yr X X4815S1U 49Y9072 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 1 Yr X X4815S2U 49Y9073 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 3 Yr X X4815S3U 49Y9074 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Priority Novell Support 1 Yr X X4815S4U 49Y9075 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add-on Priority Novell Support 3 Yr X X4815R3U 49Y9080 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 1 yr X X4815R4U 49Y9081 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 3 yr X X
Microsoft 4849KCM 4849KCM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 user) – Multi-lingual X X4849KDM 4849KDM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 device) – Multi-lingual X X4849DSE 4849DSE MS Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 X X4849DEE 4849DEE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8 X X4849EGE 4849EGE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (2 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 X X4849EHE 4849EHE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8 4849F2E 4849F2E Microsoft® Windows® Small Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5
CAL) ROK8 X X
4849F4E 4849F4E Microsoft® Windows® Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8
X X
4849G2E 4849G2E Microsoft® Windows® Essential Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8
X X
4849G4E 4849G4E Microsoft® Windows® Essential Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8
X X
4849H7E 4849H7E Microsoft® Windows® HPC Server 2008 (1-4 CPU) ROK8 X4849DTE 4849DTE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL) ROK8 X X4849DME 4849DME MS Windows Server 2008 Foundation (1 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8 X X4849MSN 4849MSN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK - ML (BR,EN,FR,SP) X X X4849MEN 4849MEN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK-ML(BR,EN,FR,SP) X X X4849MTN 4849MTN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL) ROK-ML(BR,EN,FR,SP) X X X4849MME 4849MME Windows Server 2008 R2 Foundation (1 CPU) ROK - English in Xcc 4849MGN 4849MGN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Datacenter (2 CPU) ROK - Multilang (BR,EN,FR,SP) X X X
OS Level (OS)Offerings Microsoft
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) X X- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL) X X- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (64-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) X X- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (64-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL) X X- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server
Standard 32-bit X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 32-bit
X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 64-bit
X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 64-bit
X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 2-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter
- - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 4-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter
- - Windows Small Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL) X - - Windows Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL) X - - Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) X X X- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL ) X X X- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL ) X X X- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Foundation (1 CPU ) - - Windows Server 2008 R2 Datacenter (2 CPU , 5 UserCAL ) X X X
Red Hat 4815KHU 4815KHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard
Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)X X X X X X
4815NHU 4815NHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815LHU 4815LHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815OHU 4815OHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815CHU 4815CHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815EHU 4815EHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815DHU 4815DHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815FHU 4815FHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815PHU 4815PHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815RHU 4815RHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815QHU 4815QHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815SHU 4815SHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X X
4815GHU 4815GHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815IHU 4815IHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815HHU 4815HHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815JHU 4815JHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
48156HU 48156HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
48157HU 48157HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
48158HU 48158HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 4 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X
48159HU 48159HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 4 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X
SUSE 48153QU 42C6551 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 1 yr
SubscriptionX X X X X X
48153RU 42C6552 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 3 yr Subscription
X X X X X X
48154HU 46C0303 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 1 yr Subscription
X X X X
48155HU 46C0304 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 3 yr Subscription
X X X X
4815R1U 49Y9066 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 1 yr 4815R2U 49Y9067 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 3 yr 4815A1U 49Y9068 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One
Subscription 1yrX X X X X
4815A2U 49Y9069 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 3yr
X X X X X
4815A3U 49Y9070 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 1Yr
X X X X X
4815A4U 49Y9071 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 3Yr
X X X X X
4815S1U 49Y9072 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 1 Yr
X X X X X
4815S2U 49Y9073 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 3 Yr
X X X X X
4815S3U 49Y9074 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Priority Novell Support 1 Yr
X X X X X
4815S4U 49Y9075 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add-on Priority Novell Support 3 Yr
X X X X X
4815R3U 49Y9080 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 1 yr X X X X X 4815R4U 49Y9081 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 3 yr X X X X X
Solaris 4812S1U 4812S1U Solaris up to 2 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year X 4812S2U 4812S2U Solaris up to 2 Sockets Premium Sun Support 1 year X 4812S3U 4812S3U Solaris 3-8 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year X 4812S4U 4812S4U Solaris 3-8 Sockets Premium Sun Support 1 year X
Microsoft 4849KCM 4849KCM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 user) - Multi-lingual X X X X X 4849KDM 4849KDM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 device) - Multi-lingual X X X X X 4849DSE 4849DSE MS Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition (1-4 CPU, 5
CAL) ROK8X X X X X
4849DEE 4849DEE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8
X X X X X
4849EGE 4849EGE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (2 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8
X X X X
4849EHE 4849EHE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8
X
4849F2E 4849F2E Microsoft® Windows® Small Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8
X X X X
4849F4E 4849F4E Microsoft® Windows® Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8
X X X X
4849G2E 4849G2E Microsoft® Windows® Essential Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8
X X X X
4849G4E 4849G4E Microsoft® Windows® Essential Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK8
X X X X
4849H7E 4849H7E Microsoft® Windows® HPC Server 2008 (1-4 CPU) ROK8 X X X X X 4849DTE 4849DTE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU,
10 CAL) ROK8X X X X X
4849DME 4849DME MS Windows Server 2008 Foundation (1 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8
X X X X X
4849MSN 4849MSN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK - ML (BR,EN,FR,SP)
4849MGN 4849MGN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Datacenter (2 CPU) ROK - Multilang (BR,EN,FR,SP)
X X X
4849MHN 4849MHN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Datacenter (4 CPU) ROK - Multilang (BR,EN,FR,SP)
X
OS Level (OS)Offerings Microsoft
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL)
X X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL)
X X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32-Bit, 2 Processor only, 5 UserCAL)
X
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (64-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL)
X X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (64-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL)
X X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (64-bit, 2 Processor only, 5 UserCAL)
X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 32-bit
X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 32-bit
X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 64-bit
X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 64-bit
X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 2-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter
X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 4-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter
X
- - Windows Small Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL)
X X
- - Windows Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL)
X X
- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) X X X X - - Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL ) X X X X - - Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL ) X X X X - - Windows Server 2008 R2 Datacenter (2 CPU , 5
UserCAL)X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Datacenter (4 CPU , 5 UserCAL)
X
Solaris - - Solaris 1-2 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year X - - Solaris Standard Sun Support 1 Yr X X - - Solaris Premium Sun Support 1 Yr X X
4849MHN 4849MHN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Datacenter (4 CPU) ROK - Multilang (BR,EN,FR,SP)
X X X X
OS Level (OS)Offerings - - VMware ESX Server 3i image only X X - - VMware ESX Server 3i license only X X - - VMware ESX Server 3i with 3 Yr
Subscription - 2 Sockets X X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i with 3 Yr Subscription - 4 Sockets
X X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to Foundation w/3 Yr Sub - 2 Sockets
X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to Foundation w/3 Yr Sub - 4 Sockets
X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to Standard w/3 Yr Sub - 2 Sockets
X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to Standard w/3 Yr Sub - 4 Sockets
X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to Enterprise w/3 Yr Sub - 2 Sockets
X
- - VMware ESX Server 3i Plus Upgr to Enterprise w/3 Yr Sub - 4 Sockets
X
Microsoft - - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-bit, 1-4
Processor, 5 CAL) X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL)
X X6 X X6
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (64-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL)
X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (64-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL)
X X6 X X6
- - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32-Bit, 4 Processor only, 5 UserCAL)
X X7 X X7
- - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (64-Bit, 4 Processor only, 5 UserCAL)
X X7 X X7
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 32-bit
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 32-bit
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 64-bit
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 64-bit
- - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 2-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter
- - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 4-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter
X X7 X X7
- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL)
X X
- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL )
X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL )
X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Datacenter (4 CPU , 5 UserCAL)
X X X X
Solaris - - Solaris Standard Sun Support 1 Yr X X - - Solaris Premium Sun Support 1 Yr X X
Notes:
1. All Linux offerings are installed by the customer.2. OS offerings must be purchased with new hardware.3. Linux offerings may also be purchased as a renewal to a
subscription that was previously purchased from IBM.4. Red Hat offerings that do not include Red Hat Support
must be ordered with IBM support, either IBM Remote Technical
Support or IBM Support Line.5. Unless otherwise noted operating systems may also be
configured on system model types XXXX-AC1 (for Linux) or XXXX-MC1 or as part of a system configuration purchased from IBM Business Partners.
6. 1 or 2 node only7. 4 processor TMF must be derived on each secondary node8. IBM ROK is available from your local IBM Business Partner.
For additional IBM ROK pricing and terms, please contact your IBM System x Distributor for full details.
System x Operating Systems offerings
US Option Number
Can Option Number
Network Operating System (NOS) offerings BC T (8720)
BC T (8730)
BC HT DC (8740)
BC HT DC (8750)
BC chassis (8677)
System withdrawal date - - - - - SUSE
4815CQB 42C6555 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server for BladeCenter Chassis with 1 yr Subscription
X
4815CRB 42C6556 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server for BladeCenter Chassis with 3 yr Subscription
X
4815TQU 42C6557 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server for BladeCenter Telco Chassis with 1 yr Subscription
X X
4815TRU 42C6558 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server for BladeCenter Telco Chassis with 3 yr Subscription
X X
4815R1U 49Y9066 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 1 yr 4815R2U 49Y9067 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 3 yr 4815A1U 49Y9068 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One
Subscription 1yr
4815A2U 49Y9069 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 3yr
4815A3U 49Y9070 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 1Yr
4815A4U 49Y9071 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 3Yr
4815S1U 49Y9072 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 1 Yr
4815S2U 49Y9073 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 3 Yr
4815S3U 49Y9074 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Priority Novell Support 1 Yr
4815S4U 49Y9075 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add-on Priority Novell Support 3 Yr
4815R3U 49Y9080 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 1 yr 4815R4U 49Y9081 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 3 yr
System x Operating Systems offerings (continued)
US Option Number
Can Option Number
Network Operating System (NOS) offerings
BC H (8852)
BC HS20 (8843)
BC HS21 XM (7995)
BC HS21 (8853)
BC HS12 (8014)
BC HS12 (8028)
System withdrawal date - Apr 4, 2008 - - - - Red Hat
4815KHU 4815KHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815NHU 4815NHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815LHU 4815LHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815OHU 4815OHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815CHU 4815CHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815EHU 4815EHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815DHU 4815DHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815FHU 4815FHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815PHU 4815PHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X
4815RHU 4815RHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 64-bit
X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 2-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter
- - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 4-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter
- . Windows Small Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL)
X X
- - Windows Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL)
X X
- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL)
X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL )
X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL )
X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Foundation (1 CPU )
X X X X
Solaris - - Solaris Standard Sun Support 1 Yr X - - Solaris Premium Sun Support 1 Yr X - - Solaris 1-2 Sockets Standard Sun
Support 1 year X
System x Operating Systems offerings (continued)
US Option Number
Can Option Number
Network Operating System (NOS) offerings BC LS20 (8850)
BC LS21 (7971)
BC LS22 (7901)
BC LS41 (7972)
BC LS42 (7902)
System withdrawal date Jan 4, 2008 Dec 31, 2009 Dec 31, 2010 Dec 31, 2009 Dec 31, 2010 Red Hat
4815KHU 4815KHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X
4815NHU 4815NHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X
4815LHU 4815LHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X
4815OHU 4815OHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X
4815CHU 4815CHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X
4815EHU 4815EHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X
4815DHU 4815DHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X
4815PHU 4815PHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X
4815RHU 4815RHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X
4815QHU 4815QHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X
4815SHU 4815SHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X X X
4815GHU 4815GHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X
4815IHU 4815IHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X
4815HHU 4815HHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X
48156HU 48156HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X
48157HU 48157HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X
48158HU 48158HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 4 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
48159HU 48159HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 4 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X
4815JHU 4815JHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X
4815FHU 4815FHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage)
X X X
SUSE 48153QU 42C6551 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 1 yr Subscription X X X X X48153RU 42C6552 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 3 yr Subscription X X X X X48154HU 46C0303 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 1 yr
SubscriptionX X X
48155HU 46C0304 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 3 yr Subscription
X X X
4815R1U 49Y9066 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 1 yr
4815R2U 49Y9067 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 3 yr 4815A1U 49Y9068 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 1yr X X X X4815A2U 49Y9069 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 3yr X X X X4815A3U 49Y9070 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 1Yr X X X X4815A4U 49Y9071 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 3Yr X X X X4815S1U 49Y9072 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 1 Yr X X X X4815S2U 49Y9073 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 3 Yr X X X X4815S3U 49Y9074 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Priority Novell Support 1 Yr X X X X4815S4U 49Y9075 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add-on Priority Novell Support 3 Yr X X X X4815R3U 49Y9080 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 1 yr X X X X4815R4U 49Y9081 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 3 yr X X X X
Solaris 4812S1U 4812S1U Solaris up to 2 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year X 4812S2U 4812S2U Solaris up to 2 Sockets Premium Sun Support 1 year X 4812S3U 4812S3U Solaris 3-8 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year X X4812S4U 4812S4U Solaris 3-8 Sockets Premium Sun Support 1 year X X
Microsoft 4849KCM 4849KCM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 user) - Multi-lingual X X X X4849KDM 4849KDM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 device) - Multi-lingual X X X X4849DSE 4849DSE MS Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 X X X X4849DEE 4849DEE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK6 X X X X4849EGE 4849EGE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (2 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 X X 4849EHE 4849EHE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 X X4849F2E 4849F2E Microsoft® Windows® Small Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU,
5 CAL) ROK6 X X
4849F4E 4849F4E Microsoft® Windows® Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6
X X
4849G2E 4849G2E Microsoft® Windows® Essential Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6
X X
4849G4E 4849G4E Microsoft® Windows® Essential Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6
X X
4849H7E 4849H7E Microsoft® Windows® HPC Server 2008 (1-4 CPU) ROK6 X X X X4849DTE 4849DTE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL) ROK8 X X X X4849DME 4849DME MS Windows Server 2008 Foundation (1 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8 X X X X4849MSN 4849MSN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK - ML (BR,EN,
4849MGN 4849MGN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Datacenter (2 CPU) ROK - Multilang (BR,EN,FR,SP)
X X
4849MHN 4849MHN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Datacenter (4 CPU) ROK - Multilang (BR,EN,FR,SP)
X X
OS Level (OS)Offerings - - VMware ESX Server 3i - 2 sockets 3 Year Subscription only X X- - VMware ESX Server 3i - 4 sockets 3 Year Subscription only X X
Microsoft - - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) X X X - - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL) X X X - - Windows Server 2008 Standard (64-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) X X X - - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (64-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL) X X X - - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003
Server Standard 32-bit X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 32-bit
X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 64-bit
X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 64-bit
X X X X
- - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 2-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter
- - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 4-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter
- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) X X X X- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL ) X X X X- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL ) X X X X- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Datacenter (2 CPU , 5 UserCAL) X X - - Windows Server 2008 R2 Datacenter (4 CPU , 5 UserCAL) X X
Solaris - - Solaris 1-2 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year X - - Solaris Standard Sun Support 1 Yr X - - Solaris Premium Sun Support 1 Yr X
System x Operating Systems offerings (continued)
US Option Number
Can Option Number Network Operating System (NOS) offerings BC HS22 (7870)
System withdrawal date - Red Hat
4815KHU 4815KHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) X
4815NHU 4815NHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) X4815LHU 4815LHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) X4815OHU 4815OHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) X4815CHU 4815CHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) X4815EHU 4815EHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Subscription 1 yr (Multilanguage) X4815DHU 4815DHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Subscription 3 yr (Multilanguage) X4815PHU 4815PHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) X4815RHU 4815RHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) X4815QHU 4815QHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) X4815SHU 4815SHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) X4815GHU 4815GHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) X4815IHU 4815IHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 1 yr (Multilanguage) X4815HHU 4815HHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Standard Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) X48156HU 48156HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr
(Multilanguage)X
48157HU 48157HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage)
X
48158HU 48158HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 4 Socket 1 yr (Multilanguage)
48159HU 48159HU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 4 Socket 3 yr (Multilanguage)
4815JHU 4815JHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux up to 2 Sockets Premium Red Hat Support 3 yr (Multilanguage) X4815FHU 4815FHU Red Hat Enterprise Linux HPCC 4 pack Red Hat Basic Support Subscription up to 2 Socket 1 yr
(Multilanguage)X
SUSE 48153QU 42C6551 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 1 yr Subscription X48153RU 42C6552 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 1-32 Sockets with 3 yr Subscription X48154HU 46C0303 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 1 yr Subscription X48155HU 46C0304 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server HPCC 8 pack up to 8 Socket 3 yr Subscription X4815R1U 49Y9066 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 1 yr 4815R2U 49Y9067 SUSE Linux Enterprise Real Time Subscription 3 yr 4815A1U 49Y9068 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 1yr X4815A2U 49Y9069 SUSE Linux Ent Server SAP Business All-in-One Subscription 3yr X4815A3U 49Y9070 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 1Yr X4815A4U 49Y9071 SUSE Linux Ent Srvr SAP Business All-in-One Priority Novell Supp 3Yr X4815S1U 49Y9072 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 1 Yr X4815S2U 49Y9073 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Standard Novell Support 3 Yr X4815S3U 49Y9074 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on Priority Novell Support 1 Yr X4815S4U 49Y9075 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add-on Priority Novell Support 3 Yr X4815R3U 49Y9080 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 1 yr X4815R4U 49Y9081 SUSE Linux Enterprise Add on HA Extension 3 yr X
Solaris 4812S1U 4812S1U Solaris up to 2 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year X4812S2U 4812S2U Solaris up to 2 Sockets Premium Sun Support 1 year X4812S3U 4812S3U Solaris 3-8 Sockets Standard Sun Support 1 year 4812S4U 4812S4U Solaris 3-8 Sockets Premium Sun Support 1 year
Microsoft 4849KCM 4849KCM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 user) - Multi-lingual X4849KDM 4849KDM MS Windows Server 2008 CAL (5 device) - Multi-lingual X4849DSE 4849DSE MS Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 X4849DEE 4849DEE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK6 X4849EGE 4849EGE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (2 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 X4849EHE 4849EHE MS Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 4849F2E 4849F2E Microsoft® Windows® Small Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 X4849F4E 4849F4E Microsoft® Windows® Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 X4849G2E 4849G2E Microsoft® Windows® Essential Business Server 2008 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 X4849G4E 4849G4E Microsoft® Windows® Essential Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK6 X4849H7E 4849H7E Microsoft® Windows® HPC Server 2008 (1-4 CPU) ROK6 X4849DTE 4849DTE MS Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL) ROK8 X4849DME 4849DME MS Windows Server 2008 Foundation (1 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK8 X4849MSN 4849MSN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) ROK - ML (BR,EN,FR,SP) X4849MEN 4849MEN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL) ROK-ML(BR,EN,FR,SP) X4849MTN 4849MTN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL) ROK-ML(BR,EN,FR,SP) X4849MGN 4849MGN Windows Svr 2008 R2 Datacenter (2 CPU) ROK - Multilang (BR,EN,FR,SP) X
OS Level (OS)Offerings Microsoft
- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) X- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL) X- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (64-bit, 1-4 Processor, 5 CAL) X- - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (64-bit, 1-8 Processor, 25 CAL) X- - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 32-bit - - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 32-bit - - Windows Server 2008 Standard (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Standard 64-bit - - Windows Server 2008 Enterprise (32-Bit & 64-Bit), w/ Windows 2003 Server Enterprise 64-bit - - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 2-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter - - Windows Server 2008 Datacenter (32/64-Bit, 4-Socket, 5 User), w/ 2003 Datacenter - - Windows Small Business Server 2008 Premium (1-4 Processor , 5 CAL) X- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard (1-4 CPU, 5 CAL) X- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 25 CAL ) X- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise (1-8 CPU, 10 CAL ) X- - Windows Server 2008 R2 Datacenter (2 CPU , 5 UserCAL) X
- - Solaris Standard Sun Support 1 Yr - - Solaris Premium Sun Support 1 Yr
Notes:
1. All Linux offerings are installed by the customer.2. OS offerings must be purchased with new hardware.3. Linux offerings may also be purchased as a renewal to a
subscription that was previously purchased from IBM.4. Red Hat offerings that do not include Red Hat Support
must be ordered with IBM support, either IBM Remote Technical Support or IBM Support Line.
5. Unless otherwise noted operating systems may also be configured on system model types XXXX-AC1 (for Linux) or XXXX-MC1 or as part of a system configuration purchased from IBM Business Partners.
6. IBM ROK is available from your local IBM Business Partner. For additional IBM ROK pricing and terms, please contact your IBM System x Distributor for full details.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
IBM and third party software applications
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. Check with your IBM representative to verify application software availability for your system. IBM makes no representations or warranties regarding third-party products or services. Some software may differ from its retail version (if available) and may not include user manuals or all program functionality. Software License agreements may apply.
Table 1. IBM Director
US Option number
Canadian Option number
IBM Director
Director is provided with all System x servers. Director Agent is provided with all System x, IntelliStations and NetVista systems. Features Include:
● Basic hardware management including inventory, monitoring, alerting, group management, RAID manager and management processor.
● Help Desk and Support including remote control, remote session, file transfer and real-time diagnostics.
● Upward integration to Tivoli, CA, HP, MS, SMS, MOM, BMC or NetIQ.
IBM Systems Director V6.146D0955 46C0374 IBM Systems Director for x86 V6.1 (DVD) - Retail Package46C0376 46C0379 IBM Systems Director for x86 V6.1 - Server License with 1 Year Subscription46D0956 46D0956 IBM Systems Director for x86 V6.1 - 1 Year Subscription Renewal 46C0377 46C0380 IBM Systems Director Agent for non-IBM x86 V6.1 - License with 1 Year Subscription 46D0964 46D0964 IBM Systems Director Agent for non-IBM x86 V6.1 - 1 Year Subscription Renewal46D0965 46D0965 IBM Systems Director Agent for non-IBM x86 V6.1 - 1 Year Subscription After License 68Y9505 68Y9505 IBM Systems Director Express Edition for x86 V6.1.2 - Server License with 1 Year Subscription and Support68Y9506 68Y9506 IBM Systems Director Express Edition for x86 V6.1.2 - 250 Server Licenses with 1 Year Subscription and Support68Y9507 68Y9507 IBM Systems Director Express Edition for x86 V6.1.2 - Server License with 3 Year Subscription and Support68Y9508 68Y9508 IBM Systems Director Express Edition for x86 V6.1.2 - 250 Server Licenses with 3 Year Subscription and Support68Y9613 68Y9613 IBM Systems Director Express Ed for x86 V6-Srvr Small Lic w/3 Yr S&S68Y9614 68Y9614 IBM Systems Director Express Ed for x86 V6-Srvr Med Lic w/3 Yr S&S68Y9615 68Y9615 IBM Systems Director Express Ed for x86 V6-Srvr Large Lic w/3 Yr S&SDirector v5.20
42D8233 43W6532 IBM Director 5.20 Media Package 43W6520 43W6524 IBM Director 5.20 per Agent License with 1 Year Subscription 43W6521 43W6525 IBM Director 5.20 per Server License with 1 Year Subscription
Capacity Manager v5.2042D8812 43W6537 IBM Director Capacity Manager 5.20 Media Package 43W6522 43W6526 IBM Director Capacity Manager 5.20 per Server, Single License with 1 Year Subscription
Software Distribution Premium Edition v5.2043W6523 43W6527 IBM Director Soft Dist Premium Edition 5.20 per Server, Single License with 1 Year Subscription42D8817 43W6542 IBM Director Software Distribution Premium Edition 5.20 Media Package
Active Energy Manager v4.346D0968 46C0375 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V4.3 (CD) - Retail Package46C0378 46C0381 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V4.3 - Server License with 1 Year Subscription46D0969 46D0969 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V4.3 - 1 Year Subscription Renewal46D0970 46D0970 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V4.3 - 1 Year Subscription After License
Active Energy Manager v3.144W3911* 46C0229 IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V3.1 (CD Media Pack) 44W3914* 44W3914* IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V3.1 per Server (1 Year Subscription After License)44W3913* 44W3913* IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V3.1 per Server (1 Year Subscription Renewal)46C0219* 46C0220* IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for x86 V3.1 per Server (License + 1 year subscription)
Virtual Availability Management v1.144E7895* 44E7895* IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (1 Year Subscription After License)44E7893* 44E7893* IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (1 Year Subscription Renewal)44E7896* 44E7896* IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (2 Year Subscription After License)44E7894* 44E7894* IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (2 Year Subscription Renewal)44R9093* 44R9094* IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (License + 1 year subscription) 44E7891* 44R9102 IBM Systems Director Virtual Availability Management, V1.1 (CD Media Pack)
Virtual Image Management v1.144E7889* 44E7889* IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (1 Year Subscription After License)44E7887* 44E7887* IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (1 Year Subscription Renewal)
44E7890* 44E7890* IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (2 Year Subscription After License)44E7888* 44E7888* IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (2 Year Subscription Renewal)44R9091* 44R9092* IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management for x86, V1.1 per processor (License + 1 year subscription) 44E7885* 44R9101 IBM Systems Director Virtual Image Management, V1.1 (CD Media Pack)
Usage and Accounting Manager v7.144W3983 44W3983 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager Virtualization (UAV) Edition V7.1 for System x per Server (1 Year Subscription After License)44W3982 44W3982 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager Virtualization (UAV) Edition V7.1 for System x per Server (1 Year Subscription Renewal)46C0000 46C0002 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager Virtualization (UAV) Edition V7.1 for System x per Server (License + 1 year subscription) 44E8017 46C0001 IBM Usage and Accounting Manager Virtualization (UAV) Edition V7.1 for System x Media Package
Subscription services44R9103 44R9103 IBM Director Capacity Manager per Server, Single License Subscription Renewal - 1 Year39Y5183 39Y5183 IBM Director Capacity Manager per Server, Single License Subscription Renewal After License - 1 Year39Y5182 39Y5182 IBM Director Capacity Manager per Server, Single License Subscription Renewal - 2 Year25K8641 25K8641 IBM Director Soft Dist P E per Server, Single License Subscription Renewal - 2 Year44R9104 44R9104 IBM Director Soft Dist P E per Server, Subscription Renewal - 1 Year25K8639 25K8639 IBM Director Soft Dist P E per Server, Subscription Renewal After License - 1 Year
Network Control v1.160Y0131 60Y0131 IBM Sys Dir Network Control x86 v1.1-Per Server w/1 Yr SW S&S60Y0132 60Y0132 IBM Sys Dir Network Control x86 v1.1-Per Switch Small w/1 Yr SW S&S60Y0133 60Y0133 IBM Sys Dir Network Control x86 v1.1-Per Switch Medium w/1 Yr SW S&S60Y0134 60Y0134 IBM Sys Dir Network Control x86 v1.1-Per Switch Large w/1 Yr SW S&S60Y0135 60Y0135 IBM Sys Dir Network Control x86 v1.1-Per Server w/3 Yr SW S&S60Y0136 60Y0136 IBM Sys Dir Network Control x86 v1.1-Per Switch Small w/3 Yr SW S&S60Y0127 60Y0127 IBM Sys Dir Network Control x86 v1.1-Per Switch Medium w/3 Yr SW S&S81Y2026 81Y2026 IBM Sys Dir Network Control x86 v1.1-Per Switch Large w/3 Yr SW S&S
Table 2. Remote Deployment Manager
US Option number
Canadian Option number
Remote Deployment Manager
Features Include:
● Remote replication of system installations
● Remote unattended system deployment
● Updating system and option firmware
● Rapid image backup and restore technology
Remote Deployment Manager v4.444R9030* 44R9030* Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 per Server - Subscription Renewal - 1 Year44R9031* 44R9031* Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 - per Workstation - Subscription Renewal - 1 Year24R9416* 24R9416* Remote Deployment Manager per Server - Subscription Renewal After License - 1 Year24R9418* 24R9418* Remote Deployment Manager per Server - Subscription Renewal - 2 Year24R9419* 24R9419* Remote Deployment Manager per Workstation - Subscription Renewal After License - 1 Year24R9421* 24R9421* Remote Deployment Manager per Workstation - Subscription Renewal - 2 Year4836MDD* 43W6671* IBM Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 - Media Package 43W6651* 43W6652* IBM Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 (Single Managed Server License with 1 year subscription) 43W6653* 43W6654* IBM Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 (Single Managed Workstation License with 1 year subscription) 43W6655* 43W6656* IBM Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 (BladeCenter Chassis License With One Year Subscription) 43W6657* 43W6658 IBM Remote Deployment Manager 4.4 (Managed Workstation License 10 Pack with 1 year subscription)
Table 3. Other IBM Software
US Option number
Canadian Option number
Open Fabric Manager
4812S1X 46C0231 BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager - Advanced Upgrade 4812S3X 46C0435 BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager 3.0 - Advanced Upgrade4812S1D 46C0232 BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager - Advanced Upgrade for IBM Director 4812S3D 49Y9181 BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager 3.0 - Advanced Upgrade for IBM Director
Sametime Entry46C0275* 46C0275* Sametime Entry V8.0, Per Client
Table 4. IBM Tivoli Storage Manager
US Option number
Canadian Option number
IBM Tivoli Storage Manager v5.4
The IBM Tivoli Storage Manager family of products is designed to help provide a comprehensive solution focused on the key data protection activities of backup, archive, recovery, space management and disaster recovery planning.
43W6556 43W6556 Tivoli Storage Manager for Database, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance 43W6557 43W6557 Tivoli Storage Manager for Database, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance 43W6558* 43W6558* Tivoli Storage Manager for Mail, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance 43W6559* 43W6559* Tivoli Storage Manager for Mail, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance46C0274* 46C0274* Tivoli Provisioning Manager for OS Deployment V5.1, Per Client46C0335* 46C0335* IBM Tivoli Provisioning Manager for OS Deployment V5.1.1, Per Client Device with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 46C0336* 46C0336* IBM Tivoli Provisioning Manager for OS Deployment V5.1.1, Per 250 Client Devices with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 46C0337* 46C0337* IBM Tivoli Provisioning Manager for OS Deployment V5.1.1, Per 10 Proc Value Units with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 46C0338* 46C0338* IBM Tivoli Provisioning Manager for OS Deployment V5.1.1, Per 250, 10 Proc Value Units with 1 Yr SW Sub and Support 49Y9476 49Y9476 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Mgr for Images V7, Per Server w/1 Yr SW S&S49Y9478 49Y9478 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Mgr for Images V7, Per 250 Svr w/1 Yr SW S&S
49Y9332 49Y9332 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Mgr for OS Deployment Systems Director Edition, Per Server with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support49Y9333 49Y9333 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Mgr for OS Deployment Systems Director Edition, Per 250 Servers with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support49Y9334 49Y9334 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Mgr for OS Deployment Systems Director Edition, Per Workstation with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support49Y9335 49Y9335 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Mgr for OS Deployment Systems Director Edition, Per 250 Workstations with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support49Y9336 49Y9336 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Mgr for OS Deployment Systems Director Edition, Per Server Upgrade with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support49Y9337 49Y9337 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Mgr for OS Deployment Systems Director Edition, Per 250 Server Upgrades with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support49Y9338 49Y9338 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Mgr for OS Deployment Systems Director Edition, Per Workstation Upgrade with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support49Y9339 49Y9339 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Mgr for OS Deployment Systems Director Edition, Per 250 Workstation Upgrades with 1 Yr SW Subscription and
Support46C0339 46C0339 IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Microsoft Applications V6.1, Entry Edition Per Server with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 46C0340 46C0340 IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Microsoft Applications V6.1, Advanced Ed Per 10 Proc Value Units with 1 Yr SW Subs and Support 46C0273* 46C0273* Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files V3.1.2.0, Per Client46C0341 46C0341 IBM Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files Starter Edition, Per Client Device with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 46C0342 46C0342 IBM Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files Starter Edition, Per 250 Client Devices with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 46C0343 46C0343 IBM Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files, Per Server with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 46C0344 46C0344 IBM Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files, Per 250 Servers with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 46C0345* 46C0345* IBM Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files, Per Client Device with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 46C0346* 46C0346* IBM Tivoli Continuous Data Protection for Files, Per 250 Client Devices with 1 Yr SW Subscription and Support 49Y9356 49Y9356 Tivoli CDP for Files Starter Edition, Per Client Device with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support 49Y9357 49Y9357 Tivoli CDP for Files Starter Edition, Per 250 Client Devices with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support49Y9358* 49Y9358* Tivoli Storage Manager FastBack Center, Server with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support49Y9359* 49Y9359* Tivoli Storage Manager FastBack Center, 250 Servers with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support43W6564* 43W6564* Tivoli Storage Manager for ERP, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance43W6565* 43W6565* Tivoli Storage Manager for ERP, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance46C0347* 46C0347* System Storage Archive Manager, Terabyte 1-12 with 1 Year SW Maintenance 46C0348* 46C0348* System Storage Archive Manager, Terabyte 13-32 with 1 Year SW Maintenance 46C0349* 46C0349* System Storage Archive Manager, Terabyte 33-64 with 1 Year SW Maintenance 46C0350* 46C0350* System Storage Archive Manager, Terabyte 65-100 with 1 Year SW Maintenance 46C0351* 46C0351* System Storage Archive Manager, Terabyte 100-250 with 1 Year SW Maintenance 46C0352* 46C0352* System Storage Archive Manager, Terabyte 251+ with 1 Year SW Maintenance 46C0353* 46C0353* System Storage Archive Manager, 250 Terabytes (251+) with 1 Year SW Maintenance 46C0420* 46C0420* IBM Tivoli Storage Manager FastBack V5.5, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support46C0421* 46C0421* IBM Tivoli Storage Manager FastBack V5.5, 250, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support46C0422* 46C0422* IBM TSM FastBack for Microsoft Exchange V5.5, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support46C0423* 46C0423* IBM TSM FastBack for Microsoft Exchange V5.5, 250, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support46C0424* 46C0424* IBM TSM FastBack for Bare Machine Recovery V5.5, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support46C0425* 46C0425* IBM TSM FastBack for Bare Machine Recovery V5.5, 250, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support46C0428* 46C0428* IBM General Parallel File System Multiplatform V3.2.1, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support46C0429* 46C0429* IBM General Parallel File System Multiplatform V3.2.1, 250, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support49Y9348 49Y9348 IBM General Parallel File System Multiplatform V3.2.1, 250, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support49Y9349 49Y9349 IBM General Parallel File System Multiplatform V3.2.1, 250, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support49Y9350 49Y9350 IBM General Parallel File System Multiplatform V3.2.1, 250, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support49Y9351 49Y9351 IBM General Parallel File System Multiplatform V3.2.1, 250, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Subscription and Support49Y9282 49Y9282 Tivoli Storage Manager for Mail V6.1, 10 Processor Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9283 49Y9283 Tivoli Storage Manager for Mail V6.1, 250 10 Processor Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance49Y9284 49Y9284 Tivoli Storage Manager for ERP V6.1, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9285 49Y9285 Tivoli Storage Manager for ERP V6.1, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9286 49Y9286 System Storage Archive Manager V6.1, Terabyte 1-12 with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9287 49Y9287 System Storage Archive Manager V6.1, Terabyte 13-32 with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9288 49Y9288 System Storage Archive Manager V6.1, Terabyte 33-64 with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9289 49Y9289 System Storage Archive Manager V6.1, Terabyte 65-100 with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9290 49Y9290 System Storage Archive Manager V6.1, Terabyte 100-250 with 1 Year SW Maintenance49Y9291 49Y9291 System Storage Archive Manager V6.1, Terabyte 251+ with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9292 49Y9292 System Storage Archive Manager V6.1, 250 Terabytes (251+) with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9293 49Y9293 Tivoli Storage Manager for Copy Services V6.1, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance49Y9294 49Y9294 Tivoli Storage Manager for Copy Services V6.1, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance49Y9295 49Y9295 IBM Tivoli Storage Manager V6.1, Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9296 49Y9296 IBM Tivoli Storage Manager V6.1, 250 Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9297 49Y9297 IBM Tivoli Storage Manager V6.1, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9298 49Y9298 IBM Tivoli Storage Manager V6.1, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance49Y9299 49Y9299 Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition V6.1, Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance49Y9300 49Y9300 Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition V6.1, 250 Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance49Y9301 49Y9301 Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition V6.1, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance49Y9302 49Y9302 Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition V6.1, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance 49Y9303 49Y9303 Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks V6.1, Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance49Y9304 49Y9304 Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks V6.1, 250 Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance49Y9305 49Y9305 Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks V6.1, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance49Y9306 49Y9306 Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks V6.1, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
43W6570* 43W6570* Tivoli Storage Manager for Copy Services, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance43W6571* 43W6571* Tivoli Storage Manager for Copy Services, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance43W6574* 43W6574* IBM Tivoli Storage Manager, Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance43W6575* 43W6575* IBM Tivoli Storage Manager, 250 Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance43W6576* 43W6576* IBM Tivoli Storage Manager, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance43W6577* 43W6577* IBM Tivoli Storage Manager, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance43W6578* 43W6578* Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition, Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance43W6579* 43W6579* Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition, 250 Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance43W6580* 43W6580* Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance43W6581* 43W6581* Tivoli Storage Manager Extended Edition, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance43W6582* 43W6582* Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks, Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance43W6583* 43W6583* Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks, 250 Client Devices with 1 Year SW Maintenance43W6584* 43W6584* Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks, 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance43W6585* 43W6585* Tivoli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks, 250 10 Value Units with 1 Year SW Maintenance
68Y9320 68Y9320 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Manager for Images System x Edition per Server or Workstation Upgrade with 1 Year SW S 68Y9321 68Y9321 IBM Tivoli Provisioning Manager for Images System x Edition per 250 Server or Workstation Upgrade with 1 Year SW S
Table 5. Altiris Deployment Solution
US Option number
Canadian Option number
Altiris Deployment Solution for Servers
Features Include:
● Comprehensive server deployment for both Windows and Linux environments, including configuration of BIOS, RAID, and other components.
● Full system imaging and scripted operating system installations of Windows and Linux.
● Web console that lets you install local or remote deployment servers and manage them from a central location.
● Remote installation of applications, hotfixes, and service packs as part of server build process.
● Support for BladeCenter which includes the ability to recognize bay in the Blade chassis for rip and replace function
4819L1X 4819L1X Linux Altiris Deployment Solution for Servers4819U1X 4819U1X Altiris Deployment Solution for Servers - Annual Upgrade Protection4819S1X 4819S1X Altiris Support Incident Pack - 5 Incidents - Americas4819S2X 4819S2X Altiris On-site Support - Standard Work Day - Americas4819S4X 4819S4X Altiris On-Site Support - Weekends and After Hours - Americas4819S8X 4819S8X Altiris Assigned Engineer - 25% for 12 Months - Americas4819B1X 4819B1X Altiris Deployment Solution for BladeCenter Chassis - License4819S9X 4819S9X Altiris Annual Premium Global Support - Americas4819SBX 4819SBX Altiris Annual Premium 50 Support - Americas4819SCX 4819SCX Altiris Annual Premium 25 Support - Americas
2013M1X 2013M1X Moab Adaptive HPC Suite - 1 Socket w/3 Yr Sub and Supp2013M2X 2013M2X Moab Adaptive HPC Suite - 8 Sockets w/3 Yr Sub and Supp2013M3X 2013M3X Moab Adaptive Computing Suite - 1 Socket w/3 Yr Sub and Supp
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
VMware offerings
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Table 1. VMware Infrastructure 3 with VMware VirtualCenter Management Server 2
US Option number
Canadian Option number
Description
VMware Subscription Services
4817ELA 4817ELA VMware Infrastructure Enterprise License Agreement 4817V30* 4817V30* VMware Infrastructure 3 Enterprise Blade Server License Pack for 16 Sockets4817V31* 4817V31* VMware Infrastructure 3 Enterprise Blade Server License Pack for 20 Sockets4817V32* 4817V32* VMware Infrastructure 3 Enterprise Blade Server License Pack for 28 Sockets4817V62* 4817V62+ VMware vSphere 4.0 Media Kit - English Version4817V63* 4817V63* VMware Infrastructure Media Kit 4817V64* 4817V64* VMware VDI Starter Kit - 10 VMs 4817V65* 4817V65* VMware VDI Bundle - 100 VMs 4817V66* 4817V66* VMware VDI Bundle - 10 additional VMs 4817V67* 4817V67* VMware VDM 2 Connection Broker - 100 VMs 4817V68* 4817V68* VMware VDM 2 Connection Broker - 10 additional VMs 4817V71* 4817V71* VMware Infrastructure Foundation - 2 Sockets License Only 4817V72* 4817V72* VMware Infrastructure Standard - 2 Sockets License Only 4817V73* 4817V73* VMware Infrastructure Enterprise - 2 Sockets License Only 4817V74* 4817V74* VMware HA - 2 Sockets License Only 4817V75* 4817V75* VMware DRS - 2 Sockets License Only 4817V76* 4817V76* VMware VCMS - 2 Sockets License Only 4817V77* 4817V77* VMware VCMS Foundation - 2 Sockets License Only 4817V78* 4817V78* VMware VMotion w/Storage VMotion- 2 Sockets License Only 4817V79* 4817V79* VMware ESX Server 3i to Foundation Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only4817V80* 4817V80* VMware ESX Server 3i to Standard Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only4817V81* 4817V81* VMware ESX Server 3i to Enterprise Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only4817V82* 4817V82* VMware VirtCtr Fdn to VMware VirtCtr Svr Upgr - 2 Socket - Lic Only 4817V83* 4817V83* VMware Foundation to Standard Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only 4817V84* 4817V84* VMware Foundation to Enterprise Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only 4817V85* 4817V85* VMware Standard to Enterprise Upgrade - 2 Sockets License Only 4817V86* 4817V86* VMware Infra Std HA Acceleration Kit for 4 Sockets License Only 4817V87* 4817V87* VMware Infra Fdn Acceleration Kit for 6 Sockets License Only 4817V88* 4817V88* VMware Infra Enterprise Accel Kit - 8 Sockets - License Only 4817V89* 4817V89* VMware Site Recovery Manager - 1 Socket - License Only4817V90* 4817V90* VMware Lab Manager - 1 Socket - License Only4817V91* 4817V91* VMware Life Cycle Manager - 1 Socket - License Only4817V92* 4817V92* VMware Stage Manager - 1 Socket - License Only4817V93* 4817V93* VMware View Enterprise Starter Kit for 10 desktop VMs - 1 ESX Lic4817V94* 4817V94* VMware View Enterprise Bundle 100 pack (with 4 ESX 2 Socket Lic)4817V95* 4817V95* VMware View Enterprise Bundle 10 pack (with 1 ESX 2 Socket License)4817V96* 4817V96* VMware View Premier Bundle Starter Kit and VC Found 10 desktop VMs 4817V97* 4817V97* VMware View Premier Bundle 100 Pack (with VI Ent) 100 desktop VMs 4817V98* 4817V98* VMware View Premier Bundle 10 Pack (with VI Ent) 10 desktop VMs 4817V99* 4817V99* VMware View Premier Add-On 10 desktop VMs (Assumes existing ESX) 4817VA0* 4817VA0* VMware View Premier Add-On 100 desktop VMs (Assumes existing ESX) 4817VA1* 4817VA1* Upgrade VMware View Enterprise to Premier for 10 desktop VMs4817VA2* 4817VA2* Upgrade VMware View Enterprise to Premier for 100 desktop VMs 4817VA3* 4817VA3* VMware View Manager 3 stand-alone for 100 desktop connections 4817VA4* 4817VA4* VMware View Manager 3 stand alone for 10 desktop connections4817VA5 4817VA5 VMware vSphere 4.1 Standard - 1 Processor License Only 4817VA6 4817VA6 VMware vSphere 4.1 Advanced - 1 Processor License Only 4817VA7 4817VA7 VMware vSphere 4.1 Enterprise Plus - 1 Processor License Only 4817VA8 4817VA8 VMware vSphere 4.1 Essentials Kit - 3 2-Socket Hosts License Only 4817VA9 4817VA9 VMware vSphere 4.1 Essen Plus Kit - 3 2-Socket Hosts License Only 4817VB0 4817VB0 VMware vSphere 4.1 Standard w/Data Recovery-1 Processor License Only 4817VB1 4817VB1 VMware vCenter Mgmt Server 4.1 Standard - 1 Instance License Only 4817VB2 4817VB2 VMware vCenter Mgmt Server 4.1 Foundation - 1 Instance License Only 4817VB3 4817VB3 VMware vSphere 4.1 Enterprise Plus Acc Kit-8 Processors License Only
4817Z07 4817Z07 VMware ESXi 4.0 to vSphere 4.0 Std Upgrade -1 Processor License Only 4817Z08 4817Z08 VMware ESXi 4.0 to vSphere 4.0 Adv Upgrade -1 Processor License Only 4817Z09 4817Z09 VMware ESXi 4.0 to vSphere 4.0 EntPlus Upgr-1 Processor License Only 4817Z10 4817Z10 VMware vSphere 4.1 Std to Adv Upgrade - 1 Processor License Only 4817Z11 4817Z11 VMware vSphere 4.1 Std to Ent Plus Upgrade -1 Processor License Only 4817Z12 4817Z12 VMware vSphere 4.1 Adv to Ent Plus Upgrade -1 Processor License Only 4817Z13 4817Z13 VMware vSphere 4.1 Ent to Ent Plus Upgrade -1 Processor License Only 4817Z14* 4817Z14* VMware vSphere 4.0 Std to Adv Promotional Upgr - 1 Proc License Only 4817Z15* 4817Z15* VMware vSphere 4.0 Ent to Ent Plus Promotional Upgr-1 Proc Lic Only 4817Z16* 4817Z16* VMware vSphere 4.1 Essentials to EssenialsPlus Upgr-3 Hosts Lic Only 4817SZ0 4817SZ0 Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Std to Std w/Data Rec Upgr-1 Proc-1 Yr4817SZA 4817SZA Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Std to Adv Upgr - 1 Proc - 1 Yr 4817SZ1 4817SZ1 Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Std w/DR to Adv Upgr - 1 Proc - 1 Yr 4817SZB 4817SZB Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Std to Ent Plus Upgr - 1 Proc - 1 Yr4817SZ2 4817SZ2 Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Std w/DR to Ent Plus Upgr- 1 Proc - 1 Yr 4817SZC 4817SZC Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Adv to Ent Plus Upgr - 1 Proc - 1 Yr 4817SZD 4817SZD Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Ent to Ent Plus Upgr - 1 Proc - 1 Yr 4817SZG* 4817SZG* Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Essen to EssenPlus Kit Upgr-3 Hosts-1 Yr 4817SZ3 4817SZ3 Sub Only VMware vCenter Srv 4.1 Fdn to Std Upgr - 1 Instance -1 Yr 4817TZ0 4817TZ0 Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Std to Std w/Data Rec Upgr-1 Proc-3 Yr 4817TZA 4817TZA Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Std to Adv Upgr - 1 Proc - 3 Yr 4817TZ1 4817TZ1 Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Std w/DR to Adv Upgr - 1 Proc - 3 Yr 4817TZB 4817TZB Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Std to Ent Plus Upgr - 1 Proc - 3 Yr 4817TZ2 4817TZ2 Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Std w/DR to Ent Plus Upgr- 1 Proc - 3 Yr 4817TZC 4817TZC Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Adv to Ent Plus Upgr - 1 Proc - 3 Yr 4817TZD 4817TZD Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Ent to Ent Plus Upgr - 1 Proc - 3 Yr 4817TZG 4817TZG Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Essen to EssenPlus Kit Upgr-3 Hosts-3 Yr 4817TZ3 4817TZ3 Sub Only VMware vCenter Srv 4.1 Fdn to Std Upgr - 1 Instance -3 Yr 4817UZ0 4817UZ0 Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Std to Std w/Data Rec Upgr-1 Proc-5 Yr 4817UZA 4817UZA Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Std to Adv Upgr - 1 Proc - 5 Yr 4817UZ1 4817UZ1 Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Std w/DR to Adv Upgr - 1 Proc - 5 Yr 4817UZB 4817UZB Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Std to Ent Plus Upgr - 1 Proc - 5 Yr 4817UZ2 4817UZ2 Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Std w/DR to Ent Plus Upgr- 1 Proc - 5 Yr 4817UZC 4817UZC Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Adv to Ent Plus Upgr - 1 Proc - 5 Yr 4817UZD 4817UZD Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Ent to Ent Plus Upgr - 1 Proc - 5 Yr 4817UZG* 4817UZG* Sub Only VMware vSphere 4.1 Essen to EssenPlus Kit Upgr-3 Hosts-5 Yr 4817UZ3 4817UZ3 Sub Only VMware vCenter Srv 4.1 Fdn to Std Upgr - 1 Instance -5 Yr 4817VC0 4817VC0 VMware vCenter Server Heartbeat 6.3 for 1 vCenter Srv - License Only4817VC1 4817VC1 VMware vCenter Lab Manager 4.0 for 1 processor - License Only 4817VC2 4817VC2 VMware vCenter Site Recovery Manager 4 for 1 processor- License Only 4817VC3 4817VC3 VMware vCenter Site Rec Mgr 4 Accel Kit for vSph 4 Adv-Lic Only 4817VC4 4817VC4 VMware vCenter Site Rec Mgr 4 Accel Kit for vSph 4 Ent Plus-Lic Only 4817VC5 4817VC5 VMware vCenter Site Rec Mgr 4 Expansion Pack for vSph 4 Adv-Lic Only 4817VC6 4817VC6 VMware vCenter Site Rec Mgr 4 Expansion Pk for vSph 4 EntPl-Lic Only 4817Z17 4817Z17 VMw vCtr SRM 1 Accel Kit to SRM 4 Accel Kit for vSph EntPl Lic Upgr 4817Z18 4817Z18 VMw vCtr SRM 4 Acc Kit for vSph Adv to Accel Kit for vSph Ent Lic Upg 4817Z19 4817Z19 VIEnt+SRM Bundl PROMO to VMw vCtr SRM 4 ExpPk for vSph EntPl Lic Upg 4817VC7 4817VC7 VMware View 4 Enterprise Add-on: 10 pack - License Only 4817VC8 4817VC8 VMware View 4 Enterprise Add-on: 100 pack - License Only 4817VC9 4817VC9 VMware View 4 Enterprise Bundle: Starter Kit - License Only 4817VD0 4817VD0 VMware View 4 Enterprise Bundle: 100 Pack - License Only 4817VD1 4817VD1 VMware View 4 Enterprise Bundle: 10 Pack - License Only 4817VD2 4817VD2 VMware View 4 Premier Bundle: Starter Kit - License Only 4817VD3 4817VD3 VMware View 4 Premier Bundle: 100 Pack - License Only 4817VD4 4817VD4 VMware View 4 Premier Bundle: 10 Pack - License Only 4817VD5 4817VD5 VMware View 4 Premier Add-On: 10 pack - License Only 4817VD6 4817VD6 VMware View 4 Premier Add-On: 100 pack - License Only 4817VD7 4817VD7 VMware View 4 Enterprise to Premier Upgrade: 10 pack - License Only 4817VD8 4817VD8 VMware View 4 Enterprise to Premier Upgrade: 100 pack - License Only 4817SC0 4817SC0 Sub Only VMware vCenter Server Heartbeat 6.3 for 1 vCenter Server, 1 Yr 4817SC1 4817SC1 Subscription Only VMware vCenter Lab Manager, 1 Yr 4817SC2 4817SC2 Subscription Only VMware vCenter Site Recovery Manager 4, 1 Yr 4817SC3 4817SC3 Sub Only VMware vCenter Site Rec Mgr 4 Accel Kit for vSph Adv, 1 Yr 4817SC4 4817SC4 Sub Only VMware vCenter Site Rec Mgr 4 Accel Kit for vSph EntPl, 1Yr 4817SC5 4817SC5 Sub Only VMware vCenter Site Rec Mgr 4 Exp Pack for vSph Adv, 1 Yr 4817SC6 4817SC6 Sub Only VMware vCenter Site Rec Mgr 4 Exp Pack for vSph EntPl, 1 Yr 4817SZQ 4817SZQ Sub Only VMw vCtr Acc Kit for SRM 1 to SRM 4 for vSph EntPl Upg, 1Yr 4817SZR 4817SZR Sub Only VMw vCtr Acc Kit for SRM 4 for vSph Adv to EntPl Upg, 1 Yr 4817SZS 4817SZS SubOnly VIEnt+SRM Bndl PROMO to SRM 4 Exp Pk for vSph EntPl Upg, 1Yr 4817SC7 4817SC7 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Enterprise Add-on 10 pack, 1 Yr 4817SC8 4817SC8 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Enterprise Add-on 100 pack, 1 Yr 4817SC9 4817SC9 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Enterprise Bundle Starter Kit, 1 Yr 4817SD0 4817SD0 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Enterprise Bundle 100 Pack, 1 Yr 4817SD1 4817SD1 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Enterprise Bundle 10 Pack, 1 Yr 4817SD2 4817SD2 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Premier Bundle Starter Kit, 1 Yr 4817SD3 4817SD3 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Premier Bundle: 100 Pack, 1 Yr 4817SD4 4817SD4 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Premier Bundle - 10 Pack, 1 Yr 4817SD5 4817SD5 Sub Only VMware View 4 Premier Desktop Add-On - 10 desktop VMs, 1 Yr 4817SD6 4817SD6 Sub Only VMware View 4 Premier Desktop Add-On - 100 desktop VMs, 1Yr 4817SD7 4817SD7 Subscription Only VMware View Premier Upgrade - 10 desktop VMs, 1 Yr 4817SD8 4817SD8 Subscription Only VMware View Premier Upgrade - 100 desktop VMs, 1Yr 4817TC0 4817TC0 Sub Only VMware vCenter Server Heartbeat 6.3 for 1 vCenter Server, 3 Yr
4817TC1 4817TC1 Subscription Only VMware vCenter Lab Manager, 3 Yr 4817TC2 4817TC2 Subscription Only VMware vCenter Site Recovery Manager 4, 3 Yr 4817TC3 4817TC3 Sub Only VMware vCenter Site Rec Mgr 4 Accel Kit for vSph Adv, 3 Yr 4817TC4 4817TC4 Sub Only VMware vCenter Site Rec Mgr 4 Accel Kit for vSph EntPl, 3Yr 4817TC5 4817TC5 Sub Only VMware vCenter Site Rec Mgr 4 Exp Pack for vSph Adv, 3 Yr 4817TC6 4817TC6 Sub Only VMware vCenter Site Rec Mgr 4 Exp Pack for vSph EntPl, 3 Yr 4817TZQ 4817TZQ Sub Only VMw vCtr Acc Kit for SRM 1 to SRM 4 for vSph EntPl Upg, 3Yr 4817TZR 4817TZR Sub Only VMw vCtr Acc Kit for SRM 4 for vSph Adv to EntPl Upg, 3 Yr 4817TZS 4817TZS SubOnly VIEnt+SRM Bndl PROMO to SRM 4 Exp Pk for vSph EntPl Upg, 3Yr 4817TC7 4817TC7 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Enterprise Add-on 10 pack, 3 Yr 4817TC8 4817TC8 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Enterprise Add-on 100 pack, 3 Yr 4817TC9 4817TC9 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Enterprise Bundle Starter Kit, 3 Yr 4817TD0 4817TD0 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Enterprise Bundle 100 Pack, 3 Yr 4817TD1 4817TD1 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Enterprise Bundle 10 Pack, 3 Yr 4817TD2 4817TD2 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Premier Bundle Starter Kit, 3 Yr 4817TD3 4817TD3 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Premier Bundle: 100 Pack, 3 Yr 4817TD4 4817TD4 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Premier Bundle - 10 Pack, 3 Yr 4817TD5 4817TD5 Sub Only VMware View 4 Premier Desktop Add-On - 10 desktop VMs, 3 Yr 4817TD6 4817TD6 Sub Only VMware View 4 Premier Desktop Add-On - 100 desktop VMs, 3Yr 4817TD7 4817TD7 Subscription Only VMware View Premier Upgrade - 10 desktop VMs, 3 Yr 4817TD8 4817TD8 Subscription Only VMware View Premier Upgrade - 100 desktop VMs, 3Yr 4817UC0 4817UC0 Sub Only VMware vCenter Server Heartbeat 6.3 for 1 vCenter Server, 5 Yr 4817UC1 4817UC1 Subscription Only VMware vCenter Lab Manager, 5 Yr 4817UC2 4817UC2 Subscription Only VMware vCenter Site Recovery Manager 4, 5 Yr 4817UC3 4817UC3 Sub Only VMware vCenter Site Rec Mgr 4 Accel Kit for vSph Adv, 5 Yr 4817UC4 4817UC4 Sub Only VMware vCenter Site Rec Mgr 4 Accel Kit for vSph EntPl, 5Yr 4817UC5 4817UC5 Sub Only VMware vCenter Site Rec Mgr 4 Exp Pack for vSph Adv, 5 Yr 4817UC6 4817UC6 Sub Only VMware vCenter Site Rec Mgr 4 Exp Pack for vSph EntPl, 5 Yr 4817UZQ 4817UZQ Sub Only VMw vCtr Acc Kit for SRM 1 to SRM 4 for vSph EntPl Upg, 5Yr 4817UZR 4817UZR Sub Only VMw vCtr Acc Kit for SRM 4 for vSph Adv to EntPl Upg, 5 Yr 4817UZS 4817UZS SubOnly VIEnt+SRM Bndl PROMO to SRM 4 Exp Pk for vSph EntPl Upg, 5Yr 4817UC7 4817UC7 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Enterprise Add-on 10 pack, 5 Yr 4817UC8 4817UC8 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Enterprise Add-on 100 pack, 5 Yr 4817UC9 4817UC9 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Enterprise Bundle Starter Kit, 5 Yr 4817UD0 4817UD0 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Enterprise Bundle 100 Pack, 5 Yr 4817UD1 4817UD1 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Enterprise Bundle 10 Pack, 5 Yr 4817UD2 4817UD2 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Premier Bundle Starter Kit, 5 Yr 4817UD3 4817UD3 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Premier Bundle: 100 Pack, 5 Yr 4817UD4 4817UD4 Subscription Only VMware View 4 Premier Bundle - 10 Pack, 5 Yr 4817UD5 4817UD5 Sub Only VMware View 4 Premier Desktop Add-On - 10 desktop VMs, 5 Yr 4817UD6 4817UD6 Sub Only VMware View 4 Premier Desktop Add-On - 100 desktop VMs, 5Yr 4817UD7 4817UD7 Subscription Only VMware View Premier Upgrade - 10 desktop VMs, 5 Yr 4817UD8 4817UD8 Subscription Only VMware View Premier Upgrade - 100 desktop VMs, 5Yr 4817VD9 4817VD9 VMware vCenter Lab Manager 4.0 (2) for 1 processor - License Only4817VE0 4817VE0 VMware vCenter Site Recovery Manager 4.1 - 25 VM Pack - License Only4817VE1 4817VE1 VMware vSphere Midsize Acceleration Kit - 6 processors- License Only4817SD9 4817SD9 Subscription Only VMware vCenter Lab Manager 4.0 (2), 1 Yr4817SE0 4817SE0 Sub Only VMware vCenter Site Recovery Manager 4.1 - 25 VM Pack- 1 Yr4817SE1 4817SE1 Sub Only VMware vSphere Midsize Acceleration Kit- 6 processors- 1 Yr4817TD9 4817TD9 Subscription Only VMware vCenter Lab Manager 4.0 (2), 3 Yr4817TE0 4817TE0 Sub Only VMware vCenter Site Recovery Manager 4.1 - 25 VM Pack- 3 Yr4817TE1 4817TE1 Sub Only VMware vSphere Midsize Acceleration Kit- 6 processors- 3 Yr4817UD9 4817UD9 Subscription Only VMware vCenter Lab Manager 4.0 (2), 5 Yr4817UE0 4817UE0 Sub Only VMware vCenter Site Recovery Manager 4.1 - 25 VM Pack- 5 Yr4817UE1 4817UE1 Sub Only VMware vSphere Midsize Acceleration Kit- 6 processors- 5 Yr
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Table 1. System Storage DS3200 Disk System at-a-glance
Name Part number
Withdrawal Date
Storage type
HDD bays (std/max)
Hot-swap HDD bays (Y/N)
Max internal storage capacity(TB)
Max supported storage capacity
IBM System Storage DS32001
1726-21X Jan 15 2011
SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB7
IBM System Storage DS3200 Express
Model2
1726-21E SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB7
IBM System Storage DS32003
1726-22X Jan 15 2011
SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB7
IBM System Storage DS3200 Express
Model4
1726-22E SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB7
IBM System Storage DS3200 DC Power
Model5
1726-22T SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB7
IBM BladeCenter Boot Disk System6
1726-22B SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 3.6TB 3.6TB
Note:
To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information. Table 1. System Storage DS3200 Disk System at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part number
Withdrawal Date
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
Power supply quantity (std./max) - size
IBM System Storage DS32001
1726-21X Jan 15 2011
482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage DS3200 Express Model2
1726-21E 482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage DS32003
1726-22X Jan 15 2011
482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage DS3200 Express Model4
1726-22E 482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage DS3200 DC Power
Model5
1726-22T 482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w DC Power
IBM BladeCenter Boot Disk System6
1726-22B 482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
Note:
To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information.
1. DS3200 Model 21X provides one RAID controller with 512MB cache. Ships with the rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14). Can be upgraded to dual controllers.
2. DS3200 Model 21E provides one RAID controller with 512MB cache. Ships with the rack mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14), one SAS HBA (P/N 25R8060), and one 3M SAS cable (P/N 39R6531). Can be upgraded to dual controllers.
3. DS3200 Model 22X provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships with the rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14).
4. DS3200 Model 22E provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships with the rack mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14), two SAS HBAs (25R8060), and two 3M SAS cables 39R6531.)
5. DS3200 Model 22T provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships standard with two -48v DC Power Supplies, two DC Power Cables (P/N 42D3294), and two SAS daughter cards (P/N 39R6509).
6. DS3200 Model 22B provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships with rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14).
7. 48TB of total storage is supported via forty eight 1.0 TB SATA HDDs in the DS3200 and three EXP3000 expansion units.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Feature code Description Height Bays
supportedMax qty
40K1043* 5161 73GB 15K Hot Swap SAS SL 1...12 1240K1044* 5162 146GB 15K Hot Swap SAS SL 1...12 1243X0802* 5532 300GB 15K SAS HS SL 1...12 1242D0519* 5586 IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD SL 1...12 12 39M4558* 5516 IBM 500GB Dual Port Hot-Swap SATA SL 1...12 1243W7580* 5540 750GB Dual Port SATA Hot Swap Option SL 1...12 1243W7630 5561 1000 GB Dual Port Hot Swap SATA SL 1...12 1244W2234 5311 IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 1...12 1244W2239 5312 IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 1...12 1244W2244 5313 IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 1...12 1249Y1940 5423 IBM 2TB 7200 Dual Port SATA 3.5'' HS HDD SL 1...12 12
External Storage Expansion Units1 Form Factor 172701X IBM System Storage EXP3000 Rack (2U)
*IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses, etc. Refer to the 'Other Options' table for possible related options.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
1. One per controller. Must be ordered in pairs for dual controller systems.
2. System ships with a cache battery installed. This option is offered as a replacement part. 3. Enables partition expansion for 5-16 storage partitions.4. Provides expansion license for up to three EXP3000 expansion units
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Table 1. System Storage DS3300 Disk System at-a-glance
Name Part number
Withdrawal Date
Storage type
HDD bays (std/max)
Hot-swap HDD bays (Y/N)
Max internal storage capacity(TB)
Max supported storage capacity
IBM System Storage DS33001
1726-31X Jan 15 2011
SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12TB 48 TB6
IBM System Storage DS3300 Express
Model2
1726-31E SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12TB 48 TB6
IBM System Storage DS33003
1726-32X Jan 15 2011
SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12TB 48 TB6
IBM System Storage DS3300 Express
Model4
1726-32E SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12TB 48 TB6
IBM System Storage DS3300 DC Power
Model5
1726-32T SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12TB 48 TB6
Note:
To determine cabling requirements refer to the host system's Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option section for external connection information. Table 1. System Storage DS3300 Disk System at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part number
Withdrawal Date
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
Power supply quantity (std./max) - size
IBM System Storage DS33001
1726-31X Jan 15 2011
482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer (2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage DS3300 Express Model2
1726-31E 482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage DS33003
1726-32X Jan 15 2011
482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage DS3300 Express Model4
1726-32E 482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage DS3300 DC Power
Model5
1726-32T 482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x
3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w DC Power
Note:
To determine cabling requirements refer to the host system's Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option section for external connection information.
Notes:
1. DS3300 Model 31X provides one RAID controller with 512MB cache. Ships with the rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14). Can be upgraded to dual
controllers.2. DS3300 Model 31E provides one RAID controller with 512MB cache.
Ships with the rack mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14) and one QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA. Can be upgraded to dual controllers.
3. DS3300 Model 32X provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships with the rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14).
4. DS3300 Model 32E provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships with the rack mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14) and one QLogic iSCSI Single Port PCIe HBA.
5. DS3300 Model 32T provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships standard with two -48v DC Power Supplies and two DC Power Cables (42D3294)
6. 48 TB of total storage is supported via forty eight 1.0 TB SATA HDDs in the DS3300 and three EXP3000 expansion units.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Feature code Description Height Bays supported Max
qty40K1043* 5161 73GB 15K Hot Swap SAS SL 1...12 1240K1044* 5162 146GB 15K Hot Swap SAS SL 1...12 1243X0802* 5532 300GB 15K SAS HS SL 1...12 1242D0519* 5586 IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD SL 1...12 1239M4558* 5516 IBM 500GB Dual Port Hot-Swap SATA SL 1...12 1243W7580* 5540 750GB Dual Port SATA Hot Swap Option SL 1...12 1243W7630 5561 1000 GB Dual Port Hot Swap SATA SL 1...12 1244W2234 5311 IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 1...12 1244W2239 5312 IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 1...12 1244W2244 5313 IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 1...12 1249Y1940 5423 IBM 2TB 7200 Dual Port SATA 3.5'' HS HDD SL 1...12 12
External storage expansion units1 Form factor 172701X IBM System Storage EXP3000 Rack (2U)
*IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses, etc. Refer to the 'Other Options' table for possible related options.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Feature code Description Max qty
System Storage DS3300 other options
39R6531 3707 IBM 3M SAS Cable -39R6529 3708 IBM 1M SAS Cable -39R6511 4925 DS3300 SAS Controller Upgrade 139R6517 4838 DS3000 1GB Cache Memory Upgrade1 239R6519 4839 DS3000 System Memory Cache Battery1,2 239R6536 4841 DS3000 16 Partition License3 139R6533 4842 DS3000 FlashCopy Expansion License 139R6534 4843 DS3000 VolumeCopy License 139R6535 4844 DS3000 FlashCopy VolumeCopy License 144W2101 4924 DS3000 Linux on Power Host License 144W2138 5068 DS3000 8 Partition License 144W2140 5069 DS3000 32 Partition License 144W2142 5070 DS3000 8-16 Part. Upgde Lic 144W2144 5071 DS3000 8-32 Part. Upgde Lic 144W2152 5072 DS3000 16-32 Part. Upgde Lic 144W2149 5091 DS3000 FlashCopy Exp Plus Lic 144W2136 5073 DS3000 Solaris Host License 1
Notes:
1. One per controller. Must be ordered in pairs for dual controller systems.
2. System ships with a cache battery installed. This option is offered as a replacement part. 3. Enables partition expansion for 5-16 storage partitions.4. Provides expansion license for up to three EXP3000 expansion units
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Table 1. System Storage DS3400 Disk System at-a-glance
Name Part number
Withdrawal Date
Storage type
HDD bays (std/max)
Hot-swap HDD bays (Y/N)
Max internal storage capacity(TB)
Max supported storage capacity
IBM System Storage DS34001
1726-41X Jan 15 2011
SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB8
IBM System Storage DS3400 Express
Model2
1726-41E SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB8
IBM System Storage DS34003
1726-42X SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB8
IBM System Storage DS3400 Express
Model4
1726-42E SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB8
IBM System Storage DS3400 DC Power
Model5
1726-42T SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB8
DS3400 Simple SAN Express Model 41S6
1726-41S SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB8
DS3400 Simple SAN Express Model 42S7
1726-42S SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 12 TB 48 TB8
Note:
To determine cabling requirements refer to the host system's Cabling section and/or the I/O Option section for external connection information. Table 1. System Storage DS3400 Disk System at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part number
Withdrawal Date
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
Power supply quantity (std./max) - size
IBM System Storage DS34001
1726-41X Jan 15 2011
482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage DS3400 Express Model2
1726-41E 482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage DS34003
1726-42X 482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage DS3400 Express Model4
1726-42E 482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
IBM System Storage DS3400 DC Power Model5
1726-42T 482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w DC Power
DS3400 Simple SAN Express Model 41S6
1726-41S 482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
DS3400 Simple SAN Express Model 42S7
1726-42S 482mm x 511mm x 87mm(19in x 20.1in x 3.43in)
Rack Drawer(2U) 18kg(39.68lbs) 2/2 - 515w
Note:
To determine cabling requirements refer to the host system's Cabling section and/or the I/O Option section for external connection information.
cache. Ships with the rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14). Can be upgraded to dual controllers.
2. DS3400 Model 41E provides one RAID controller with 512MB cache. Ships with the rack mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14), two 5M Fibre Channel cables (P/N 39M5697), and two SW SFPs (P/N 39R6475). Can be upgraded to dual controllers.
3. DS3400 Model 42X provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships with the rack mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14).
4. DS3400 Model 42E provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships with the rack mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14), four 5M Fibre Channel cables (39M5697), and four SW SFPs (39R6475.)
5. DS3400 Model 42T provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships standard with two -48v DC Power Supplies and two DC Power Cables (P/N 42D3294).
6. DS3400 Model 41S provides one RAID controller with 512MB cache. Ships with two IBM Emulex 4 Gbps FC 1-port PCI-E Enterprise HBAs (42C2069), four 5m LC-LC fiber optic cables (39M5697), two rack power cords (p/n 39M5377), and rack mounting hardware.
7. DS3400 Model 42S provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache. Ships with four IBM Emulex 4Gbps FC 1-port PCI-E Enterprise HBAs (42C2069), eight 5m LC-LC Fiber Optic cables (39M5697), Four 4Gbps SW SFP transceivers (39R6475), two rack power cords (p/n 39M5377), and rack mounting hardware
8. 48 TB of total storage is supported via forty eight 1.0 TB SATA HDDs in the DS3400 and three EXP3000 expansion units.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Feature code Description Height Bays supported Max
qty40K1043* 5161 73GB 15K Hot Swap SAS SL 1...12 1240K1044* 5162 146GB 15K Hot Swap SAS SL 1...12 1243X0802* 5532 300GB 15K SAS HS SL 1...12 1242D0519* 5586 IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD SL 1...12 1239M4558* 5516 IBM 500GB Dual Port Hot-Swap SATA SL 1...12 1243W7580* 5540 750GB Dual Port SATA Hot Swap Option SL 1...12 1243W7630 5561 1000 GB Dual Port Hot Swap SATA SL 1...12 1244W2234 5311 IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 1...12 1244W2239 5312 IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 1...12 1244W2244 5313 IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 1...12 1249Y1940 5423 IBM 2TB 7200 Dual Port SATA 3.5'' HS HDD SL 1...12 12
External storage expansion units1 Form factor 172701X IBM System Storage EXP3000 Rack (2U)
*IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses, etc. Refer to the 'Other Options' table for possible related options.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
1. One per controller. Must be ordered in pairs for dual controller systems.
2. System ships with a cache battery installed. This option is offered as a replacement part. 3. Provides expansion license for 5-16 storage partitions.4. Provides expansion license for up to three EXP3000 expansion units
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Table 1. System Storage DS3512 Disk System at-a-glance
Name Part number
Storage type
HDD bays (std/max)
Hot-swap HDD bays (Y/N)
Max internal storage capacity(TB)
Max supported storage capacity
IBM System Storage DS3512 Express Single
Controller Storage System
1746-A2S SAS 12/12 Y 24TB 24TB
IBM System Storage DS3512 Express Dual
Controller Storage System
1746-A2D SAS 12/12 Y 24TB 24TB
Note:
To determine cabling requirements refer to the host system's Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option section for external connection information. Table 1. System Storage DS3512 Disk System at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part number
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
Power supply quantity (std./max) - size
IBM System Storage DS3512 Express Single
Controller Storage System
1746-A2S 19" rack x 449mm x 540mm x 2U – 86mm
Rack Drawer(2U) 25.7kg(57.07lbs) 2/2 - 385w
IBM System Storage DS3512 Express Dual
Controller Storage System
1746-A2D 19" rack x 449mm x 540mm x 2U – 86mm
Rack Drawer(2U) 27kg(59.52lbs) 2/2 - 385w
Note:
To determine cabling requirements refer to the host system's Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option section for external connection information.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Feature code Description Height Bays supported Max
External Storage Expansion Units1 Form Factor 1746-A4E IBM System Storage EXP3524 Express Storage Expansion Unit 2U 1746-A2E IBM System Storage EXP3512 Express Storage Expansion Unit 2U
Note:
1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses, etc. Refer to the 'Other Options' table for possible related options.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Feature code Description Max qty
System Storage DS3512 other options
39R6529 3708 1m SAS Cable 839R6531 3707 3m SAS Cable 868Y8436 4300 4 to 8 Partition Upgrade 168Y8437 4301 4 to 16 Partition Upgrade 168Y8438 4302 4 to 32 Partition Upgrade 168Y8439 4304 4 to 64 Partition Upgrade 168Y8441 4310 8 to 16 Partition Upgrade 168Y8442 4311 8 to 32 Partition Upgrade 168Y8443 4312 8 to 64 Partition Upgrade 168Y8445 4320 16 to 32 Partition Upgrade 168Y8446 4321 16 to 64 Partition Upgrade 168Y8448 4330 32 to 64 Partition Upgrade 169Y2871 4400 Turbo Performance 168Y8490 4410 Full Disk Encryption (FDE) 168Y8451 4420 FlashCopy: Base 168Y8452 4421 FlashCopy: Upgrade to 8 per volume / 64 per system 168Y8453 4430 Volume Copy: Base 168Y8454 4440 FlashCopy Base / Volume Copy Base 168Y8455 4450 Remote Mirroring: Base 168Y8458 4700 AIX/VIOS Host Kit 168Y8459 4710 Linux on Power Host Kit 168Y8461 4720 HP-UX Host Kit 169Y2909 6313 United States 10A line C13 to NEMA 5-15P (2.8M) 268Y8479 3600 Second Controller 168Y8431 3610 6Gb SAS 2 Port Daughter Card 268Y8432 3611 8Gb FC 4 Port Daughter Card 268Y8433 3612 1Gb iSCSI 4 Port Daughter Card 269Y2876 3620 8Gb FC SW SFP Transceivers (Pair) 268Y8434 3630 2GB Cache Upgrade 2
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Table 1. System Storage DS3524 Disk System at-a-glance
Name Part number
Storage type
HDD bays (std/max)
Hot-swap HDD bays (Y/N)
Max internal storage capacity(TB)
Max supported storage capacity
IBM System Storage DS3524 Express Single
Controller Storage System
1746-A4S SAS 24/24 Y 12TB 12TB
IBM System Storage DS3524 Express Dual
Controller Storage System
1746-A4D SAS 24/24 Y 12TB 12TB
IBM System Storage DS3524 Express DC
Dual Controller Storage System
1746-T4D SAS 24/24 Y 14.4TB 14.4TB
Note:
To determine cabling requirements refer to the host system's Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option section for external connection information. Table 1. System Storage DS3524 Disk System at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part number
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
Power supply quantity (std./max) - size
IBM System Storage DS3524 Express Single
Controller Storage System
1746-A4S 19" rack x 449mm x 487mm x 2U - 86mm
Rack Drawer(2U) 24.6kg(54.23lbs) 2/2 - 330w
IBM System Storage DS3524 Express Dual
Controller Storage System
1746-A4D 19" rack x 449mm x 487mm x 2U - 86mm
Rack Drawer(2U) 25.9kg(57.09lbs) 2/2 - 330w
IBM System Storage DS3524 Express DC Dual Controller Storage System
1746-T4D 19" rack x 449mm x 487mm x 2U - 86mm
Rack Drawer(2U) 2.5kg(5.51lbs) 2/2 - 575w
Note:
To determine cabling requirements refer to the host system's Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option section for external connection information.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Feature code Description Height Bays supported Max
qty49Y1841 5205 146GB 15,000 rpm 6Gb SAS 2.5― HDD SL 1...24 2449Y1836 5210 300GB 10,000 rpm 6Gb SAS 2.5― HDD SL 1...24 2449Y1952 5250 300GB 10,000 rpm 6Gb SAS SED 2.5― HDD SL 1...24 2449Y1851 5265 500GB 7,200 rpm 6Gb SAS NL 2.5― HDD SL 1...24 2449Y2048 5220 600GB 10,000 rpm 6Gb SAS 2.5― HDD SL 1..24 24
External Storage Expansion Units1 Form Factor 1746-A2E IBM System Storage EXP3512 Express Storage Expansion Unit 2U 1746-A4E IBM System Storage EXP3524 Express Storage Expansion Unit 2U
Note:
1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses, etc. Refer to the 'Other Options' table for possible related options.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Feature code Description Max qty
System Storage DS3524 other options
39R6529 3708 1m SAS Cable 839R6531 3707 3m SAS Cable 868Y8436 4300 4 to 8 Partition Upgrade 168Y8437 4301 4 to 16 Partition Upgrade 168Y8438 4302 4 to 32 Partition Upgrade 168Y8439 4304 4 to 64 Partition Upgrade 168Y8441 4310 8 to 16 Partition Upgrade 168Y8442 4311 8 to 32 Partition Upgrade 168Y8443 4312 8 to 64 Partition Upgrade 168Y8445 4320 16 to 32 Partition Upgrade 168Y8446 4321 16 to 64 Partition Upgrade 168Y8448 4330 32 to 64 Partition Upgrade 169Y2871 4400 Turbo Performance 168Y8490 4410 Full Disk Encryption (FDE) 168Y8451 4420 FlashCopy: Base 168Y8452 4421 FlashCopy: Upgrade to 8 per volume / 64 per system 168Y8453 4430 Volume Copy: Base 168Y8454 4440 FlashCopy Base / Volume Copy Base 168Y8455 4450 Remote Mirroring: Base 168Y8458 4700 AIX/VIOS Host Kit 168Y8459 4710 Linux on Power Host Kit 168Y8461 4720 HP-UX Host Kit 169Y2909 6313 United States 10A line C13 to NEMA 5-15P (2.8M) 268Y8479 3600 Second Controller 168Y8431 3610 6Gb SAS 2 Port Daughter Card 268Y8432 3611 8Gb FC 4 Port Daughter Card 268Y8433 3612 1Gb iSCSI 4 Port Daughter Card 269Y2876 3620 8Gb FC SW SFP Transceivers (Pair) 268Y8434 3630 2GB Cache Upgrade 2
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Table 1. System Storage DS3950 Disk System at-a-glance
Name Part number
Storage type
HDD bays (std/max)
Hot-swap HDD bays (Y/N)
Max internal storage capacity(TB)
Max supported storage capacity
IBM System Storage DS3950 Model 941
1814-94H FC/SATA 16/16 Y 16 TB 112 TB
IBM System Storage DS3950 Model 982
1814-98H FC/SATA 16/16 Y 16 TB 112 TB
Note:
To determine cabling requirements refer to the host system's Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option section for external connection information. Table 1. System Storage DS3950 Disk System at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part number
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
Power supply quantity (std./max) - size
IBM System Storage DS3950 Model 941
1814-94H 482.6 x 571.5 mm x 129.5 mm (19 x 22.5 x 5.1)
3U Rack 39.92kg(88 lb) 2/2
IBM System Storage DS3950 Model 982
1814-98H 482.6 x 571.5 mm x 129.5 mm (19 x 22.5 x 5.1)
3U Rack 39.92kg(88 lb) 2/2
Note:
To determine cabling requirements refer to the host system's Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option section for external connection information.
Notes:
1. DS3950 Model 94 provides two RAID controllers with two 8Gb fibre channel host ports and 1GB Cache each. Ships with the Windows host kit, two storage partitions, rack rail mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14.)
2. DS3950 Model 98 provides two RAID controllers with two 8Gb fibre channel host ports, two 1GbE iSCSI host ports, and 2GB Cache each. Ships with the Windows host kit, two storage partitions, rack rail mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14.)
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Feature code Description Height Bays supported Max
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Table 1. System Storage DS4200 Disk System at-a-glance
Name Part number
Withdrawal date3 Storage type
HDD bays (std/max)
Hot-swap HDD bays (y/n)
Max internal storage capacity(TB)
Max supported storage capacity
DS4200 Express Model 7V1
18147VH Dec 31 2008 SATA 16/16 Y 16.0TB 112.0TB2
Note:Requires attachment to a Fibre Channel host bus adapter or to a Fibre Channel/SAN switch. Table 1. System Storage DS4200 Disk System at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part number
Withdrawal date3 Dimensions (W x D x H) Form factor
Max cfg wt
Power supply quantity (std./max) - size
DS4200 Express
Model 7V1
18147VH Dec 31 2008 482mm x 572mm x 130mm (19in x 22.5in x 5.10in) 3U Rack 39.92kg (88.2lbs)
2/2 - 390w
Note:Requires attachment to a Fibre Channel host bus adapter or to a Fibre Channel/SAN switch.
Notes:
1. DS4200 Model 7V provides two RAID controllers with 1GB Cache each. Ships with the rail mounting kit, four 4GBps SFP transceivers, and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14.)
2. Based on a maximum of 112 1.0TB Fibre Channel HDDs installed in DS4200 and six EXP420 expansion units.
3. Withdrawal dates are provided for U.S. and Canada only. Business Partner Inventory may be available.
DS4200 ships standard with four SFPs which can be used in any of the Host Ports or Expansion Ports. Up to four additional SFPs can be ordered to add full support for all ports.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Feature code Description Height Bays supported Max
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Option number Description Max qty System Storage DS4200 other options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Table 1. TotalStorage DS4700 Disk System at-a-glance
Name Part number
Storage type
HDD bays (std/max)
Hot-swap HDD bays (Y/N)
Max internal storage capacity(TB)
DS4700 Express Model 701,3 181470H* Fibre Channel 16/16 Y 12TBDS4700 Express Model 70-DC1 181470T Fibre Channel 16/16 Y 12TBDS4700 Express Model 722,3 181472H* Fibre Channel 16/16 Y 12TBNote: Requires attachment to a Fibre Channel host bus adapter or to a Fibre Channel/SAN switch.
*IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Table 1. TotalStorage DS4700 Disk System at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part number
Max supported storage capacity
Dimensions (W x D x H) Form factor
Max cfg wt
Power supply quantity (std./max) - size
DS4700 Express Model 701,3 181470H* 84TB4 482mm x 572mm x 130mm (19in x 22.5in
x 5.10in)
3U Rack 39.92kg 2/2
DS4700 Express Model 70-DC1 181470T 84TB4 482mm x 572mm x 130mm (19in x 22.5in
x 5.10in)
3U Rack 39.92kg 2/2 DC
DS4700 Express Model 722,3 181472H* 84TB4 482mm x 572mm x 130mm (19in x 22.5in
x 5.10in)
3U Rack 39.92kg 2/2
Note: Requires attachment to a Fibre Channel host bus adapter or to a Fibre Channel/SAN switch.
*IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. DS4700 Model 70 provides two RAID controllers with 1GB Cache each. Ships with the rail mounting kit and four 4GBps SFP transceivers.
2. DS4700 Model 72 provides two RAID controllers with 2GB Cache each. Ships with the rail mounting kit and six 4GBps SFP transceivers.
3. Also includes two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14).
4. Based on a maximum of 112 750GB Fibre Channel HDDs installed in DS4700 and six EXP810 expansion units.
Redundant Drive Loops (std/max) 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2Notes: DS4700 ships standard with four SFPs which can be used in any of the Host Ports or Expansion Ports. Up to eight additional SFPs can be ordered to add full support for all ports.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Feature code Description Height Bays supported Max
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Storage systems
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● DS3200 ● DS3300 ● DS3400 ● DS3512 ● DS3524 ● DS3950 ● DS4200 ● DS4700
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Table 1. EXP2512 Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance
Name Part number
Storage type
HDD bays (std/max)
Hot-swap HDD bays (Y/N)
Max Internal storage capacity (GB)
IBM System Storage EXP2512 Express Storage
Enclosure
1747-12X SAS 12/12 Y 24.0TB
Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information. Table 1. EXP2512 Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part number
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
Power supply quantity (std/max) - size
IBM System Storage EXP2512 Express Storage
Enclosure
1747-12X 483mm x 556mm x 87mm(19in x 21.9in x 3.4in)
Rack Drawer (2U) 26.7kg (58.8lbs) 2/2
Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Description Bays supported Maximum quantity
SAS HDDs
49Y1899 300GB 15,000 rpm 6Gb SAS 3.5" HDD 1...12 1249Y1900 450GB 15,000 rpm 6Gb SAS 3.5" HDD 1...12 1249Y1901 600GB 15,000 rpm 6Gb SAS 3.5" HDD 1...12 1249Y1903 1TB 7,200 rpm 6Gb SAS NL 3.5" HDD 1...12 12 49Y1902 2TB 7,200 rpm 6Gb SAS NL 3.5" HDD 1...12 12
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Description Max qty69Y2909 United States 10A line C13 to NEMA 5-15P (2.8M) 239R6531 3m SAS Cable 339R6529 1m SAS Cable 3
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Table 1. EXP2524 Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance
Name Part number
Storage type
HDD bays (std/max)
Hot-swap HDD bays (Y/N)
Max Internal storage capacity (GB)
IBM System Storage EXP2524 Express Storage
Enclosure
1747-24X SAS 24/24 Y 12TB
Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information. Table 1. EXP2524 Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part number
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
Power supply quantity (std/max) - size
IBM System Storage EXP2524 Express Storage
Enclosure
1747-24X 483mm x 556mm x 87mm(19in x 21.9in x 3.4in)
Rack Drawer (2U) 25kg (55.2 lbs)
2/2
Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Description Bays supported Maximum quantity
SAS HDDs
49Y1896 146GB 15,000 rpm 6Gb SAS 2.5" HDD 1...24 2449Y1895 300GB 10,000 rpm 6Gb SAS 2.5" HDD 1...24 2481Y9596 600GB 10,000 rpm 6Gb SAS 2.5" HDD 1...24 2449Y1898 500GB 7,200 rpm 6Gb SAS NL 2.5" HDD 1...24 24
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Description Max qty69Y2909 United States 10A line C13 to NEMA 5-15P (2.8M) 239R6531 3m SAS Cable 339R6529 1m SAS Cable 3
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Table 1. EXP3000 Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance
Name Part number
Storage type
HDD bays (std/max)
Hot-swap HDD bays (Y/N)
Max Internal storage capacity (GB)
System Storage EXP30001 1727-01X SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 24.0TB
System Storage EXP3000 DC Power Model2
1727-02T SAS/SATA 12/12 Y 24.0TB
Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information. Table 1. EXP3000 Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part number
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
Power supply quantity (std/max) - size
System Storage EXP30001 1727-01X 449mm x 518mm x 87mm (17.7in x 20.4in x 3.4in)
Rack Drawer (2U) 27.2kg (60lbs) 2/2
System Storage EXP3000 DC Power Model2
1727-02T 449mm x 518mm x 87mm (17.7in x 20.4in x 3.4in)
Rack Drawer (2U) 27.2kg (60lbs) 2/2 DC Power
Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information.
Notes:
1. Ships standard with dual hot-swap redundant power supplies and two rack power cables.
2. Ships standard with two ESMs, two -48v DC power supplies, and two DC Power Cables (P/N 42D3294).
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Description Height Bays supported Maximum quantity
SATA HDDs
40K1043* 73GB 15K Hot Swap SAS SL 1 ... 12 1240K1044* 146GB 15K Hot Swap SAS SL 1 ... 12 1243X0802* 300GB 15K SAS HS SL 1 ... 12 1242D0519* IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD SL 1 ... 12 1239M4558* IBM 500GB Dual Port Hot-Swap SATA SL 1 ... 12 1243W7580* 750GB Dual Port SATA Hot Swap Option SL 1 ... 12 1243W7630 1000 GB Dual Port Hot Swap SATA SL 1 ... 12 1249Y1940 IBM 2TB 7200 Dual Port SATA 3.5'' HS HDD SL 1...12 1244W2234 IBM 300GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 1...12 1244W2239 IBM 450GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 1...12 1244W2244 IBM 600GB 15K 6Gbps SAS 3.5" Hot-Swap HDD SL 1...12 12
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Description Max qty39R6531 IBM 3M SAS Cable -39R6529 IBM 1M SAS Cable -39R6515 EXP3000 Environmental Services Module (ESM) 1
Notes:
1. Two port adapter SAS Raid adapter that supports up to four EXP3000 Expansion Units.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Table 1. EXP3512 Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance
Name Part number
Storage type
HDD bays (std/max)
Hot-swap HDD bays (Y/N)
Max Internal storage capacity (GB)
IBM System Storage EXP3512 Express Storage
Expansion Unit
1746-A2E SAS 12/12 Y 24.0TB
Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information. Table 1. EXP3512 Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part number
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
Power supply quantity (std/max) - size
IBM System Storage EXP3512 Express Storage
Expansion Unit
1746-A2E 19" rack x 449mm x 540mm x 2U - 86mm
Rack Drawer (2U) 26.3 kg(57.98lb) 2/2 - 585W
Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Description Height Bays supported Maximum quantity
SAS HDDs
49Y1856 300GB 15,000 rpm 6Gb SAS 3.5" HDD SL 1...12 1249Y1861 450GB 15,000 rpm 6Gb SAS 3.5" HDD SL 1...12 1249Y1866 600GB 15,000 rpm 6Gb SAS 3.5" HDD SL 1...12 1249Y1947 600GB 15,000 rpm 6Gb SAS SED 3.5" HDD SL 1...12 12 49Y1876 1TB 7,200 rpm 6Gb SAS NL 3.5" HDD SL 1...12 1249Y1871 2TB 7,200 rpm 6Gb SAS NL 3.5" HDD SL 1...12 12
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Description Max qty69Y2909 United States 10A line C13 to NEMA 5-15P (2.8M) 269Y0245 Environmental Services Module (ESM) 1
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Table 1. EXP3524 Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance
Name Part number
Storage type
HDD bays (std/max)
Hot-swap HDD bays (Y/N)
Max Internal storage capacity (GB)
IBM System Storage EXP3524 Express DC Storage Expansion Unit
1746-T4E SAS 24/24 Y 14.4TB
IBM System Storage EXP3524 Express Storage
Expansion Unit
1746-A4E SAS 24/24 Y 12TB
Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information. Table 1. EXP3524 Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part number
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
Power supply quantity (std/max) - size
IBM System Storage EXP3524 Express DC Storage Expansion Unit
1746-T4E 19" rack x 449mm x 487mm x 2U - 86mm
Rack Drawer (2U) 2.5kg(5.51lbs) 2/2 - 485W
IBM System Storage EXP3524 Express Storage
Expansion Unit
1746-A4E 19" rack x 449mm x 487mm x 2U - 86mm
Rack Drawer (2U) 25.2 kg(55.55lb) 2/2 - 585W
Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Description Height Bays supported Maximum quantity
SAS HDDs
49Y1841 146GB 15,000 rpm 6Gb SAS 2.5" HDD SL 1...24 2449Y1836 300GB 10,000 rpm 6Gb SAS 2.5" HDD SL 1...24 2449Y1952 300GB 10,000 rpm 6Gb SAS SED 2.5" HDD SL 1...24 2449Y1851 500GB 7,200 rpm 6Gb SAS NL 2.5" HDD SL 1...24 2449Y2048 600GB 10,000 rpm 6Gb SAS 2.5" HDD SL 1..24 24
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Description Max qty69Y2909 United States 10A line C13 to NEMA 5-15P (2.8M) 269Y0245 Environmental Services Module (ESM) 1
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Table 1. EXP395 Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance
Name Part number
Storage type
HDD bays (std/max)
Hot-swap HDD bays (Y/N)
Max internal storage capacity (TB)
Dimensions (WxDxH)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
Power supply quantity (std/max) - Size
IBM System Storage EXP395 Expansion Unit1
1814-92H FC/SATA 16/16 Y 16TB 482.6 x 571.5 mm x 129.5 mm (19 x 22.5 x 5.1)
3U Rack 38.56 kg (85lbs) 2/2 - 600W
Notes:
To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information.
1. EXP395 ships with rack rail mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Description Height Bays supported Max qty40K6820* 146.8GB 15Krpm 4GB/s FC E-DDM Option SL 1...16 1642D0410 4 Gbps FC, 300 GB / 15K rpm Enhanced Disk Drive Module SL 1...16 16
43W9714* 750 GB / 7.2K rpm SATA Enhanced Disk Drive Module SL 1...16 1644X2450 4 Gbps FC, 450 GB / 15K rpm Enhanced Disk Drive Module SL 1...16 1644X2458 1,000 GB / 7.2K rpm SATA Enhanced Disk Drive Module SL 1...16 1659Y5460 4 Gbps FC, 600 GB / 15K Enhanced Disk Drive Module SL 1...16 16
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Description Max qty26K7941 Short Wave 4Gb SFP pair 239M5696 1m Fibre Optic Cable LC-LC 439M5697 5m Fibre Optic Cable LC-LC 439M5698 25m Fibre Optic Cable LC-LC 4
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Table 1. EXP420 Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance
Name Part number
Withdrawal Date
Storage type
HDD bays (std/max)
Hot-swap HDD bays (Y/N)
Max Internal storage capacity (GB)
System Storage DS4000 EXP4202
1812-8VH Jan 15 2011
SATA 16/16 Y 16.0TB
Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information. Table 1. EXP420 Storage Expansion Unit at-a-glance (continued)
Name Part number
Withdrawal Date
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form factor
Max cfg wt
Power supply quantity (std/max) - size
System Storage DS4000 EXP4202
1812-8VH Jan 15 2011
483mm x 559mm x 129mm (19in x 22in x
5.1in)
Rack Drawer (3U) 38.56kg (85lbs) 2/2 - 600w
Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information.
Notes:
1. Includes two 4Gbps SW SFPs, dual hot-swap 600w redundant power supplies,and two rack power cables.
2. Comes with rack mounting rails and two rack Power Distribution Unit (PDU) power cords, and product documentation.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Description Height Bays supported Maximum
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
181281H Fibre Channel4 16/16 Y 12TB 482mm x 559mm x
132mm (18.97in x 23.52in x 5.21
in)
Rack Drawer (3U)
38.56kg (85lbs) 2/2 - 450w
Notes:
1. Attachment to a supported Storage Server is required. This expansion unit does not attach directly to the server.
2. DS4000 EXP810 accommodates up to four short-wave SFP modules. The unit ships with two short-wave SFP modules.
3. Also includes two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14). If U.S. wall-outlet power cords are required, then order quantity two of P/N 39Y7931.
4. Supports Enhanced Disk Drive Module (E-DDM) disks only. Insertion of unsupported disks will cause significant damage.
5. Comes with rack mounting rails and two rack Power Distribution Unit (PDU) power cords, and product documentation.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Description Height Bays supported Max qty40K6800 36.4GB 15K rpm 2Gbps FC E-DDM Disk Module SL 1 ... 16 1640K6804 73.4GB 15K rpm 2Gbps FC E-DDM Disk Module SL 1 ... 16 1640K6808 146.8GB 15K rpm 2Gbps FC E-DDM Disk Module SL 1 ... 16 1640K6812 36.4GB 15Krpm 4GB/s FC E-DDM Option SL 1 ... 16 1640K6820* 146.8GB 15Krpm 4GB/s FC E-DDM Option SL 1 ... 16 1642D0410 300GB 15Krpm 4GB/s FC E-DDM Option SL 1 ... 16 1644X2450 4 Gbps FC, 450 GB / 15K Enhanced Disk Drive Module SL 1... 16 1639M4554* 500 GB/7.2K SATA E-DDM SL 1 ... 16 1643W9714* 750 GB/7.2K SATA E-DDM SL 1 ... 16 1659Y5460 4 Gbps FC, 600 GB / 15K Enhanced Disk Drive Module SL 1 ... 16 1644X2458 1,000 GB/7.2K SATA E-DDM SL 1 ... 16 16
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External expansion units
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● EXP2512 ● EXP2524 ● EXP3000 ● EXP3512 ● EXP3524 ● EXP395 ● EXP420 ● EXP810
at-a-glance HDD Misc.
Option number Description Max qty26K7941 SW 4 Gbps SFP transceiver pair 439M5696 1m Fibre Optic Cable LC-LC -39M5697 5m Fibre Optic Cable LC-LC -39M5698 25m Fibre Optic Cable LC-LC -39Y7931* 4.3m, 100-120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord 242D3305* EXP810 Telco Bezel 142D3329* DS4700/EXP810 DC Power Cord Pair 1
Note: A minimum of two fiber optic cables are required for attachment to DS4000 Disk Systems or to other DS4000 Expansion Units.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Additional fibre channel components
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. Table 1. TotalStorage Switch L10
Option number Withdrawal date Description Ports (std/max) SFP modules (std)691810X Jan 4 2008 IBM System Storage SAN10Q1, 2, 3 10/10 4
Related options39R6475 4-Gbps SW SFP Transceiver
Notes:
1. Provides 10 ports in a 1/2-rack width, 1U high chassis. Ships standard with four short-wave SFP modules, serial cable and a rack power cord.
2. Supports short-wave connections only.3. Entry level switch compatible with DS400 only.4. Supports two L10 switches in a 1U rack space.
Table 2. IBM TotalStorage SAN16B-2 Express Model
Option numberWithdrawal date Description Ports (std/max) SFP modules (std)200516B - IBM TotalStorage SAN16B-2 Express Model1, 2 8/16 8
Related options22R5332 16B Express Model 4-Port upgrade3
1. Provides 32 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with sixteen short-wave 4 Gbps SFP modules, two rack power cords, two US power cords, and a rail kit.
2. Supports short-wave and long-wave connections.3. Includes sixteen 4GBps SW SFPs and port activation for 16 ports.4. Includes eight 4GBps SW SFPs and port activation for eight ports.5. Long-wave SFP Module operates at 2Gbps transfer rate.
Table 6. Cisco MDS 9124 for IBM System Storage
Option number Withdrawal date Description Ports (std/max) SFP modules (std)
241724C - Cisco MDS 9124 for IBM System Storage1,2 8/24 8Related options
1. Top-of-rack switch supports Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE), Fibre Channel (FC), Converged Enhanced Ethernet (CEE), and traditional Ethernet protocols. Provides eight 8 Gbps FC and 24 10 GbE CEE ports in a 1U high chassis with dual power supplies and fans.
2. Must populate the 8 FC and minimum 8 of the CEE ports with transceivers at the time of purchase.
3. These transceivers are compatible with the CEE ports.4. SFP+ transceivers can only be used with OM3 cables.5. These transceivers are compatible with the FC ports.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External storage configuration examples
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. The following sample configurations are for illustration only and may not be suitable for any specific customer installation. Contact your IBM Business Partner or IBM Marketing Representative for assistance with your specific configuration requirements.
Table 1. Cable Group legend
Cable Group A (0.8mm to 0.8mm)03K9310 Netfinity 2m Ultra2 SCSI cable03K9311 Netfinity 4.2m Ultra2 SCSI cable
1. Customer-supplied cables of longer lengths can be used. Short-wave supports up to 500m. Long-wave supports up to 10km.
The illustration below shows what a typical solution might look like in terms of where short-wave and long-wave cables would be used. Actual implementation may vary based on individual hardware.
Figure 1. Typical short-wave and long-wave cabling usage
Click image to enlarge
The following sample configurations are for illustration only and may not be suitable for any specific customer installation. Contact your IBM Business Partner or IBM Marketing Representative for assistance with your specific configuration requirements.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External tape and tape library attributes
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Ext tape drives ● Ext tape libraries ● Ext tape enclosures
Installing tape devices on the same bus as other devices may impact performance of those devices.
Table 1. TotalStorage Ultrium tape drive 3580 model L33
Option number
Description Storage interface
Form factor Max. storage1 MB/sec1 Data cartridges (std/max)
Related Options 96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
Notes:
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.2. 3580 Model L33 is an Ultrium 3 tape drive that ships with rack
mounting hardware. No line cord provided power cord.3. A 19in rack mount kit (P/N 96P1565) is available for placing
in a rack.
Table 2. TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Drive 3580 Model L3E
Option number
Description Storage interface
Form factor Max. storage1 MB/sec1 Data cartridges (std/max)
3580L3E* TS2230 Tape Drive Express Model H3L2 Ultra320 (16-bit, LVD)
Stand-alone or Rack Mount3
400/800 GB 60/120 1/1
Related Options 96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.2. 3580 Model L3E is an Ultrium 3 tape drive that ships with
rack mounting hardware, data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided
3. A 19in rack mount kit (P/N 96P1565) is available for placing in a rack.
Table 3. TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Drive 3580 Model H3S
Option number
Description Storage interface
Form factor Max. storage1 MB/sec1 Data cartridges (std/max)
3580S3E* TS2230 Tape Drive Model H3S2 SAS Stand-alone or Rack Mount3
400/800 GB 60/120 1/1
Related Options 96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.2. 3580 Model H3S is an Ultrium 3 tape drive that ships
with one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord or rack mounting hardware is included.
3. A 19in rack mount kit (P/N 96P1565) is available for placing in a rack.
Table 4. TS2340 Tape Drive Express Model L43
Option number
Description Storage interface
Form factor Max. storage1 MB/sec1 Data cartridges (std/max)
3580L4X TS2340 Tape Drive Express Model L432 Ultra320 (16-bit, LVD)
Stand-alone or Rack Mount3
800/1600 GB 120/240 1/1
Related Options 96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridge (5-pack)23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.2. 3580 Model L43 is an LTO Ultrium 4 tape drive that ships with one data cartridge and one
cleaning cartridge. No line cord or rack mounting hardware is included. 3. A 19in rack mount kit (P/N 96P1565) is available for
placing in a rack.
Table 5. TS2340 Tape Drive Express Model S43
Option number
Description Storage interface
Form factor Max. storage1 MB/sec1 Data cartridges (std/max)
3580S4X* TS2340 Tape Drive Express Model S432 SAS Stand-alone or Rack Mount3
800/1600 GB 120/240 1/1
Related Options 96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridge (5-pack)23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada
23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.2. 3580 Model S43 is an LTO Ultrium 4 tape drive that ships with one data cartridge and one
cleaning cartridge. No line cord or rack mounting hardware is included. 3. A 19in rack mount kit (P/N 96P1565) is available
for placing in a rack.
Table 6. System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Model H4S
Option number
Description Storage interface
Form factor Max. storage1 MB/sec1 Data cartridges (std/max)
3580S4E* System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Model H4S2 SAS Stand-alone or Rack Mount3
800/1600 GB 120/240 1/1
Related Options 96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridge (5-pack)23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.2. 3580 Model S4E is an LTO Ultrium 4 tape drive that ships with one data cartridge and one
cleaning cartridge. No line cord or rack mounting hardware is included. 3. A 19in rack mount kit (option 96P1565) is available
for placing in a rack.
Table 7. System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Model H4S for Express Seller
Option number
Description Storage interface
Form factor Max. storage1 MB/sec1 Data cartridges (std/max)
3580E4S System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Model H4S for Express Seller2 SAS Stand-alone or Rack Mount3
800/1600 GB 120/240 1/1
Related Options 96P1565 19-inch Rack Mount Kit95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridge (5-pack)23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.2. 3580 Model E4S is an LTO Ultrium 4 tape drive that
ships with rack mounting hardware, one data cartridge, and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided
3. A 19in rack mount kit (option 96P1565) is available for placing in a rack.
Table 8. System Storage TS2250 Tape Drive Model H5S
Form factor Max. storage1 MB/sec1 Data cartridges (std/max)
3580S5E System Storage TS2250 Tape Drive Express Model H5S SAS Stand-alone or Rack Mount3
1500GB / 3000GB
120/240 1/1
Related Options 95P4711 2 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4713 2 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada 23R7000 Rack Device to PDU Line Cord 23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge L1 UCC 95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack 46C2084 Ultrium 5 Data Cartridges 5-Pack 96P1565 3580 Rack Mount Kit
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.2. 3580 Model H5S is an LTO Ultrium 4 tape drive that
ships with rack mounting hardware, one data cartridge, and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided
3. A 19in rack mount kit (option 96P1565) is available for placing in a rack.
Table 9. System Storage TS2350 Tape Drive Model S53
Option number
Description Storage interface
Form factor Max. storage1 MB/sec1 Data cartridges (std/max)
3580S5X System Storage TS2350 Tape Drive Express Model S53 SAS Stand-alone or Rack Mount3
1500GB / 3000GB
120/240 1/1
Related Options 95P4711 2 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088) 95P4713 2 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088) 23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada 23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada 23R7000 Rack Device to PDU Line Cord 23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago 23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge L1 UCC 95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack 46C2084 Ultrium 5 Data Cartridges 5-Pack 96P1565 3580 Rack Mount Kit
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.2. 3580 Model S53 is an LTO Ultrium 4 tape drive that
ships with rack mounting hardware, one data cartridge, and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided
3. A 19in rack mount kit (option 96P1565) is available for placing in a rack.
Table 10. System Storage TS2230 Tape Drive Express Model H3V
Option number
Description Storage interface
Form factor Max. storage1 MB/sec1 Data cartridges (std/max)
3580S3V System Storage TS2230 Tape Drive Express Model H3V Half High SAS TAPE DRIVE Version 2
Stand-alone or Rack Mount2
400/800 GB 80/160 1/1
Related Options 95P4711 2 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4713 2 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge L1 UCC95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridges 5-Pack96P1565 19 Inch Rack Mount Kit
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.2. 3A 19in rack mount kit (option 96P1565) is available
for placing in a rack.
Table 11. System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Express Model H4V
Option number
Description Storage interface
Form factor Max. storage1 MB/sec1 Data cartridges (std/max)
3580S4V System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Express Model H4V Half High SAS TAPE DRIVE Version 2
Stand-alone or Rack Mount2
800/1600 GB 120/240 1/1
Related Options 95P4711 2 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4713 2 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge L1 UCC95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridges 5-Pack95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack96P1565 19 inch Rack Mount Kit
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.2. A 19in rack mount kit (option 96P1565) is available
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External tape and tape library attributes
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Ext tape drives ● Ext tape libraries ● Ext tape enclosures
SCSI interface and cable legend
F Female - External M Male - External 68 16-bit, 68-pin High Density connector 0.8 16-bit, 68-pin Very High Density Connection Interface (VHDI) 0.8mm connector SE Single-ended SCSI HVD High Voltage Differential SCSI LVD Low Voltage Differential SCSI Table 1. IBM System Storage TS2900 Tape Autoloader Model S3R (PN 3572S3R)
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
Cartridge Mags (std/ max)
Quantity of drives (std/ max)
Max storage - native/ compressed
MB/sec - native/ compressed1
3572S3R TS2900 Tape Autoloader Model S3R1
SAS 1U Rack 0/9 1/1 1/1 3.6/7.2TB 60/120
Related Options 45E3789 3572 Deskside Covers45E3793 3572 Additional Magazine23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cart L1 UCC 95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cart (5-pack)95P4711 2.0 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 95P4712* 5.5 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable95P4713 2.0 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
95P4714* 5.5 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive and rack mounting hardware.
Table 2. IBM System Storage TS2900 Tape Autoloader Model S3E (PN 3572S3E)
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
Cartridge Mags (std/ max)
Quantity of drives (std/ max)
Max storage - native/ compressed
MB/sec - native/ compressed1
3572S3E* TS2900 Tape Autoloader Model S3E1
SAS Stand- alone
0/9 1/1 1/1 3.6/7.2TB 60/120
Related Options 45E3793 3572 Additional Magazine45E3785 Rack Mount Kit23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cart L1 UCC 95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cart (5-pack) 95P4711 2.0 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 95P4712* 5.5 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 95P4713 2.0 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
95P4714* 5.5 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago
1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive and deskside covers.
Table 3. IBM System Storage TS2900 Tape Autoloader Model S4R (PN 3572S4R)
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
Cartridge Mags (std/ max)
Quantity of drives (std/ max)
Max storage - native/ compressed
MB/sec - native/ compressed1
3572S4R TS2900 Tape Autoloader Model S4R1
SAS 1U Rack 0/9 1/1 1/1 7.2/14.4TB 120/240
Related Options 45E3789 3572 Deskside Covers45E3793 3572 Additional Magazine45E3797 Transparent LTO Encryption95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cart (5-pack)95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cart (5-pack)95P4711 2.0 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 95P4712* 5.5 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
95P4713 2.0 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 95P4714* 5.5 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge L1 UCC45E3785 3572 Rack Mount Kit23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive and rack mounting hardware.
Table 4. IBM System Storage TS2900 Tape Autoloader Model S4E (PN 3572S4E)
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
Cartridge Mags (std/ max)
Quantity of drives (std/ max)
Max storage - native/ compressed
MB/sec - native/ compressed1
3572S4E* TS2900 Tape Autoloader Model S4E1
SAS Stand- alone
0/9 1/1 1/1 7.2/14.4TB 120/240
Related Options 45E3785 Rack Mount Kit 45E3793 3572 Additional Magazine 45E3797 Transparent LTO Encryption95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cart (5-pack) 95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cart (5-pack)95P4711 2.0 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 95P4712* 5.5 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable
95P4713 2.0 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable 95P4714* 5.5 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive and deskside covers.
Table 5. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L3S (PN 3573L3S)
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
Related Options 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada46X6912 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High Fibre Channel Drive Sled46X7117 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled46X7122 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive, rack mounting hardware, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 6. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model F3S (PN 3573F3S)
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
Cartridge Mags (std/ max)
Quantity of drives (std/ max)
Max storage - native/ compressed
MB/sec - native/ compressed1
3573F3S* IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model F3S1
Related Options 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit23R7136 5.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable23R7137 13.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable23R7138 25.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable23R7140 LC-SC Fibre Cable Interposer95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada46X6912 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High Fibre Channel Drive Sled46X7117 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled46X7122 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive, rack mounting hardware, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 7 IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L4S (P/N 3573L4S)
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
Cartridge mags (std/ max)
Quantity of drives (std/ max)
Max storage - native/ compressed
MB/sec - native/ compressed1
3573L4S* IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L4S1
Related options 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack)
23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada46X6912 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High Fibre Channel Drive Sled46X7117 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled46X7122 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 8. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model F4S (P/N 3573F4S)
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
Cartridge mags (std/ max)
Quantity of drives (std/ max)
Max storage - native/ compressed
MB/sec - native/ compressed1
3573F4S* IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model F4S1
Related options 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit23R7136 5.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable23R7137 13.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable23R7138 25.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable23R7140 LC-SC Fibre Cable Interposer95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack)23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada46X6912 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High Fibre Channel Drive Sled46X7117 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled46X7122 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 9. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model S4S (P/N 3573S4S)
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
Cartridge mags (std/ max)
Quantity of drives (std/ max)
Max storage - native/ compressed
MB/sec - native/ compressed1
3573S4S* IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model S4S1
SAS 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/1 19.2 TB/ 38.4 TB 120/240
Related options 23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack)23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada46X6912 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High Fibre Channel Drive Sled46X7117 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled46X7122 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled
Related options 95P4998* LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SCSI Drive Sled23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridges (GEN3) 5-pack23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada46X6912 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High Fibre Channel Drive Sled46X7117 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled46X7122 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 11. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model S32 (P/N 3573S32)
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
Cartridge mags (std/ max)
Quantity of drives (std/ max)
Max storage - native/ compressed
MB/sec - native/ compressed1
3573S32* IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model S321
SAS 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/2 9.6 TB/ 19.2 TB 60/120
Related options 95P5000 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS Drive Sled23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridges (GEN3) 5-pack23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada46X6912 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High Fibre Channel Drive Sled46X7117 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled46X7122 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled
1. Includes tape library with LTO3 tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 12. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L2U
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
Cartridge Mags (std/ max)
Quantity of drives (std/ max)
Max storage - native/ compressed
MB/sec - native/ compressed1
3573S42* IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Model L2U1
SAS 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/2 19.2 TB/ 38.4 TB 120/240
Related Options 45E2243 LTO Ultrium 4 Half-High SAS Drive Sled45E3081 Transparent LTO Encryption23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional45E2237 3573 Left Side 2U Magazine23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada46X6912 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High Fibre Channel Drive Sled46X7117 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled46X7122 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Includes tape library with LTO4 tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 13. IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Seller Model L2U
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
Cartridge Mags (std/ max)
Quantity of drives (std/ max)
Max storage - native/ compressed
MB/sec - native/ compressed1
3573E42* IBM System Storage TS3100 Tape Library Express Seller Model L2U1
SAS 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 1/2 19.2 TB/ 38.4 TB 120/240
Related Options 45E2243 LTO Ultrium 4 Half-High SAS Drive Sled45E3081 Transparent LTO Encryption23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional45E2237 3573 Left Side 2U Magazine23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada46X6912 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High Fibre Channel Drive Sled46X7117 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled46X7122 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled
Related Options 23R7260* 3573 Ultrium 3 LVD SCSI Tape Drive Sled23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada46X6912 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High Fibre Channel Drive Sled46X7117 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled46X7122 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, rack mounting hardware, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 15. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model F3H(PN 3573F3H)
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
Cartridge Mags (std/ max)
Quantity of drives (std/ max)
Max storage - native/ compressed
MB/sec - native/ compressed1
3573F3H* IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model F3H1
Related Options 23R7261* 3573 Ultrium 3 Fibre Tape Drive Sled23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge23R7136 5.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable23R7137 13.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable23R7138 25.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada46X6912 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High Fibre Channel Drive Sled46X7117 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled46X7122 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, rack mounting hardware, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 16. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model L34 (P/N 3573L34)
Related Options 95P4998* LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SCSI Drive Sled23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridges (GEN3) 5-pack23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 17. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model S34 (P/N 3573S34)
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
Cartridge Mags (std/ max)
Quantity of drives (std/ max)
Max storage - native/ compressed
MB/sec - native/ compressed1
3573S34* IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model S341
SAS 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/4 19.2 TB/ 38.4 TB 60/120
Related Options 95P5000 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS Drive Sled23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridge (GEN3) 5-Pack95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada46X6912 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High Fibre Channel Drive Sled46X7117 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled46X7122 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 18. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model L4U
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
3573S44* IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model S341
SAS 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/4 38.4TB/76.8TB 120/240
Related Options 45E2243 Ultrium 4 Half-High Tape Drive 45E2225 3573 Left Upper 4U Magazine45E2231 3573 Left Lower 4U Magazine45E3081 Transparent LTO Encryption23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada46X6912 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High Fibre Channel Drive Sled46X7117 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled46X7122 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 19. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Seller Model L4U
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
Cartridge Mags (std/ max)
Quantity of drives (std/ max)
Max storage - native/ compressed
MB/sec - native/ compressed1
3573E44* IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Seller Model L4U1
SAS 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/4 38.4TB/76.8TB 120/240
Related Options 45E2243 Ultrium 4 Half-High Tape Drive 45E2225 3573 Left Upper 4U Magazine45E2231 3573 Left Lower 4U Magazine45E3081 Transparent LTO Encryption23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada46X6912 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High Fibre Channel Drive Sled46X7117 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled46X7122 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data cartridge, one cleaning cartridge and one rack mount kit. No line cord provided.
Table 20. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model L4H(P/N 3573L4H)
Related Options 95P5002 Ultrium 4 LVD SCSI Drive23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack)23R7133 2.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7135 10.0 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada46X6912 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High Fibre Channel Drive Sled46X7117 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled46X7122 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 21. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model F4H(P/N 3573F4H
Part number
Description Storage interface
Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
Cartridge Mags (std/ max)
Quantity of drives (std/ max)
Max storage - native/ compressed
MB/sec - native/ compressed1
3573F4H* IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model F4H1
Related Options 95P5004 Ultrium 4 Fibre Channel Drive23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack)23R7136 5.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable23R7137 13.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable23R7138 25.0 m LC/LC Fibre Cable23R7140 LC-SC Fibre Cable Interposer23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada46X6912 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High Fibre Channel Drive Sled46X7117 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled46X7122 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 22. IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model S4H(P/N 3573S4H)
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
3573S4H* IBM System Storage TS3200 Tape Library Express Model S4H1
SAS 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 1/2 38.4 TB/76.8 TB 120/240
Related Options 95P5006 Ultrium 4 SAS Drive23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine - Additional23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges (5-pack)95P4711 2 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4712* 5.5 M SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4713 2 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4714* 5.5 M Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer23R7262 3573 Additional Power Supply
23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada46X6912 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High Fibre Channel Drive Sled46X7117 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled46X7122 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
1. Includes tape library with tape drive, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 23. TS3200 Tape Library Model L4U Driveless (35734UL)
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
Cartridge Mags (std/ max)
Quantity of drives (std/ max)
Max storage - native/ compressed
MB/sec - native/ compressed1
35734UL TS3200 Tape Library Model L4U Driveless1
Driveless 4U Rack 1/48 4/4 0/0 0/0 0/0
Related Options 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge L1 UCC23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7135 10 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7137 13 m LC/LC Fibre Cable23R7138 25 m LC/LC Fibre Cable23R7140 LC/FC Fibre Cable Interposer23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada23R7262 Additional Power Supply45E2225 3573 Left Upper 4U Magazine45E2231 3573 Left Lower 4U Magazine45E2243 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS Drive Sled45E3081 Transparent LTO Encryption95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack95P4711 2 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4713 2 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer45E9503 Path Failover95P5002 Ultrium 4 LVD SCSI Drive95P5004 Ultrium 4 Fibre Channel Drive95P5006 Ultrium 4 SAS Drive23R7260* Ultrium 3 LVD SCSI Drive23R7261* Ultrium 3 Fibre Tape Drive95P4998* Ultrium 3 HH LVD SCSI Tape Drive95P5000 Ultrium 3 HH SAS Tape Drive23R6999 Right Side Magazine95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridges (5-pack)23R7000 Rack to PDU Line Cord
46C2084 Ultrium 5 Data Cartridges 5-Pack46X2682 LTO Ultrium 5 Fibre Channel Drive46X2683 LTO Ultrium 5 SAS Drive Sled46X2685 LTO Ultrium 5 Half High SAS Drive Sled46X2684 LTO Ultrium 5 Half High Fibre Drive Sled46X6912 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High Fibre Channel Drive Sled46X7117 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled
1. Includes tape library, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 24. TS3100 Tape Library Model L2U Driveless (35732UL)
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
Cartridge Mags (std/ max)
Quantity of drives (std/ max)
Max storage - native/ compressed
MB/sec - native/ compressed1
35732UL TS3100 Tape Library Model L2U Driveless1
Driveless 2U Rack 1/24 2/2 0/0 0/0 0/0
Related Options 23R6998 3573 Rack Mount Kit23R6999 3573 Right Side Magazine23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge L1 UCC23R7134 4.5 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7135 10 m VHDCI/HD68 SCSI Cable23R7137 13 m LC/LC Fibre Cable23R7138 25 m LC/LC Fibre Cable23R7140 LC/FC Fibre Cable Interposer23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7143* 1.8 m Power Cord 125V Chicago23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada45E2243 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS Drive Sled45E3081 Transparent LTO Encryption95P4278 Ultrium 4 Data Cartridges 5-Pack95P4711 2 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8470 to target SFF-8088)95P4713 2 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable (host SFF-8088 to target SFF-8088)95P4994 SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer95P4996 Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 4x Interposer45E9503 Path Failover95P5002 Ultrium 4 LVD SCSI Drive95P5004 Ultrium 4 Fibre Channel Drive95P5006 Ultrium 4 SAS Drive23R7260* Ultrium 3 LVD SCSI Drive23R7261* Ultrium 3 Fibre Tape Drive95P4998* Ultrium 3 HH LVD SCSI Tape Drive95P5000 Ultrium 3 HH SAS Tape Drive45E2237 Left Side 2U Magazine95P2020 Ultrium 3 Data Cartridges (5-pack)23R7000 Rack to PDU Line Cord
46C2084 Ultrium 5 Data Cartridges 5-Pack46X2682 LTO Ultrium 5 Fibre Channel Drive46X2683 LTO Ultrium 5 SAS Drive Sled46X2685 LTO Ultrium 5 Half High SAS Drive Sled46X2684 LTO Ultrium 5 Half High Fibre Drive Sled46X6912 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High Fibre Channel Drive Sled46X7117 LTO Ultrium 4 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled46X7122 LTO Ultrium 3 Half High SAS DriveV2 Sled
Note:
1. Includes tape library, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. No line cord provided.
Table 25. TS2900 Tape Library with LTO5 HH SAS drive &rack mount kit(3572S5R)
Part number
Description Storage interface Form factor Data cartridges (std/ max)
Cartridge Mags (std/ max)
Quantity of drives (std/ max)
Max storage - native/ compressed
MB/sec - native/ compressed1
3572S5R TS2900 Tape Library with LTO5 HH SAS drive & rack mount kit
SAS 1U Rack 0/9 1/1 1/1 1.5TB/3.0TB 140MB/280MB
Related Options 95P4711 2 m SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable95P4713 2 m Mini-SAS/Mini-SAS 1x Cable23R7141 2.8 m Power Cord 125V US/Canada23R7145 2.8 m Power Cord 250V US/Canada23R7008 Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge L1 UCC45E3793 3572 Additional Magazine
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
External tape and tape library attributes
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Ext tape drives ● Ext tape libraries ● Ext tape enclosures
Table 1. IBM 1U Tape Drive External Enclosure
Option number
Description Form factor
Max tap drives2
87651UX IBM 1U Tape Drive External Enclosure1 1U Rack Mount
2
Related options 39M5658* IBM Half High LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive43W8480 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive43W8478 IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive39M5636 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive 44E8895 IBM Half-high LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive42C3910* Tape Enclosure SCSI Kit240K2599 Tape Enclosure SAS Kit244E8869 USB Enclosure Adapter Kit2
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. Ships standard with tape enclosure, rack mounting hardware, 125V US power cord, and rack to PDU power cord.
2. One tape enclosure adapter kit required for each tape drive to be installed.
Table 2. IBM Half High Tape Drive External Enclosure
Option number
Description Form factor Max tape drives2
8767HHX IBM Half High Tape Drive External Enclosure1 Half High Stand-alone
1
Related Options 39M5658* IBM Half High LTO Gen 2 Tape Drive43W8480 IBM DDS Gen 5 SATA Tape Drive43W8478 IBM Half High LTO Gen 3 SAS Tape Drive39M5636 IBM DDS Generation 6 USB Tape Drive44E8895 IBM Half-high LTO Gen 4 SAS Tape Drive42C3910 Tape Enclosure SCSI Kit240K2599 Tape Enclosure SAS Kit244E8869 USB Enclosure Adapter Kit2
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. Ships standard with tape enclosure and 125V US power cord. 2. One tape enclosure adapter kit required for each tape drive to be installed.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Network Switches
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. Table 1. IBM Ethernet Switch B24C (Copper)
1. Each RJ45 port allows selection of 1 Cat5E cable.2. Min 1 power cable is required per B48Y Switch for standard power supply.3. If Power Supply 81Y1451 is selected, Min 1 Max 24. Optional Uplink Module provides to to 4 SFP+ ports. Each SFP+ port allows selection of =1 DAC
45W2398 Twinax Active 1 m 4 45W2408 Twinax Active 3 m 4 45W3039 Twinax Active 5 m 4 45W5943 4-port 1GbE Combo Module (SFP) 1 45W7346 4-port 10 GbE Uplink/Stacking Module
(SFP+)1
45W7207 210W AC I Power supply 1 45W5940 4002-Y2C Firmware Upgrade Renewal, 1
year4
Table 13. IBM Ethernet Switch J48E
Option number
Description Ports (Std/Max) SFP Modules (Std)
427348E IBM Ethernet Switch (J48E) 48/48 0Related Options Max Qty 45W4573 E48 Switch Adv Features 1 -45W4475 1GE Copper RJ-45 100m SFP 10 -45W4453 Exx Uplink Module 2x10G / 4x1G 2 -45W4743 10GE SR SFP+ 4 -45W4744 10GE LR 10km SFP+ 4 -45W5961 1m VCP Copper Cable 4 -45W5962 3m VCP Copper Cable 4 -45W5963 5m VCP Copper Cable 4 -45W5960 Exx 4 Post Rack Mount Kit 1 -45W4437 Exx 320W AC Power supply 2 -
Notes:
1. Each RJ45 port allows selection of 1 Cat5E cable.2. SFP+ Transceiver requires DAC Cables3. SFP+ Transceiver installs into SFP+ ports and accepts DAC Cabling4. Supports one uplink modules providing up to two 10GbE ports.5. Min=1 power cable is required per B48Y Switch for standard power supply.6. If Power Supply 45W4437 is selected, Min=1; Max=27. J48E ships standard with .5m VC Cable
46C3447 BNT SFP+ Transceiver 4 -40K5679 0.6m Blue Cat5e Cable 44 -40K8785 1.5m Blue Cat5e Cable 44 -40K5581 3m Blue Cat5e Cable 44 -40K8927 10m Blue Cat5e Cable 44 -40K8930 25m Blue Cat5e Cable 44 -39Y7937 1.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14
Rack Power Cable2 -
59Y1932 0.5m Molex Direct Attach Copper SFP+ Cable
2 -
59Y1936 1m Molex Direct Attach Copper SFP+ Cable
2 -
59Y1940 3m Molex Direct Attach Copper SFP+ Cable
2 -
59Y1944 7m Molex Direct Attach Copper SFP+ Cable
2 -
39Y7932 4.3m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable
2 -
Notes:
1. Each RJ45 port allows selection of 1 Cat5E cable.2. SFP+ Transceiver requires optical Cables3. SFP+ Transceiver installs into SFP+ ports and accepts Optical Cabling4. Supports two uplink modules providing up to four 10GbE ports.5. BNT8000 ships without power cords. Two power cords should be ordered at no charge.
1. Each SFP+ port allows selection of =1 DAC cable or SFP+ Transceiver with Optical Cable2. Min=1 power cable is required per B24Y Switch for standard power supply.3. If Power Supply 69Y0373 is selected, Min=1; Max=2
Table 17. IBM Ethernet Switch B48Y
Option number
Description Ports (Std/Max) SFP Modules (Std)
0563022 IBM Ethernet Switch B48Y 48/48 0Related Options Max Qty 69Y0389 SFP+ Transceiver 10GbE SR 300m MMF 4 -40K5679 0.6m Blue Cat5e Cable 49 -40K8785 1.5m Blue Cat5e Cable 49 -40K5581 3m Blue Cat5e Cable 49 -40K8927 10m Blue Cat5e Cable 49 -40K8930 25m Blue Cat5e Cable 49 -39Y79372,3 1.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14
Rack Power Cable2 -
39Y79322,3 4.3m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable
1. Each RJ45 port allows selection of 1 Cat5E cable.2. Min=1 power cable is required per B48Y Switch for standard power supply.3. If either PWRC 39Y7937 or 39Y7932 is selected, Min=1; Max=2 4. Provides 4 SFP+ ports. Each SFP+ port allows selection of =1 Molex DAC cable or SFP+
Transceiver with LC-fibre cabling.
Table 18.IBM Ethernet Switch J22E-24
Option number
Description Ports (Std/Max) SFP Modules (Std)
6630010 Juniper 24 Port 1Gb EX2200 Ethernet Switch for IBM System x
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack cabinets and options
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Rack cabinets ● Rack mounted products
Figure 1. Rack cabinets
Click image to enlarge
Table 1. Rack cabinets
IBM 11U OEK Rack
NetBay11 standard rack
S2 25U standard rack
S2 42U standard rack
Machine type model1 201886X 93061RX 93072RX 93072PX 93074RX 93074XXWithdrawal date - Jan 2,
2009- - - -
T-M-F Format 2018- RC1- 2731
9306- RC1- 1041
9307- RC2- 1042
9307- RC2- 6690
9307- RC4- 1043
9307- RC4- 1044
EIA capacity2 11U 11U 25U 25U 42U 42USidewall compartments 0 0 2 2 6 6Front stabilizers Std Std Std Std Std StdSide stabilizers NR NR NR NR Std3 StdCasters Std Std Std Std Std StdLeveling feet NA NA Std Std Std StdSide covers Std Std Std Std Std NRRack attachment kit4 NA NA NA NA NR StdGlass front door NA NA NA NA NA NAPerforated front door Std Std Std7 Std Std7 Std7
S2 42U Dynamic standard rack IBM 42U Enterprise rack Machine type model1 9956-4RX 9956-4XX 93084PX 93084EX Withdrawal date - - - -T-M-F Format 9956-
RC4- 5629
9956- RC4- 5631
9308- RC4- 5621
9308- RC4- 5622
EIA capacity2 42U 42U 42U 42U Sidewall compartments 6 6 4 4 Front stabilizers Std Std Std Std Side stabilizers Std3 Std3 NR NR Casters Std Std Std Std Leveling feet Std Std Std Std Side covers Std NR Std NR Rack attachment kit4 NR Std NR Std Glass front door NA NA NA NA Perforated front door Std Std Std Std Perforated rear door Std Std Std Std Height (mm/in)5 1999/78.7 1999/78.7 2020/79.5 2020/79.5Width (mm/in) 605/23.8 600/23.6 648/25.5 648/25.5Depth (mm/in) 1000/39.4 1000/39.4 1105/43.5 1105/43.5Empty weight (kg/lb) 125/276 117/258 220/485 177/390 Max load (kg/lb) 907/2000 907/2000 932/2055 932/2055 Total weight (kg/lb) 1032/2276 1032/2276 1152/2540 1109/2445 Shippable loaded6 Yes Yes Yes Yes Note: NR - Not required; NA - Not available; 1U - 1.75in (44.45mm)
Notes:
1. This is the option part number. The T-M-F format is for the US and Canada.
2. Conforms to EIA 310 - D Standard 19in rack specification for a Type A cabinet with universal hole spacing.
3. Side stabilizer brackets are included to bolt the cabinet to the floor. They are needed when a single, standalone cabinet is lightly loaded. See the installation instructions for additional information.
4. Required to attach racks together to make a suite.5. Minimum clearance to the ceiling is 305 mm/12 in.6. 'Shippable loaded' means the cabinet is capable of being
transported with equipment installed. Required packaging is provided. The integrator/assembler is responsible for assuring the stability of the shipped configuration. Rack Integration Services are available from IBM.
7. Front door hinged on either side8. Rear door is a split door.
Table 2. Floor Layout
2018-xxx (mm/ inches)
9306-xxx (mm/ inches)
9307-xxx (mm/ inches)
9308-xxx (mm/ inches)
9956-xxx (mm/ inches)
936x-xxx (mm/ inches)
Description
Box footprint
A 518/20.4 518/20.4 605/23.9 647/25.5 605/23.8 600/23.3 Width of rackB 1156/45.5 873/34.4 1000/39.4 1104/43.5 1000/39.4 1200/47.3 Depth of rack (not including front stabilizer)C 533/21 533/21 610/24.0 660/26 - 610/24.0 Front/rear door clearance (when required)
Operational Clearance D 610/24 619/24.4 698/27.5 749/29.5 699/28 1820/71.7 Width of Operational Clearance areaE 1880/74 1889/74.4 2372/93.4 2794/110 2372/93 2724/107.2 Depth of Operational Clearance areaF 25/1 50/2 50/2 50/2 610/24 610/24 Left/Right sides of rack to Operational Clearance areaG 914/36 762/30 914/36 914/36 914/36 914/36 Front of rack to Operational Clearance areaH 254/10 254/10 609/24 660/26 305/12 610/24 Rear of rack to Operational Clearance area
Service Clearance I 660/26 660/26 2428/95.6 2476/97.5 2428/96 2428/96 Width of Service Clearance areaJ 1981/78 1988/78.3 3286/129.4 3390/133.5 3287/129 3486/137.2 Depth of Service Clearance areaK 75/3 71/2.8 914/36 914/36 914/36 914/36 Left/Right sides of rack to Service Clearance areaL 914/36 914/36 1524/60 1524/60 1524/60 1524/60 Front of rack to Service Clearance areaM 521.9/20.5 762/30 762/30 762/30 762/30 762/30 Rear of rack to Service Clearance area Figure 2. Rack Floor Layout
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack cabinets and options
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Rack cabinets ● Rack mounted products
General rack placement rules and other information:
1. Place the heavier components toward the bottom of the rack (i.e., UPS, then servers or storage, etc.).
2. Do not extend more than one component on slide rails at a time.3. Utilize sidewall compartments for mounting PDUs and console
switches without using EIA space.4. Consider user and service requirements when mounting components
17231RX* 1723-HC1-1071 1U 17in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit with Ultrabay 1U built-in 17in Flat Panel Monitor (17in viewable image), space for UltraNav Keyboard (order keyboard separately), space for Ultrabay CDROM drive.
39Y6824 4144 CD-RW/DVD Combo Ultrabay Enhanced Drive Compatible with the 17231RX 1U built-in 17in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit.17233RX* 1723-HC1-1072 1U 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit 1U, built-in 15in Flat Panel Monitor (15in viewable image), space for
UltraNav Keyboard (order keyboard separately).42C0030 1723-HC1-8699 UltraNav Keyboard (PS/2) - US English IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device, 3m cable, black, PS/2,
US English.42C0038 1723-HC1-8738 UltraNav Keyboard (PS/2) - Canadian French IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device, 3m cable, black, PS/2,
French Canadian, 445 multilingual.40K5372 1723-HC1-8660 UltraNav Keyboard (USB) - US English IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device, 3m cable, black, USB,
US English.40K5380 1723-HC1-8668 UltraNav Keyboard (USB) - Canadian French IBM Rack Mountable Keyboard & Pointing Device, 3m cable, black, USB,
French Canadian, 445 multilingual.17353LX* 1735-HC1-2610 IBM 1x8 Console Switch 1U enhanced KVM console switch, mounts in sidewall compartments, EIA
space, or behind 1U Console Kit; 8 enhanced KVM/ACT ports; a single switch supports one to 128 servers, one local console.
17354LX 1735-HC1-2611 IBM 2x16 Console Switch 1U enhanced KVM console switch, mounts in sidewall compartments, EIA space, or behind 1U Console Kit; 16 enhanced KVM/ACT ports; a single switch supports one to 256 servers, two local consoles.
31R3130* 3750 3m Console Switch Cable (PS2) Connects servers with PS/2 K-V-M ports to the enhanced KVM console switches
31R3132* 3751 3m Console Switch Cable (USB) Connects servers with USB and VGA K-V-M ports to the enhanced KVM console switches
17351GX* 1735-HC1-1066 Local Console Manager (LCM2) 1U mounts in sidewall compartments, EIA space, or behind 1U Console Kit; 8 ACT ports; supports one to 128 servers, two local consoles, locally attached media devices.
39M2897 3754 Long KVM Conversion Option Pack Converts the console signals of servers with PS/2 and VGA console ports and cable management arms (on slides) so they can be chained to connect to a Local or Global Console Manager using Cat5 cable. Option Pack includes four sets of cables.
39M2895 3756 USB Conversion Option Pack Converts the console signals of servers with USB and VGA console ports and cable management arms (on slides) so they can be chained to connect to a Local or Global Console Manager using Cat5 cable. Option Pack includes four sets of cables.
39M2894 3758 Virtual Media Conversion Option Converts the console signals of servers with USB and VGA console ports and cable management arms (on slides) so they can be connected to a Local or Global Console Manager using Cat5 cable; supports server communication with a media device connected to the console manager. Option includes one cable set.
Power Distribution Support - Power Cables3 39Y7931* 6207 Rack Power Cable - 4.3m C13/5-15P 4.3m long rated 10A/127V with IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 5-15P connectors,
used to connect components to the DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU and the UPS3000LV
39Y7937 6201 Rack Power Cable - 1.5m C13/C14 1.5m long rated 10A/100-250V with IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14 connectors, used to connect components to DPI Universal Rack, Enterprise C13 PDUs, and UPS3000HV
39Y7932 6263 Rack Power Cable - 4.3m C13/C14 4.3m long rated 10A/100-250V with IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14 connectors, used to connect components to DPI Universal Rack, Enterprise PDUs, and UPS3000HV
39Y7938 6204 Rack Power Cable - 2.8m C13/C20 2.8m long, rated 10A/100-250V, with IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C20 connectors, used to connect components to DPI Front-end, High Density, and Enterprise C19 PDUs, UPS7500XHV and UPS10000XHV, bypassing the need for a DPI Rack PDU.
39Y7916 6252 Rack Power Cable - 2.5m C19/C20 2.5m long, rated 16A/100-250V, with IEC 320-C19 to IEC 320-C20 connectors, used to connect high power components with C20 inlets to DPI Front-end, High Density, or Enterprise C19 PDUs, and UPS7500XHV, and UPS10000XHV.
Mechanical options 25R5559 4272 1U Quick Install Filler Panel Kit Consists of five 1U blank filler panels.32R0712 4392 Heat Exchanger Rear Door Rear door for the 9308 Enterprise Rack; requires customer provided chilled
water.40K9627 4852 Acoustic Door Kit for Enterprise Rack Front and rear doors for the 9308 Enterprise Rack; usable with the
BladeCenter and BladeCenter H enclosures.17237RX 1723-HC1-1070 Fixed Shelf Supports up to 100lbs.
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
1. Type-Model-Feature or Feature Code. This format is used with the eConfig Product and Solution Configurator in the US and Canada.
2. See the Rack Power Configurator Chapter for a complete listing of PDUs and UPS options.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack console options
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Rack options ● Console switching
A console consisting of a keyboard, monitor and pointing device is required by each server for system maintenance and support. The console may be local or remote and may be dedicated to a single server or shared across a large array of servers, which requires the use of one or more console switching devices.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack console options
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Rack options ● Console switching
Click image to enlarge
Refer to the cable labeling key in the Cable Options table appearing later in this section.
Click image to enlarge
Refer to the cable labeling key in the Cable Options table appearing later in this section.
1. Type-Model-Feature ordering system now used in the US and Canada.2. All switches are RoHS compliant.3. ARI port is an RJ45 connector used to connect servers with appropriate
console cables (Option P/Ns 31R3130, 31R3132); ACT port is an advanced ARI RJ45 port supporting chaining of servers and virtual media using Cat5 cables and appropriate conversion cables (Option P/Ns 39M2894, 39M2895, 39M2897).
4. ACI port is an RJ45 connector used for direct connection of this switch up to one of the parent switch's ARI or ACT ports using Cat5 cable.
5. ARI / ACT Combo ports allow use of either console cables (Option P/Ns 31R3130, 31R3132) or ACT conversion cables (Option P/Ns 39M2895, 39M2896, 39M2897); The Virtual Media Conversion cable, P/N 39M2894, is supported with the 17353LX and 17354LX but the Virtual Media functionality is only supported on the GX models.
Switch placement rules
Mounting locations LCM2 GCMMonitor shelf switch bay yes no1U 17in Console switch bay yes no1U 15in Console switch bay yes yesSide-wall compartment yes yesU compartment (EIA space) yes yes Cable options (Table 1)
Label Part number Feature code1 Description 2.1m KVM cable (PS2 male to PS2 male)
3.8m KVM cable (PS2 male to PS2 male)
3m PS2 KVM cable (PS2 male to RJ45)
3m USB KVM cable (USB,DB15 to RJ45)
260mm C2T chaining cable (C2T male to C2T male)2
2m C2T chaining cable (C2T male to C2T male)3
2m C2T breakout cable (C2T male to PS2 female)
[e] 39M2897 3754 long KVM Conversion Option kit (KCO)
- - - - - - -
- 3755 long KVM conversion cable set
- - - - - - -
[g] 39M2895 3756 USB Conversion Option Kit (UCO)
- - - - - - -
- 3757 USB conversion cable set
- - - - - - -
[h] 39M2894 3758 Virtual Media Conversion Option (VCO)
- - - - - - -
[i] - 3760 3761 Cat5 cable various lengths provided with option or by customerThe following options have been withdrawn from marketing:[a] 09N4293 - Console Cable
[c] 06P4792 - Virtual Media Conversion Option (VCO)
- - - - - 1 1
[f] 32P1637 - C2T Conversion Option Kit
- - - - - - -
Cable options (Table 2)
Label Part number Feature code1 Description 250mm KCO cable (PS2 male to RJ45)
1.5m KCO cable (PS2 male to RJ45)
114mm CCO cable (C2T male to RJ45)
1.5m UCO cable (USB,DB15 to RJ45)
1.5m VCO cable (USB,DB15 to RJ45)
[e] 39M2897 3754 long KVM Conversion Option kit (KCO)
- 4 - - -
- 3755 long KVM conversion cable set
- 1 - - -
[g] 39M2895 3756 USB Conversion Option Kit (UCO)
- - - 4 -
- 3757 USB conversion cable set
- - - 1 -
[h] 39M2894 3758 Virtual Media Conversion Option (VCO)
- - - - 1
[i] - 3760 3761 Cat5 cable various lengths provided with option or by customerThe following options have been withdrawn from marketing:[a] 09N4293 - Console Cable Set
Label Part number Feature code1 Description 150mm Cat5 cable (RJ45 to RJ45)
350mm Cat5 cable (RJ45 to RJ45)
1.8m Cat5 cable (RJ45 to RJ45)
Usage
[d] 39M2896 3752 short KVM Conversion Option kit (KCO)
4 - - servers with PS2 KVM ports and no cable management arms- 3753 short KVM
conversion cable set1 - -
[e] 39M2897 3754 long KVM Conversion Option kit (KCO)
- 4 - servers with PS2 KVM ports and with cable management arms
- 3755 long KVM Conversion Option kit (KCO)
- 1 -
[g] 39M2895 3756 USB Conversion Option Kit (UCO)
- 4 - servers with USB+VGA KVM ports
- 3757 USB conversion cable set
- 1 -
[h] 39M2894 3758 Virtual Media Conversion Option (VCO)
- - 1 servers with USB+VGA KVM ports
[i] - 3760 3761 Cat5 cable various lengths provided with option or by customer The following options have been withdrawn from marketing:[a] 09N4293 - Console Cable Set -
7ft- - - servers with PS2
KVM ports4
[a] 94G7447 - Console Cable Set - 12ft
- - - servers with PS2 KVM ports4
[a1] 31R3130 3750 3m PS2 Console Switch Cable
- - - servers with PS2 KVM ports
[a2] 31R3132 3751 3m USB Console Switch Cable
- - - servers with USB+VGA KVM ports
[b] with server - C2T chaining cable - - - included with x3355
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● US & Canada ● EMEA ● Asia Pacific ● Latin America
Rack Power Products Sample Power Configurations Rack Placement
Attention:UPS Data for Latin America and Asia Pacific will be added in a later COG release.
Rack Power Products:
IBM Distributed Power Interconnect (DPI) Power Distribution Units (PDU)
● DPI 100-127v NEMA PDU
● DPI Universal Rack PDU
● DPI Single-phase Front-end PDUs
● DPI Single-phase Enterprise PDUs and PDU+ with Monitoring
● DPI Three-phase Enterprise PDUs and PDU+ with Monitoring
● IBM Single-phase Switched and Monitored PDU
● IBM Three-phase Switched and Monitored PDU
● 0U Single-phase PDUs
● 0U Three-phase PDUs
IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise Power Distribution Units (PDUs)
1. Each device usually comes with a power cord. The PDU requires the power cord to have an IEC 320-C14 plug. Order 39Y7932(14ft) if appropriate cord is not provided with the device.
2. Each PDU comes with or requires a country-specific power cord.3. P/S = Power Supply4. One 2m internal rack power cable provided with DPI Rack PDU.5. Devices with C20 power inlets require C19 to C20 power cords.6. Option 39Y7938 provides a C13 to C20 power cord to attach normal
devices with C14 power inlets directly to Front-end, Enterprise C19, or High Density PDUs.
7. UPS uses a country-specific line cord or has a terminal block requiring an electrician to connect to power source.
8. Line cord provided with Front-end PDU.
Attention:Â Customers are responsible for providing a dedicated circuit for each line cord protected with an appropriate circuit breaker.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● US & Canada ● EMEA ● Asia Pacific ● Latin America
Rack Power Products Sample Power Configurations Rack Placement
Notes (referencing the following graphic):
1. Each device usually comes with a power cord. The PDU requires the power cord to have an IEC 320-C14 plug. Order 39Y7932 (14ft) if appropriate cord is not provided with the device.
2. Each PDU comes with or requires a country-specific power cord.3. P/S = Power Supply4. One 2m internal rack power cable provided with DPI Rack PDU.5. Devices with C20 power inlets require C19 to C20 power cords.6. Option 39Y7938 provides a C13 to C20 power cord to attach normal
devices with C14 power inlets directly to Front-end, Enterprise C19, or High Density PDUs.
7. UPS uses a country-specific line cord or has a terminal block requiring an electrician to connect to power source.
8. Line cord provided with Front-end PDU.
Attention:Customers are responsible for providing a dedicated circuit for
each line cord protected with an appropriate circuit breaker.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● US & Canada ● EMEA ● Asia Pacific ● Latin America
Rack Power Products Sample Power Configurations Rack Placement
Rack Placement:
Rack PDU Placement Rules and PDU Capacities
● NetBay and DPI PDUs cannot be mixed in the same side-wall
compartment.
● DPI Rack PDUs can be cabled to NetBay Front-end PDUs.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● US & Canada ● EMEA ● Asia Pacific ● Latin America
DPI PDU DPI Enterprise and Switched and Monitored PDU IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU IBM UPS
DPI Power Distribution Units (US and Canada)
The following PDUs have line cords included:
Option part number Feature code Description Power cord description Power source DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU
39Y8905 5900 DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU attached line cord: 9ft NEMA L5-15P
single-phase 15A/100-127V 60Hz
Specifications Outlets:six NEMA 5-15R
Power Capacity:1440W @ 120VPower Limit per
Outlet:10A
Grouping:six per phasePower Limit per
Group:-
Power Limit per PDU:
12A circuit breaker
Power Monitoring:No
DPI Universal Rack PDU
5950 DPI Universal Rack PDU (US) rack power cable: 2m C19/C20 another PDU or UPS (100-250V)39Y8951 5949 line cord: 4.3m NEMA L5-20P single-phase 20A/120V 60Hz
5951 line cord: 4.3m NEMA L6-20P single-phase 20A/208V 60Hz Specifications
Version:to PDU or UPS LV line cord HV line cordOutlets:seven IEC C13 seven IEC C13 seven IEC C13
Power Capacity:3000W @ 200V 1800W @ 120V 3120W @ 208VPower Limit per
Outlet:10A 10A 10A
Grouping:seven per phase seven per phase seven per phasePower Limit per
1. This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options. When ordering PDUs as separate options, use the Option Part Number. For integrated rack-based solutions, Feature Codes are used to order the PDUs as features of the Rack Cabinet. Feature Codes are used with the eConfig Product and Solution Configurator.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● US & Canada ● EMEA ● Asia Pacific ● Latin America
DPI PDU DPI Enterprise and Switched and Monitored PDU IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU IBM UPS
DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units (US & Canada)
Order a PDU Module... Plus a Line CordFeature code for bundle
Option part number
Feature code
PDU model description
+ Option part number
Feature code
Power card description
Power source
DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU +
6012 39Y8941 6010 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW)
+ 40K9614 6500 4.3m, 30A/208V, NEMA L6-30P (US) Line Cord
Outlets: nine IEC C19/3 three IEC C13 twelve IEC C13 nine IEC C19/3 three IEC C13Power Capacity: 16800W @ 208V 16800W @ 208V 8400W @ 208V
Grouping: each phase has one c13 and three c19
each phase has four c13
each phase has one c13 and three c19
Power Limit per Group:
27.7 27.7 13.9
Power Limit per Outlet:
IEC C13 10A, IEC C19 16A 10A 10A
Power Limit per PDU:
83A 83A 42A
Power Monitoring: Yes Yes Yes
IBM 0U PDUs
46M4125 5923 IBM 0U 24 C13 30A 3 Phase Basic PDU Attached Line Cord (3.0m, 30A/120V/208V NEMA L21-30P 3P+N+G 3ph WYE (US) Line Cord)
three-phase, 30A/208V
46M4128 5924 IBM 0U 24 C13 30A Basic PDU Attached Line Cord (3.0m, 30A/208V L6-30P 1ph (US) Line Cord)
single-phase, 30A/208V
46M4140 5926 IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 50A 3 Phase PDU Attached Line Cord (3.0m, 50A/208V CS8365L 3ph delta (US) Line Cord)
three-phase, 50A/208V
Specifications Version:30A/208V 30A/208V 50A/208VOutlets:twenty four IEC
C13twenty four IEC C13
twelve IEC C13 / twelve IEC C19
Power Capacity:8400W @ 208V 4800W @ 208V 14000W @ 208VPower Limit per
Outlet:10A 10A 10A, 16A
Grouping:eight per phase - four C13 and 4 C19 per phase
Power Limit per Group:
13.9A - 23.4A
Power Limit per PDU:
42A 24A 70A
Power Monitoring:No No No
IBM 0U PDUs - Switched and Monitored
46M4116 5929 IBM 0U 24 C13 Switched and Monitored 30A PDU Attached Line Cord (3.0m, 30A/208V L6-30P (US) Line Cord)
single-phase, 30A/208V
46M4134 5931 IBM 0U 12 C19/12 C13 Switched and Monitored 50A 3 Phase PDU Attached Line Cord (3.0m, 50A/208V CS8365L 3ph delta (US) Line Cord)
three-phase, 50A/208V
Specifications Version:30A/208V 50A/208VOutlets:twenty four IEC
C13twelve IEC C13 / twelve IEC C19
Power Capacity:4800W @ 208V 14000W @ 208VPower Limit per
Outlet:10A C13 10A, C19 16A
Grouping:- four C13 and four C19 per phase
Power Limit per Group:
- 23.4A
Power Limit per PDU:
24A 70A
Power Monitoring:Yes Yes
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products that are part of a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the table 'DPI Power Distribution Units' for more options. When ordering PDUs as separate options use the Option Part Number. For integrated rack-based solutions, Feature Codes are used to order the PDUs as features of the Rack Cabinet. Feature Codes for Bundles are
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● US & Canada ● EMEA ● Asia Pacific ● Latin America
DPI PDU DPI Enterprise and Switched and Monitored PDU IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU IBM UPS
IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise Power Distribution Units (US & Canada)
Order a PDU Module... Plus a Lin e Cord MTM Feature
codePDU model description
SEO/Option part number
Feature code
Power cord description
Power source
IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU and PDU+ 7176 - PN1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU
71762NX 6050 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module (WW)
+ 40K9614 6500 4.3m, 30A/208V, NEMA L6-30P (US) Line Cord
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● US & Canada ● EMEA ● Asia Pacific ● Latin America
DPI PDU DPI Enterprise and Switched and Monitored PDU IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU IBM UPS
IBM Uninterruptable Power Supplies (US & Canada)
Order a UPS Product... Plus a Line CordOption part number
Feature code Description Option part number Feature code Description Power source
IBM Tower UPS (2130-TU1)
2130R3X 1083 IBM UPS1000TLV attached line cord: 6ft NEMA 5-15P single-phase 15A/120V
2130R5X 1085 IBM UPS1500TLV attached line cord: 6ft NEMA 5-15P single-phase 15A/120V
Specifications Version:1000VA 1500VAOutlets:eight NEMA 5-15R eight NEMA 5-15R
Power Capacity:670W 980WPower Limit per
Outlet:10A 10A
Power Limit per UPS:
8.3A 12A
Power Monitoring:Yes YesBattery Expansion:No No
IBM Rack UPS (2130-RU1)*
21301RX* 1077 IBM UPS3000LV attached line cord: 12ft NEMA L5-30P40K9620* 5742 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (2U)
Specifications Outlets: six NEMA 5-15R one NEMA L5-30R
Power Capacity: 2700W @ 120VPower Limit per
Outlet:10A 10A
Grouping: 2x(two 5-15R) 1x(two 5-15R + L5-30R)
Power Limit per Group:
20A 20A
Power Limit per UPS:
24A
Power Monitoring: YesBattery Expansion: Yes, four 2U units max (P/N 40K9620)
21302RX* 1078 IBM UPS3000HV select from the list of Line Cords below:
Line Cords: 40K9772 6275 4.3m, 16A/208V, C19 to NEMA L6-20P (US) Line Cord
21303RX 1079 IBM UPS7500XHV requires electrician to connect to source power circuit (with 50A circuit breaker (typical))39Y8857 5743 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (3U)
Battery Expansion:Yes, four 3U units max (P/N 39Y8857)
21304RX 1080 IBM UPS10000XHV requires electrician to connect to source power circuit (with 70A circuit breaker (typical))39Y8857 5743 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (3U)
IEC C13)Power Capacity:8000W @ 200VPower Limit per
Outlet:15A
Power Limit per UPS:
50A
Power Monitoring:YesBattery Expansion:Yes, four 3U units max (P/N 39Y8857)
IBM Rack UPS (2419-RU1)
24195KX 7618 IBM UPS5000XHV select from the list of Line Cords below: Single Phase 30A/208V Line Cords: 40K9614 6500 4.3m, 30A/208V, Souriau UTG Female to NEMA L6-30P
(US) Line Cord39Y8857 5743 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (3U)
Specifications Outlets: eight IEC 320 C13 two IEC 320 C19
Power Capacity: 4500W @ 208VPower Limit per
Outlet:10A 16A
Grouping: 2x(1 C19+4 C13) 1x(1 C19+4 C13)Power Limit per
Group:20A 20A
Power Limit per UPS:
24A
Power Monitoring: YesBattery Expansion: Yes, four 3U units max(P/N 39Y8857)
IBM Rack UPS (5395-RU1)
53951AX 6653 IBM 1500VA LCD 2U Rack UPS (100V/120V)
US Line cord ships with this UPS-4.3m 13A/125V C13 to NEMA L5-15P (US)
Single phase 15A/120V
Specifications Version: Single-phase LV source (120V)Outlets: four NEMA 5-15R two IEC 320 C13
Power Capacity: 1000W @ 120VPower Limit per
Outlet:12A 16A
Power Limit per UPS:
8.3A
Power Monitoring: YesBattery Expansion: No
53951KX 6654 IBM 1500VA LCD 2U Rack UPS
(230V)select from the list of Line Cords below: Single Phase 15A/208V
Line Cords: 23R7145 6372 2.8m, 10A/208V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P (US) Line Cord Specifications
Power Monitoring: Yes YesBattery Expansion: Yes, one 3U units max (P/N 69Y1986)
IBM Tower UPS (5396-TU1)53961AX 6663 IBM 1000VA LCD Tower UPS (120V) US Line cord ships with these UPS’s: 2.8M, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Single Phase
15A/120A Specifications
Version:1000AOutlets:eight Nema 5-15R
Power Capacity:750WPower Limit per
Outlet:10A
Power Limit per UPS:
8.33A
Power Monitoring:YesBattery Expansion:No
IBM Tower UPS (5396-TU2)53962AX 6666 IBM 1500VA LCD Tower UPS (120V) US Line cord ships with these UPS’s: 2.8M, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Single Phase
15A/120A Specifications
Version:1500VAOutlets:eight Nema 5-15R
Power Capacity:1000WPower Limit per
Outlet:10A
Power Limit per UPS:
12.5A
Power Monitoring:YesBattery Expansion:No
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Notes:
This table describes the IBM System x family Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) products. Feature Codes are used with the eConfig Product and Solution Configurator.
1. Works with 5395 RU2 models only2. Works with 5395 RU3 models only3. Works with 5395 RU4 models only4. Works with 5395 RU5 models only
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● US & Canada ● EMEA ● Asia Pacific ● Latin America
DPI PDU DPI Enterprise and Switched and Monitored PDU IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU IBM UPS
DPI Power Distribution Units (EMEA)
The following PDU products have line cords included:
Option part number
Description Power cord description Power source
DPI Universal Rack PDU (includes 2m C19/C20 rack power cable) any of the following
DPI Universal Rack PDU module without line cord rack power cable: 2m C19/C20 another PDU or UPS (100-250V)
39Y8934 DPI Single-phase 32A/230V Front-end PDU high voltage (non US) line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 P+N+G single-phase 32A/220-240V
39Y8935 DPI Single-phase 63A/230V Front-end PDU high voltage (non US) line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 P+N+G single-phase 63A/220-240V
Specifications Version:30A/120V 32A/220-
240V63A/220-240V
Outlets:three IEC C19 three IEC C19
three IEC C19
Power Capacity:2880W @ 120V 7360W @ 230V
14490W @ 230V
Power Limit per Outlet:16A 16A 16APower Limit per PDU:24A 32A 63A
Power Monitoring:No No No
DPI High Density PDU
- - - - DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU 39Y8905 DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU attached line cord: 9ft NEMA L5-15P single-
phase 15A/100-127V 60Hz
Specifications Version:Saudi Arabia (US LV)Outlets:six NEMA 5-15R
Power Capacity:1440W @ 120VPower Limit per Outlet:10A
Power Limit per PDU:12APower Monitoring:No
Note:
This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● US & Canada ● EMEA ● Asia Pacific ● Latin America
DPI PDU DPI Enterprise and Switched and Monitored PDU IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU IBM UPS
DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units (EMEA)
Order a PDU Module... Plus a Line CordOption part number PDU model description + Option part number Power cord description Power source DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU+
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW)
+ 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord
single-phase 32A/220-240V
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW)
+ 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord
single-phase 63A/220-240V
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW)
+ 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord
This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● US & Canada ● EMEA ● Asia Pacific ● Latin America
DPI PDU DPI Enterprise and Switched and Monitored PDU IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU IBM UPS
IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise Power Distribution Units (EMEA)
Order a PDU Module... Plus a Line Cord MTM PDU Module Description SEO / Option
Part NumberPower Cord Description Power Source
IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU and PDU+ 7176 - PN1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU
71762NX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module (WW)
+ 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord
single-phase 32A/220-240V
+ 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord
single-phase 63A/220-240V
+ 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye 32A/380-415V
Specifications: Version: 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V 3-phaseOutlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 nine IEC C19 three IEC C13Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230VPower Limits -per outlet: 16A 10A 16A 10A 16A 10Agrouping: pairing of one 10A with one 16A pairing of one 10A with one 16A each phase has two 16A + one
10Aper group: 20A 20A 32Aper PDU: 32A 63A --Power Monitoring: No No No
7176 - PM1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+
71762MX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ Module (WW)
+ 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord
single-phase 32A/220-240V
+ 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord
single-phase 63A/220-240V
+ 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye 32A/380-415V
Specifications: Version: 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V 3-phaseOutlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 nine IEC C19 three IEC C13Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230VPower Limits -per outlet: 16A 10A 16A 10A 16A 10Agrouping: pairing of one 10A with one 16A pairing of one 10A with one 16A each phase has two 16A + one
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● US & Canada ● EMEA ● Asia Pacific ● Latin America
DPI PDU DPI Enterprise and Switched and Monitored PDU IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU IBM UPS
IBM Uninterruptable Power Supplies (EMEA)
Order a UPS Product... Plus a Line CordOption part number
Description Option part number Description Power source
IBM Tower UPS (2130-TU1)
2130R4X IBM UPS1000THV select from the list of line cords below:2130R6X IBM UPS1500THV
Line Cords:39Y7917* 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to CEE7-
VII (Europe) Line Cordsingle-phase 10A/230V
39Y7918* 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to DK2-5a (Denmark) Line Cord
single-phase 10A/230V
39Y7920* 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord
single-phase 10A/230V
39Y7921 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to CEI 23-16 (Italy) Line Cord
single-phase 10A/230V
39Y7922* 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to SABS 164 (South Africa) Line Cord
single-phase 10A/230V
39Y7919* 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to SEV 1011-S24507 (Sws) Line Cord
single-phase 10A/230V
39Y7923* 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to BS 1363/A (UK) Line Cord
40K9768 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to CEI 23-16 (Italy) Line Cord
single-phase 16A/230V
40K9770 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to SABS 164 (South Africa) Line Cord
single-phase 16A/230V
40K9767 4.3m, 13A/230V, C19 to BS 1363/A w/13A fuse (UK) Line Cord
single-phase 16A/230V
40K9620* IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (2U) Specifications
Outlets:nine IEC C13 one IEC C19Power Capacity: 2700W @ 208V
Power Limit per Outlet:10A 16AGrouping:2x(three C13) 1x(three C13 + one C19)
Power Limit per Group:20A 20APower Limit per UPS: 16A
Power Monitoring: YesBattery Expansion: Yes, four 2U units max (P/N 40K9620)
21303RX IBM UPS7500XHV requires electrician to connect to source power circuit (with 50A circuit breaker (typical))39Y8857 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (3U)
Specifications Version: single phase 3-phaseOutlets: four IEC C19 (using Rack PDUs: 28 IEC C13)
Power Capacity: 6000W @ 200V 6000W @ 200VPower Limit per Outlet: 15A 15A
Power Limit per UPS: 38A 38APower Monitoring: Yes Yes
Battery Expansion: Yes, four 3U units max (P/N 39Y8857)
21304RX IBM UPS10000XHV requires electrician to connect to source power circuit (with 63A circuit breaker (typical))39Y8857 IBM UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (3U)
Specifications Version: single phase 3-phaseOutlets: four IEC C19 (using Rack PDUs: 28 IEC C13)
Power Capacity: 8000W @ 200V 8000W @ 200VPower Limit per Outlet: 15A 15A
Power Limit per UPS: 50A 50APower Monitoring: Yes Yes
Battery Expansion: Yes, four 3U units max (P/N 39Y8857)
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
Note:
This table describes the IBM System x family of Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) products. Feature Codes are used with the eConfig Product and Solution Configurator.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● US & Canada ● EMEA ● Asia Pacific ● Latin America
DPI PDU DPI Enterprise and Switched and Monitored PDU IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU
DPI Power Distribution Units (Asia Pacific)
The following PDU products have line cords included:
Option part number
Description Power cord description Power source
DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU
39Y8905 DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU attached line cord: 9ft NEMA L5-15P single-phase 15A/100-127V 60Hz Specifications
Version:Taiwan (US LV)Outlets:six NEMA 5-15R
Power Capacity:1440W @ 120VPower Limit per
Outlet:10A
Power Limit per PDU:12A circuit breakerPower Monitoring:No
DPI Universal Rack PDU
any of the following:
DPI Universal Rack PDU module without line cord
rack power cable: 2m C19/C20 another PDU or UPS (100-250V)
39Y8958 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Aus/NZ) line cord: 4.3m AS/NZ 3112 single-phase 15A/230V39Y8959 DPI Universal Rack PDU (China) line cord: 4.3m GB 2099.1 single-phase 16A/220V39Y8961 DPI Universal Rack PDU (India) line cord: 4.3m IS6538 single-phase 16A/240V39Y8952 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Europe) line cord: 4.3m CEE7-VII single-phase 16A/230V39Y8953 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Den/Sws) line cord: 4.3m IEC 309 P+N+G single-phase 16A/230V39Y8956 DPI Universal Rack PDU (South Africa) line cord: 4.3m SABS 164 single-phase 16A/230V39Y8957 DPI Universal Rack PDU (UK) line cord: 4.3m BS 1363/A single-phase 13A/230V39Y8951 DPI Universal Rack PDU (US) line cord: 4.3m NEMA L5-20P single-phase 20A/120V 60Hz
line cord: 4.3m NEMA L6-20P single-phase 20A/208V 60HzSpecifications
Version:to PDU or UPS Aus/NZ China Hong Kong (UK) Taiwan (US LV)Outlets:seven IEC C13 seven IEC C13 seven IEC C13 seven IEC C13 seven IEC C13
Power Capacity:3000W @ 200V 3450W @ 230V 3300W @ 220V 2990W @ 230V 1800W @ 120VPower Limit per
Specifications Version:Aus/NZ S Korea 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V 30A/120VOutlets:three IEC C19 three IEC C19 three IEC C19 three IEC C19 three IEC C19
Power Capacity:2880W @ 230V 7360W @ 220V 14490W @ 230V 7360W @ 230V 2880W @ 120VPower Limit per
Outlet:16A 16A 16A 16A 16A
Power Limit per PDU:
32A 30A 63A 32A 24A
Power Monitoring:
No No No No No
DPI High Density PDU - - - -
Note:
This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● US & Canada ● EMEA ● Asia Pacific ● Latin America
DPI PDU DPI Enterprise and Switched and Monitored PDU IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU
DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units (Asia Pacific)
NOTE: Also see the US/Canada section.
Order a PDU Module... Plus a Line CordOption part number PDU model description + Option part number Power cord description Power
source DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU+ (also see the DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU+ table for the US)
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW)
+ 40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord
single-phase 32A/220-240V
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW)
+ 40K9613 4.3m, 63A/230V, IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord
single-phase 63A/220-240V
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW)
+ 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye 32A/380-415V
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW)
+ 40K9617 4.3m, 32A/230V, AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord
single-phase 32A/230V
39Y8941 DPI C13 Enterprise Module (WW)
+ 40K9618 4.3m, 30A/220V, KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord
Power Capacity:7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230VPower Limit per Outlet:10A 10A 10A
Grouping:- - four per phasePower Limit per Group:- - 32A
Power Limit per PDU:32A 63A -Power Monitoring:Yes Yes Yes
Note:
This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● US & Canada ● EMEA ● Asia Pacific ● Latin America
DPI PDU DPI Enterprise and Switched and Monitored PDU IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU
IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise Power Distribution Units (Asia Pacific)
NOTE: Also see the US/Canada and the EMEA sections.
Order a PDU Module ... Plus a Line CordMTM PDU Module Description SEO / Option Part Number Power Cord Description Power Source IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU and PDU+ 7176 - PN1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU
71762NX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module (WW)
+ 40K9617 4.3m, 32A/230V, AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord
single-phase 32A/230V
+ 40K9618 4.3m, 30A/220V, KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord
single-phase 30A/220V
Specifications: Version: 32A/230V 30A/220VOutlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 nine IEC C19 three IEC C13Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 6600W @ 220VPower Limits -
per outlet: 16A 10A 16A 10Agrouping: pairing of one 10A with one 16A pairing of one 10A with one 16Aper group: 20A 20Aper PDU: 32A 30A
Power Monitoring: No No
7176 - PM1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 71762MX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● US & Canada ● EMEA ● Asia Pacific ● Latin America
DPI PDU DPI Enterprise and Switched and Monitored PDU IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU
DPI Power Distribution Units (Latin America)
The following PDU products have line cords included:
Option part number
Description Power cord description Power source
DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU
39Y8905 DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU attached line cord: 9ft NEMA L5-15P single-phase 15A/100-127V 60Hz Specifications
Outlets:six NEMA 5-15RPower Capacity:1440W @ 120VPower Limit per
Outlet:10A
Power Limit per PDU:12A circuit breakerPower Monitoring:No
DPI Universal Rack PDU
any of the following:
DPI Universal Rack PDU module without line cord
rack power cable: 2m C19/C20 another PDU or UPS (100-250V)
39Y8962 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Argentina) line cord: 4.3m IRAM 2073 single-phase 16A/220V39Y8960 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Brazil) line cord: 4.3m NBR 6147 single-phase 15A/125V39Y8955 DPI Universal Rack PDU (Italy) line cord: 4.3m CEI 23-16 single-phase 16A/230V39Y8951 DPI Universal Rack PDU (US) line cord: 4.3m NEMA L5-20P single-phase 20A/120V 60Hz
line cord: 4.3m NEMA L6-20P single-phase 20A/208V 60HzSpecifications
Version:to PDU or UPS Argentina Brazil (NEMA LV) (NEMA HV)Outlets:seven IEC C13 seven IEC C13 seven IEC C13 seven IEC C13 seven IEC C13
Power Capacity:3000W @ 200V 3300W @ 220V 1875W @ 125V 1800W @ 120V 3120W @ 208VPower Limit per
line cord: 2.5m IEC 309 P+N+G single-phase 63A/220-240V
Specifications Version:30A/120V 30A/208V 60A/208V 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240VOutlets:three IEC C19 three IEC C19 three IEC C19 three IEC C19 three IEC C19
Power Capacity:2880W @ 120V 4992W @ 208V 9984W @ 208V 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230VPower Limit per
This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● US & Canada ● EMEA ● Asia Pacific ● Latin America
DPI PDU DPI Enterprise and Switched and Monitored PDU IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU
DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units (Latin America)
NOTE: Also see the US/Canada section.
Order a PDU Module... Plus a Line CordOption part number PDU model description + Option part number Power cord description Power
source DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU+ (also see the DPI Enterprise PDU and PDU+ table for the US)
Power Capacity:7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230VPower Limit per Outlet:10A 10A 10A
Grouping:- - four per phasePower Limit per Group:- - 32A
Power Limit per PDU:32A 63A -Power Monitoring:Yes Yes Yes
Note:
This table describes some of the IBM Distributed Power Interconnect products, a family of power distribution units (PDUs). See the table DPI Enterprise Power Distribution Units for more options.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Rack power configurator
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● US & Canada ● EMEA ● Asia Pacific ● Latin America
DPI PDU DPI Enterprise and Switched and Monitored PDU IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise PDU
IBM 7176 Ultra Density Enterprise Power Distribution Units (Latin America)
NOTE: Also see the US/Canada section.
Order a PDU Module ... Plus a Line CordMTM PDU Module Description SEO / Option Part
NumberPower Cord Description Power Source
IBM Ultra Density Enterprise PDU and PDU+ 7176 - PN1 IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU
71762NX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module (WW)
+ 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord
three-phase wye 32A/380-415V
Specifications: Version: 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V 3-phaseOutlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 nine IEC C19 three IEC C13Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230VPower Limits -per outlet: 16A 10A 16A 10A 16A 10Agrouping: pairing of one 10A with one 16A pairing of one 10A with one 16A each phase has two 16A + one 10Aper group: 20A 20A 32Aper PDU: 32A 63A --Power Monitoring: No No No
7176 - PM1 IBM IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+ 71762MX IBM Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU+
240V+ 40K9611 4.3m, 32A/380-415V, IEC 309 3P+N+G (non-US) Line
Cordthree-phase wye 32A/380-415V
Specifications: Version: 32A/220-240V 63A/220-240V 3-phaseOutlets: nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 nine IEC C19 three IEC C13 nine IEC C19 three IEC C13Power Capacity: 7360W @ 230V 14490W @ 230V 22080W @ 230VPower Limits -per outlet: 16A 10A 16A 10A 16A 10Agrouping: pairing of one 10A with one 16A pairing of one 10A with one 16A each phase has two 16A + one 10Aper group: 20A 20A 32Aper PDU: 32A 63A --Power Monitoring: Yes Yes Yes
Notes:
● This table describes some of the IBM power distribution unit products available for use with System x and BladeCenter servers.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Appendix A. Uninterruptible power supplies
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. UPS runtime estimator
Steps to determine UPS runtimes and suitable UPS for desired configurations:
1. Using the 'Power Product Data' table in the 'Power Data Overview Appendix', sum the power load (watts) of all devices in the configuration. Use either Maximum Load for minimum runtimes, or Typical Load for typical runtimes.
2. Using the 'Runtimes' table, locate the configuration's total load calculated in step 1.
3. Select the most appropriate UPS model to achieve the desired runtime.
Note:
If the configuration's total load is greater than the entries in the 'Runtimes' table, split the load across two or more UPS units.
IBM UPS 1000T, 1500T
Table 1. IBM UPS 1000T, 1500T attributes
Tower Low Voltage Versions (US) UPS1000TLV UPS1500TLV New T-M-F Ordering System4 2130TU1-1083 2130TU1-1085 Part Number 2130R3X 2130R5X (Old Part Number) (21303TX*) (21305TX*) Low Voltage Versions (Int'l) UPS1000THV UPS1500THV Part Number 2130R4X 2130R6X (Old Part Number) (21304TX) (21306TX) Japan Versions UPS1000TJV UPS1500TJV Part Number 2130R8X 2130R9X (Old Part Number) (21308TX) (21309TX)UPS attributes
Communications links to servers Serial/USB/Enet Serial/USB/EnetColor black blackAPC SmartSlot one oneInternational models
50 or 60Hz, single phase,VAC: 220-240(xxx)1,2 220-240(xxx)1,2
1. How-to-Read example for 200-240(208): Input VAC is 200-240 as is the UPS output when electric service is active. When electric service is interrupted and the UPS is on battery, the UPS output is 208 VAC.
2. Battery output may be set to 220, 225, 230 or 240 VAC.3. Country-specific line cords available as options.4. Type-Model-Feature ordering system now used in the US and Canada.
Table 3. Country-specific line cords usable with UPS1000THV, and UPS1500THV:
Option number Description39Y7930* 2.8m, 10A/220V, C13 to IRAM 2073 (Argentina) Line Cord39Y7929* 2.8m, 10A/125V, C13 to NBR 6147 (Brazil) Line Cord39Y7917* 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to CEE7-VII (Europe) Line Cord39Y7918* 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to DK2-5a (Denmark) Line Cord39Y7920* 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord39Y7921 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to CEI 23-16 (Italy) Line Cord39Y7922* 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to SABS 164 (South Africa) Line Cord39Y7919* 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to SEV 1011-S24507 (Sws) Line Cord39Y7923* 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to BS 1363/A (UK) Line Cord39Y7924* 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord39Y7927* 2.8m, 10A/240V, C13 to IS6538 (India) Line Cord39Y7928* 2.8m, 10A/220V, C13 to GB 2099.1 (China) Line Cord39Y7925* 2.8m, 10A/220V, C13 to KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
IBM UPS3000LV* and HV*
Table 4. IBM UPS3000LV* and HV* Attributes
Tower or rack mount Version UPS3000LV* UPS3000HV* UPS extend run battery pack
New T-M-F Ordering System1 2130RU1-1077 2130RU1-1078 FC 5742 Part Number 21301RX* 21302RX* 40K9620*UPS attributes
Communications links to servers Serial/USB/Enet Serial/USB/Enet -Color black black blackEIA height 2U 2U 2UVersions Low Voltage High Voltage
50 or 60Hz, single phase,VAC: 120(120)1 220-240(xxx)1, 2 -Maximum power capacity (watts) 2700 2700 -10-Amp, IEC 320-C13 (Device) receptacles - 94 -16-Amp, IEC 320-C19 (PDU)receptacles - 13 -Receptacles (NEMA 5-15R) 6 - -Receptacles (NEMA L5-30R) 1 - -Attached line cord length, NEMA plug type 12ft, L5-30P - -Line cord receptacle(IEC 320-) - C205 -
1. How-to-Read example for 200-240(208): Input VAC is 200-240 as is the UPS output when electric service is active. When electric service is interrupted and the UPS is on battery, the UPS output is 208 VAC.
2. Battery output may be set to 220, 225, 230 or 240 VAC.3. One 2.5m PDU jumper cable ships with the UPS for attachment
from the IEC 320-C19 receptacle to a Power Distribution Unit (PDU) with C20 inlet.
4. Four IEC power cables are provided to attach devices to the UPS outlets, which are 2m long with IEC 320-C13/C14 connectors.
5. Country-specific line cords are available as options.6. Type-Model-Feature ordering system now used in the US and Canada.
Table 5. IBM UPS3000LV* Runtimes1
Number of battery packs (P/N 40K9620) +0 +1 +2 +3 +4Total Load (Watts) Runtime
Table 7. Country-specific line cords usable with UPS3000HV*
Option number Description40K9772 4.3m, 16A/208V, C19 to NEMA L6-20P (US) Line Cord40K9777 4.3m, 16A/220V, C19 to IRAM 2073 (Argentina) Line Cord40K9775* 4.3m, 15A/125V, C19 to NBR 6147 (Brazil) Line Cord40K9766 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to CEE7-VII (Europe) Line Cord40K9769 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to IEC 309-P+N+G (Den/Sws) Line Cord40K9771 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord40K9768 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to CEI 23-16 (Italy) Line Cord40K9770 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to SABS 164 (South Africa) Line Cord40K9767 4.3m, 13A/230V, C19 to BS 1363/A w/13A fuse (UK) Line Cord40K9773 4.3m, 15A/230V, C19 to AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord40K9774 4.3m, 16A/220V, C19 to GB 2099.1 (China) Line Cord40K9776 4.3m, 16A/240V, C19 to IS 6538 (India) Line Cord
* IBM has withdrawn this product from marketing.
IBM UPS 7500XHV, 10000XHV
Table 8. IBM UPS7500XHV, 10000XHV attributes
Tower or rack mount Version UPS7500XHV UPS10000XHV UPS extend run battery pack New T-M-F Ordering System6 2130RU1-1079 2130RU1-1080 FC 5743 Part number 21303RX 21304RX 39Y8857 (Old part number) (21306RX) (21308RX) (25R5582)UPS attributes Communication links to servers Serial/USB/Enet Serial/USB/Enet --Color black black blackEIA height 6U 6U 3UVersions 50 or 60Hz, single phase, VAC: 220-240(xxx) 1, 2 220-240(xxx)1, 2 -Maximum power capacity (watts) 6000 8000 -10 Amp, IEC 320-C13 receptacles - - -16 Amp, IEC 320-C19 receptacles 43, 4 43, 4 -Line cord receptacle terminal block5 terminal block5 -
Notes:
1. How-to-Read example for 200-240(208): Input VAC is 200-240 as is the UPS output when electric service is active. When electric service is interrupted and the UPS is on battery, the UPS output is 208 VAC.
2. Battery output may be set to 208, 220, 225, 230 or 240 VAC.3. Four IEC power cables are provided to attach devices or PDUs
to the UPS outlet, which are 2m long with IEC 320-C19/C20 connectors.
4. Each outlet is protected by a 15amp circuit breaker.5. Requires electrician to connect directly to the terminal block
inlet.6. Type-Model-Feature ordering system now used in the US and
Canada.
Table 9. IBM UPS7500XHV, 10000XHV Runtimes1
Number of battery packs (P/N 39Y8857) +0 +1 +2 +4Watts load Runtime
UPS7500 is rated for up to 6000 total watts; UPS10000 is rated for up to 8000 total watts.
Note:
1. Data provided by APC.
IBM UPS5000HV
Table 10. IBM UPS5000HV Attributes
Tower or rack mount Version UPS5000HV UPS extend run battery pack
New T-M-F Ordering System - - Part Number 24195KX 39Y8857UPS attributesCommunications links to servers Serial/USB/Enet -Color black blackEIA height 3U 3UVersions 50 or 60Hz, single phase,VAC: 220-240(xxx) -Maximum power capacity (watts) 4500 -10-Amp, IEC 320-C13 (Device) receptacles 8 -16-Amp, IEC 320-C19 (PDU)receptacles 2 -Receptacles (NEMA 5-15R) - -Receptacles (NEMA L5-30R) - -Attached line cord length, NEMA plug type - -Line cord receptacle(IEC 320-) - - Table 11. Country-specific line cords usable with UPS5000HV
Option number Description40K9614 4.3m, 30A/208V, EPDU to NEMA L6-30P (US) Line Cord40K9612 4.3m, 32A/230V, EPDU to IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord40K9617 4.3m, 32A/230V, Souriau UTG Female to AS/NZ 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord40K9618 4.3m, 32A/250V, Souriau UTG Female to KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord
Table 12. IBM UPS5000HV Runtimes
Number of battery packs (P/N 39Y8857) +0 +1 +2 +4Watts load Runtime
New T-M-F Ordering System - - Part Number 53951AX 53951KXUPS attributesCommunications links to servers RS-232/USB RS-232/USBColor black blackEIA height 2U 2UVersions 50 or 60Hz, single phase,VAC: 100-120(xxx) 230Maximum power capacity (watts) 1000 100010-Amp, IEC 320-C13 receptacles 2 416-Amp, IEC 320-C19 receptacles - -10-Amp, NEMA 5-15R receptacles 4 -Attached line cord length, NEMA plug type - -Line cord receptacle(IEC 320-) One IEC 320-C13
to NEMA 5-15P
-
Runtime (for fully charged internal batteries at 25°C) Full load: 5 min Half load: 14 min
Full load: 5 min Half load: 14 min
IBM UPS2200LV and UPS2200HV
Table 14. IBM UPS2200LV and UPS2200HV Attributes
Tower or rack mount Version UPS2200LV UPS2200HV UPS 2U Extended Battery
Module New T-M-F Ordering System - - FC 5732 Part Number 53952AX 53952KX 46M4108UPS attributesCommunications links to servers RS-232/USB RS-232/USB -Color black black blackEIA height 2U 2U 2UVersions 50 or 60Hz, single phase,VAC: 100-120(xxx) 230 72Maximum power capacity (watts) 1500/1920 1920 -10-Amp, IEC 320-C13 receptacles 2 8 -16-Amp, IEC 320-C19 receptacles 2 2 -16-Amp, NEMA 5-20R receptacles 6 - -Attached line cord length, NEMA plug type - - -Line cord receptacle(IEC 320-) One IEC 320-C19
to NEMA 5-20P
- -
Runtime (for fully charged internal batteries at 25°C) Full load: 5 min Half load: 14 min
Full load: 5 min Half load: 14 min
-
IBM UPS3000LV and UPS3000HV
Table 15. IBM UPS3000LV and UPS3000HV Attributes
Tower or rack mount Version UPS3000LV UPS3000HV UPS3000HV UPS 3U Extended Battery
Module New T-M-F Ordering
System- - - FC 5733
Part Number 53953AX 53953JX 53953KX 69Y1982UPS attributesCommunications links to servers RS-232/USB RS-232/USB RS-232/USB -Color black black black blackEIA height 3U 3U 3U 3UVersions 50 or 60Hz, single phase,VAC: 100-120(xxx) 208 230 96Maximum power capacity (watts) 2300/2700 2700 2700 -10-Amp, IEC 320-C13 receptacles 2 2 8 -16-Amp, IEC 320-C19 receptacles 2 2 2 -16-Amp, NEMA 5-20R receptacles 2 - - -16-Amp, NEMA L5-20R receptacles 1 - - -16-Amp, NEMA L6-20R receptacles - 2 - -Attached line cord length, NEMA plug type - - - -Line cord receptacle(IEC 320-) One NEMA L5-30P length:
Runtime (for fully charged internal batteries at 25°C) Full load: 5 min Half load: 14 min
Full load: 5 min Half load: 14 min
Full load: 5 min Half load: 14 min
-
IBM UPS6000HV
Table 16. IBM UPS6000HV Attributes
Tower or rack mount Version UPS6000HV UPS6000HV UPS 3U Extended Battery
Module New T-M-F Ordering System - - FC 5734 Part Number 53956AX 53956KX 69Y1984UPS attributesCommunications links to servers RS-232/USB RS-232/USB -Color black black blackEIA height 2U 2U 2UVersions 50 or 60Hz, single phase,VAC: 208 230 216Maximum power capacity (watts) 5600 5600 -10-Amp, IEC 320-C13 receptacles - 6 -16-Amp, IEC 320-C19 receptacles 4 4 -16-Amp, NEMA L6-30R receptacles 2 - -Attached line cord length, NEMA plug type - - -Line cord receptacle(IEC 320-) - - -Runtime (for fully charged internal batteries at 25°C) Full load: 5 min
Half load: 14 minFull load: 5 min
Half load: 14 min-
IBM UPS11000VA
Table 17. IBM UPS11000VA Attributes
Tower or rack mount Version UPS11000VA UPS 3U Extended Battery Module
New T-M-F Ordering System - FC 5735 Part Number 53959KX 69Y1986UPS attributesCommunications links to servers RS-232/USB RS-232/USBColor black blackEIA height 5U 3UVersions 50 or 60Hz, single phase,VAC: 208 / 230 288Maximum power capacity (watts) 10000 -10-Amp, IEC 320-C13 receptacles 2 416-Amp, IEC 320-C19 receptacles - -10-Amp, NEMA 5-15R receptacles 4 -Attached line cord length, NEMA plug type - -Line cord receptacle(IEC 320-) Eight IEC 320 - C19 -Runtime (for fully charged internal batteries at 25°C) Full load (10 kW): 4.25 min
9 kW: 5 min 8 kW: 6.5 min 7 kW: 8 min Half load (5 kW): 14 min
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Appendix B. Power data overview
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document.
Note:
The following table is used in conjunction with the UPS Runtime tables in the Uninterruptible power supplies appendix.
B = Basic (included standard), D = Default (recommended), S = Selectable
B is included with unit (typically used only on Storage units) and ships even if an alternative option is requested. D is included with unit unless an alternative option is selected. S is a selectable option cable that can replace a D (default) cable or ship with (but not replace) a B (basic) cable.
1. This table represents general guidelines for selecting the appropriate UPS based on minimum and typical runtime estimates. A 'maximum configuration' load will result in 'minimum' UPS runtime. 'Typical' loads are based on a production system running at approximately 70% of maximum capacity. The 'typical' load represents a more likely configuration by providing an accurate estimation of runtime. Customer environments are unique and are unlikely to be precisely represented by any of the specific entries in the table.
2. Power-Factor Corrected (PFC) power supply.3. Use with IBM UPS7500X or UPS10000X only.4. x3850 M2 is limited to 2-way max when using low voltage
(100-127V).5. BladeCenter S power supplies provide 950w when using
low voltage (100-127V) and 1450w when using high voltage (200-250V). BladeCenter S uses different feature codes for power cables. The following lists the BladeCenter S power cable feature code and the regular feature code shown in the table above in parenthesis 4558 (6252), 3733 (6253), 4560 (6275), 4578 (6535).
Note:
B = Basic (included standard), D = Default (recommended), S = Selectable
Table 2. Power supply options
Power cables1Power supply Option number Feature code SBB Geography Compatible with(6369) 1.8m
Power cables1Power supply Option number Feature code SBB Geography Compatible with(3733) 2.5m
C19/ 6-15P
(6253) 2.5m C19/ 6-15P
(4558) 2.5m C19/ 6-15P
(6252) 2.5m C19/ C20
950/
1450W43W3582 - - WW BladeCenter S 2B
- 4548 43W3614 US/Can S S 2000W 39M4675 - - WW BladeCenter2 2B
- 1966 39M4622 US/Can S S 2900W 31R3335 1962 32R2112 WW BladeCenter H
Notes:
1. Optional rack power cords: P/N 39Y7931 - 4.3m/14ft C13/NEMA 5-15P, P/N 39Y7932 - 4.3m/14ft C13/IEC 320-C14, P/N 39Y7938 - 2.8m/9ft C13/ IEC 320-C20. See the sales configurator tool for additional power cable selections that may be available.
2. Refer to the 'BladeCenter Power Module Upgrade Guidelines' Appendix for important information that will help determine when a BladeCenter power module upgrade is necessary.
Table 3. Power cables
Option number SBB Feature code Cable part number
Description
Products with 10amp C14 Inlets - Country-specific Line Cords (US / Canada)
- 39Y5650 6369 39M5080 1.8m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord- 39Y5652 6370 39M5082 4.3m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord- 39Y8123 6373 39M5096 4.3m, 10A/208V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P (US) Line Cord- 39Y6555 6390 39M5116 2.8m, 10A/208V, C13 to NEMA L6-15P (US) Line Cord- 39Y6556 6391 39M5117 4.3m, 10A/208V, C13 to NEMA L6-15P (US) Line Cord
Products with 10amp C14 Inlets - Internal Rack Power Cables (Worldwide)
- 39Y5531 6201 39M5375 1.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable- 39Y5532 6316 39M5376 2m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable- 39Y5533 6311 39M5377 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable
39Y7932 39Y7979 6263 39M5378 4.3m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C14 Rack Power Cable39Y7938 39Y5547 6204 39M5392 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable39Y7931* 39Y5646 6207 39M5076 4.3m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P Rack Power Cable
BladeCenter with 16amp C20 Inlets
39Y7916 26R0244 6252 39M5389 2.5m, 16A/100-250V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable- 43W8324 6538 39M5278 2.5m, 16A/208V, C19 to NEMA L6-20P (US) Line Cord
40K9772 39Y5565 6275 39M5279 4.3m, 16A/208V, C19 to NEMA L6-20P (US) Line Cord BladeCenter H with 37amp UTG Inlets
25R5785 32R2108 6226 39M5445 2.8m, 200-240V, Triple 16A IEC 320-C20 (WW) Power Cable25R5783 32R2109 6270 39M5446 4.3m, 208V, Double 30A NEMA L6-30P (US) Line Cord
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Appendix C. System Management overview
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● Additional information
IBM system management solutions allow you to run your business-critical applications using innovative hardware technology that prevents most outages and recovers rapidly from the few that do occur. This technology makes System x simpler to service and easier to manage. This section shows the available range of standard and optional system management processors and describes the features and configuration process for each. This section further demonstrates how these service processors can be interconnected to form a communication network for alerting and monitoring a wide range of system functions and hardware conditions.
Legend
ISMP Integrated System Management Processor BMC Baseboard Management ControllerRSA II Remote Supervisor Adapter II RSA II SL Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimlineASMIC Advanced System Management Interconnect1
Note:
1. An advanced system management interconnect network is for interconnectivity of legacy service processors and/or RSA IIs with one RSA II serving as the gateway to the customer LAN routing alerts and management functions. Service processors that can support an ASM network are: Remote Supervisor Adapter II, Remote Supervisor Adapter, Integrated Systems Management Processor, Advanced Systems Management PCI Adapter and the Advanced Systems Management Processor.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Appendix C. System Management overview
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● Additional information
Functional comparison Advanced examples
Table 1. Functional comparison
ISMP BMC RSA II RSAII SLFeature/function Monitoring & alerting In-band alerting yes1 yes yes yesRemote out-of-band alerting yes2 yes yes yesOut-of-band environmental monitoring yes2 yes yes yesSystem voltage monitoring yes yes yes yesBattery voltage monitoring3 no yes yes yesSystem temperature monitoring yes yes yes yesFan speed monitoring yes yes yes yesFan speed control yes yes yes yesPower good signal monitor yes yes yes yesNMI detection3 yes yes yes yesSMI detection and generation yes yes4 yes yesAuto server-restart watchdog alert yes yes yes yesManagement System reset control yes yes yes yesRemote system power control yes2 yes yes yesText console redirection no yes yes yes5
Remind button detection yes yes4 yes yesSystem LED control (power, disk, alert) yes yes yes yesLigth path LED control yes yes yes yesOther RS-485 Interconnect network yes no yes noFeature/Function Remote access via LAN yes6 yes yes yesSerial-over-LAN yes6 yes yes noIPMI Serial-over-LAN no yes no7 no7
Notes:
1. Requires IBM Director Agent 2. Available via the ASM interconnect or from customer LAN with
RSAII installed. 3. This capability is not provided by the hardware in all servers.4. Not available on e326. 5. This capability is not available on the x236, x336, x346,
x460, x460-MXE, x3950, x3950E, x366, x3850, x260, and x3800 servers.6. Requires the addition of a RSAII to serve as a gateway to customer
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Appendix C. System Management overview
Attention:
A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. ● Overview ● Additional information
Functional comparison Advanced examples
The following sample configurations are for illustration only and may not be suitable for any specific customer installation. Contact your IBM Business Partner or IBM Marketing Representative for assistance with your specific configuration requirements.
1. Sample ASM network
The ASM interconnect network is logically and distinctly separate from the customer LAN. Thus, the ASM-nodes are not required to be connected into the LAN. A system with the RSAII or the RSAII-EXA installed will serve as the gateway to the customer LAN and the Director server.
Legend
RSAII-host System which has the RSAII or RSAII-EXA adapter installed that will be serving as the gateway for the ASM network to the customer LAN for management.
ASM-node ASM-node=all systems in the ASM network excluding the RSAII-host.RSA Refers to RSAII or RSAII-EXA
Cabling rules:
1. Connect the ASM breakout cable to the RSA adapter in the RSAII-host.2. Using a standard ethernet cable(RJ45), connect one ASM port
of RSAII-host's ASM breakout cable to an ASM port of the first ASM-node.3. Using standard ethernet cables(RJ45), connect remaining ASM
port of first ASM-node to an ASM port of the second ASM-node and continue daisy-chaining all remaining ASM-nodes in the same manner. The total ASM interconnect network may be no longer than 91.4m (300ft).
4. Using a standard ethernet cable(RJ45), connect the ethernet port of the RSAII-host's RSA adapter to the customer LAN for ASM management of the ASM network from a remote management console.
5. An Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit may be required. See the Support by Server Table for more information.
RSAII-SlimLine and BMC management do not support a dedicated ASM network.
2. RSAII-SlimLine and BMC Management
Note:
RSAII-SlimLine and BMC management do not support a dedicated ASM network. Management access is via the Customer LAN using the appropriate ASM ethernet port.
Note:
BMC access is shared with a designated system ethernet port. The RSAII-SlimLine access is through a separate, dedicated ethernet port.
Figure 2. Sample RSAII-SlimLine and BMC Management
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Important notices
A withdrawal date indicates when an item is no longer available from IBM. Business Partner inventory might be available. IBM reserves the right to change product specifications and to discontinue marketing products without notice. MHz and GHz measure only microprocessor internal clock speed, not application performance. Many factors affect application performance. When referring to storage capacity, MB means 1 000 000 bytes, GB means 1 000 000 000 and TB means 1 000 000 000 000 bytes. Accessible capacity is less; up to 3 GB is used in the service partition. Actual storage capacity will vary based upon many factors and might be less than stated. Some numbers given for storage capacities give capacity in native mode followed by capacity using data compression technology. Adapters rated at a lower frequency than the slots in which they are installed might reduce the bus to the frequency of the slowest adapter. Tape drives that use data compression technology have storage capacity that will vary depending upon whether the drive is operating in native mode (without compression) or compressed mode. Actual storage capacity will vary based upon many factors and might be less than the maximum possible. Maximum internal hard disk and memory capacities might require the replacement of any standard hard disk drives and memory and the population of all hard disk drive bays and memory slots with the largest currently supported available drives and memory modules. When referring to variable speed CDs and DVDs, actual playback speed will vary and is often less than the maximum possible. The information contained in this document has not been submitted to any formal IBM test and is distributed AS IS. The use of this information or the implementation of any of these techniques is a customer responsibility and depends on the customer's ability to evaluate and integrate them into the customer's operational environment. Although each item might have been reviewed by IBM for accuracy in a specific situation, there is no guarantee that the same or similar results will be obtained elsewhere.Customers attempting to adapt these techniques to their own environments do so at their own risk. For information about IBM's Statement of Limited Warranty, call 1-800-772-2227 in the United States, 1-800-426-2255 in Canada, or contact your IBM representative or reseller. Copies are available upon request. For warranties including on-site service, a technician is sent after IBM attempts to resolve the problem remotely. Energy Star compliance: The EPA, as a matter of policy, does not endorse any company or its products. IBM makes no representations or warranties with respect to non-IBM products. Support (if any) for the non-IBM products is provided by the third party, not IBM. IBM makes no warranties, express or implied, regarding non-IBM products and services that are ServerProven, including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for particular purpose. These products are offered and warranted solely by third parties. Unless otherwise noted, phone numbers and fax numbers are valid only in the United States. Outside the United States, call your local IBM representative for assistance. Applications included in IBM products might vary from retail versions and might not include all documentation or functions. Not all products are sold separately. Third-party software licenses might apply. This publication was produced in the United States. IBM might not offer the products, services or features discussed in this document in other countries, and the information is subject to change without notice. Consult your local IBM representative for more information on the products, services and features available in your area.
All the part numbers referenced in this publication are product part numbers and not service part numbers. This publication could contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of this publication. IBM might make improvements or changes in the products and programs described in this publication at any time. IBM reserves the right to alter specifications and other product information without notice. It is your responsibility to obtain the latest information.
Other part numbers in addition to those listed in this document might be required to support a specific device or function. Data on competitive products is obtained from publicly obtained information and is subject to change without notice. Please contact the manufacturer for the most recent information. This IBM equipment is subject to applicable rules and regulations of the United States Federal Communication Commission (FCC). The following terms are trademarks of IBM Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both: IBM, the IBM logo, Active PCI, Alert on LAN, BladeCenter, Chipkill, the e-business logo, IntelliStation, Netfinity, ServeRAID, ServerGuide, ServerProven, Wake on LAN, xSeries, 800-CALL-IBM. For a list of additional IBM trademarks,see http://www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml. Lotus, Lotus Notes and Lotus SmartSuite are trademarks of Lotus Development Corporation, IBM Corporation, or both. INFINIBAND, InfiniBand Trade Association and the INFINIBAND design marks are trademarks and/ or service marks of the INFINIBAND Trade Association. Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both. Celeron, Xeon, and Pentium are trademarks or of Intel Corporation. Microsoft, Windows, and Windows NT are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States, other countries,or both. UNIX is trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries. Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States, other countries, or both. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. IBM offers configure-to-order (CTO) capability for selected products through Easy Access. Although similar to machine type models (MTM), CTO systems utilize different part numbers called Sales Building Blocks (SBB). The contents of an option might not entirely correspond to an SBB because only a certain component within an option package might be required to configure a specific system. Additional or different configuration rules or limitations might apply to the SBB. When a difference occurs, the rules will be documented in the tables, diagrams or footnotes. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW DISCLAIMER OF EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS. THEREFORE, THIS STATEMENT MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THERE IS NO GUARANTEE THAT IBM WILL MARKET ANY PARTICULAR PRODUCT IN YOUR COUNTRY This publication was produced in the United States. IBM may not offer the products, services or features discussed in this document in other countries, and the information may be subject to change without notice. Consult your local IBM business contact for information on the product or services available in your area. All statements regarding IBM's future direction and intent are subject to change or withdraw without notice, and represent goals and objectives only. Prices subject to change without notice. Starting price may not include a hard drive, operating system or other features. Contact your IBM representative or Business Partner for the most current pricing in your geography.
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
What's new?
( February 15, 2011) Welcome to the What's new? page of the Configuration and Options Guide. This is your source for finding information on new released products as well as the latest updates on products currently published in the Configuration and Options Guide.
General information
Attention: A four-digit feature code is used to specify a component that is configurable in the IBM configurators, the eBusiness Configurator (eConfig) and the IBM Web-based Hardware Configurator, used in US and Canada. Options that do not have feature codes cannot be integrated by IBM into a system using these IBM configurators. To purchase options separately, refer to the option part number provided in this document. For more details about feature codes contact your IBM representative. Publishing dates are provided in this document at the bottom of the page as a version reference to help verify that this is the most current information available. This date will be the same publishing date for both versions of the Configuration and Options Guide, HTML Web pages and PDF document. Versions of this document released on or after August 8th, 2006 will contain references to feature codes. Feature code is the nomenclature used to specify components of configurable System x products used in US and Canada Web configurators. For more details about feature codes, contact your IBM representative.
New products
( February 15, 2011)
What's changed
Updated on February 15, 2011
● System x3200 M3 (7327, 7328) HDD options
● System x3200 M3 (7327, 7328) I/O options
● System x3250 M3 (4251, 4252) HDD options
● System x3650 (7979) HDD options
● System x3500 M3 (7380) At-A-Glance
● System x3500 M3 (7380) HDD options
● System x3500 M3 (7380) Memory options
● System x3500 M3 (7380) Processor options
● System x3550 M3 (7944) At-A-Glance
● System x3550 M3 (7944) Memory options
● System x3550 M3 (7944) Processor options
● System x3650 M3 (7945) At-A-Glance
● System x3650 M3 (7945) HDD options
● System x3650 M3 (7945) I/O options
● System x3650 M3 (7945) Memory options
● System x3650 M3 (7945) Processor options
● System x3850/3950 X5 (7145) I/O options
● System x3620 M3 (7376) At-A-Glance
● System x3620 M3 (7376) Processor options
● System x3620 M3 (7376) Memory options
● System x3620 M3 (7376) HDD options
● System x3620 M3 (7376) I/O options
● System x3620 M3 (7376) Power and Accessory options
COG home > What's new > Withdrawn information > Submit errors or feedback
Withdrawn information
( February 15, 2011) As a convenience, IBM provides this data regarding products no longer for sale. Some of the data contained herein may be out of date or contain inaccuracies. Updates to this data will not be provided.
Withdrawn products list
Products Machine type Date withdrawnBladeCenter LS42 (7902) 7902 Dec 31, 2010BladeCenter LS22 (7901) 7901 Dec 31, 2010System x3400 M2 (7836, 7837) 7836, 7837 Dec 31, 2010System x3500 M2 (7839) 7839 Dec 31, 2010System x3550 M2 (7946) 7946 Dec 31, 2010System x3650 M2 (7947) 7947 Dec 31, 2010System x3650 M2 (7838) 7838 Dec 31, 2010System x3755 (7163) 7163 Dec 31, 2010System x3200 M2 (9234) 9234 Oct 31, 2010System x3850/3950 M2 (7233) 7233 Oct 19, 2010System x3650 T (7980) 7980 Jun 30, 2010System x3550 (7978) 7978 Jun 30, 2010
BladeCenter QS21 (0792) 0792 Jun 25, 2010BladeCenter PN41 (3020) 3020 May 11, 2010System x3350 (4192 , 4193) 4192, 4193 Apr 30, 2010System x3850 M2 (7141) 7141 Apr 30, 2010System x3200 M2 (4367, 4368) 4367, 4368 Mar 31, 2010System x3250 M2 (4190, 4194) 4190, 4194 Mar 31, 2010System x3400 (7973) 7973 Jan 12, 2010System x3400 (7975, 7976) 7975 Jan 12, 2010BladeCenter LS41 (7972) 7972 Dec 31, 2009BladeCenter LS21 (7971) 7971 Dec 31, 2009System x3100 (4348) 4348 Dec 31, 2009System x3500 (7977) 7977 Nov 30, 2009System x3450 (7948) 7948 Sep 30, 2009System x3455 (7940) 7940 Jun 30, 2009BladeCenter HC10 (7996) 7996 Jun 30, 2009System x3610 (7942) 7942 Jun 30, 2009System x3655 (7943) 7943 Jun 30, 2009System x3755 (8877) 8877 Mar 31, 2009System x3455 (7984) 7984 Jul 8, 2008System x3655 (7985) 7985 Jul 8, 2008System x3250 (4364, 4365) 4364, 4365 Jul 1, 2008System x3200 (4362, 4363) 4362, 4363 Jun 5, 2008System x3800 (8866) 8866 May 30, 2008System x3950 / x3950 E (8878, 8879) 8878, 8879 Apr 4, 2008BladeCenter HS20 (8843) 8843 Apr 4, 2008System x3850 (8864) 8864 Feb 29, 2008IntelliStation M Pro (9229) 9229 Feb 29, 2008IntelliStation Z Pro (9228) 9228 Feb 29, 2008
Other
Section Date withdrawnBlade server storage and I/O expansion Jul 21, 2009Datacenter solution program Jul 21, 2009Appendix E. BladeCenter power module upgrade guidelines
Apr 14, 2009
Appendix D. System Management overview Dec 11, 2008System x I/O option attributes Sep 23, 2008IntelliStation video adapter selection guide Feb 29, 2008